Zoneomics Logo
search icon

Loveland City Zoning Code

PART 2

Zones, Land Use, Buildings, and Structures

Division 18.04.02 Housing Palette

Division 18.04.02 Housing Palette

Division 18.04.02 Housing Palette

18.02.01.01 Purpose of Chapter
  • Generally. The purpose of this Chapter is to create zones within the City for the application of this UDC, and to set out the permitted, limited, adaptable, conditional, and prohibited uses in each zone.
  • Zones. Zones are established by Division 18.02.02, Establishment of Zones and Overlay Zones.
    1. The zones that are established by this Chapter are divided into five general categories, which are intended to:
      1. Guide new development according to the City’s Comprehensive Plan;
      2. Respect and reinforce the fabric of the City’s stable, established neighborhoods;
      3. Promote development of a character and quality that is compatible with its context;
      4. Provide opportunities for commercial, industrial, and mixed-use development to serve City and regional residents;
      5. Provide opportunities for development of employment centers;
      6. Protect agricultural areas and natural landscapes;
      7. Provide for development patterns that reduce carbon emissions by reducing vehicle miles traveled and promoting multimodal transportation choice; and
      8. Continue existing, active planned development approvals.
    2. The five general categories are:
      1. Residential (Established Residential Neighborhoods);
      2. Residential (Other);
      3. Mixed-Use;
      4. Nonresidential; and
      5. Agriculture and Open Space.
  • Land Use. The purpose of Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone, is to set out the uses of land that are permitted in each zone. In each zone, each use is allowed as-of-right (“permitted”), allowed subject to compliance with additional standards (“limited” or “adaptable”), allowed subject to additional standards and public hearing (“conditional”), or not allowed at all (“prohibited”).

    • Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.01.02 Application of Chapter
  • Generally. Chapter 18.02, Zones, Overlay Zones, and Land Use, is applied as set out in this Section. This Section is intended to provide background about how to use Chapter 18.02, and not to establish substantive requirements or limit the effect of the individual Sections of this Chapter.
  • Establishment of Zones and Overlay Zones. Division 18.02.02, Establishment of Zones and Overlay Zones, establishes the basic geographic framework for application of most of the other Chapters of this UDC. The Division:
    1. Establishes the zones in which various uses of land and intensities of development are allowed;
    2. Establishes the overlay zones in which certain development forms or design parameters may be applied;
    3. Establishes the Official Zoning Map of the City of Loveland and provides rules for its interpretation of zone and overlay zone boundaries;
    4. Provides for how land will be zoned upon annexation; and
    5. Provides standards for rezoning property from one zone to another.
  • Land Use by Zoning District. Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone, provides a comprehensive set of tables that set out the uses are allowed in each zone, identifies the process required to obtain an approval for a proposed use, and provides a cross-reference to additional standards that must be met (if any) for approval of the proposed use. Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone, also provides a list of uses that are prohibited in every zone, and a set of standards for deciding which requirements will apply to uses that are not specifically listed in the tables.
  • Use-Specific Standards. Division 18.02.04, Use Standards, provides standards that are specific to land uses that are set out in Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone, when the land uses are allowed as limited uses, adaptable uses, or conditional uses.
  • Temporary Uses. Division 18.02.05, Temporary Uses, provides standards for the location and conduct of certain temporary land uses.
  • Business Use of the Home. Division 18.02.06, Business Use of the Home, provides standards for home occupations, medical marijuana caregivers, and home child care uses.

    • Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.02.01 Zones Established
    In order to carry out the provisions of this UDC, the City is divided into the zones that are set out in Table 18.02.02.01, Loveland Zones.

    Table 18.02.02.01
    Loveland Zones
    Zone Classification / NameAbbreviationCharacterPurposes
    Residential
    Estate ResidentialEREstate
    • To establish and preserve quiet, very low-density single-family residential neighborhoods with urban level services, that, in general, is separated from the City’s primary employment or commercial activity centers and located adjacent to major public open space features on the edge of the growth management area.
    • To provide an urban estate transition from higher urban densities in the City to rural densities in the county and preserve environmentally sensitive areas as open space.
    • To provide for generous building setbacks and lot frontages that ensure significant space between dwellings, resulting in an estate residential appearance within developed neighborhoods and preserved view corridors.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Established Low-Density ResidentialR1eSuburban
    • To protect the character of the City’s established low-density residential neighborhoods.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Developing Low-Density ResidentialR1Suburban
    • To provide standards for establishing and preserving low-density residential neighborhoods that include single family detached dwellings and complementary uses.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Developing Medium-Density ResidentialR2Auto-Oriented
    • To provide for the orderly development of single-family residential uses and duplex dwellings in appropriate locations as a gradual transition from single-family residential to multifamily or commercial uses.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Established High-Density ResidentialR3eUrban
    • To preserve the traditional building and use pattern of mixed housing types (including multifamily dwellings), and complementary low-intensity commercial uses that are predominantly located within established neighborhoods.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Developing High-Density ResidentialR3Auto-Oriented or Urban
    • To provide standards for establishing and preserving mixed-density residential neighborhoods, including a wide range of housing opportunities and complementary non-residential uses.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Commercial and Mixed-Use
    DowntownDTUrban Core
    • To promote the development of a pedestrian-oriented downtown mixed-use business district with a variety of retail, commercial, office, civic, and residential uses.
    • To maintain and enhance the architectural and historic character of the zone;
    • To promote adaptive re-use and compatible infill development and redevelopment through the application of flexible development standards;
    • To encourage a diverse mixture of land uses throughout the zone, including arts and technology related uses and vertically mixed-use development;
    • To encourage revitalization and redevelopment of the downtown in a manner that preserves and complements its existing unique character;
    • To increase housing density to support the vitality of the downtown;
    • To increase employment density and economic opportunities;
    • To encourage high-quality design that is contextually appropriate;
    • To encourage redevelopment and increased density, while maintaining appropriate transitions between the downtown zone and surrounding residential neighborhoods; and
    • To support multi-modal transportation.
    Developing BusinessBAuto-Oriented
    • To designate areas to provide for a wide range of general retail goods and services for residents of the entire community, as well as businesses and highway users, primarily inside of buildings.
    • To provide for auto-oriented and auto-dependent uses, primarily along established commercial corridors of the City.
    Mixed-Use Activity CenterMACUrban
    • To implement the mixed-use activity center designation of the Comprehensive Plan.
    • To provide for a wide variety of retail and commercial uses serving the surrounding area as well as larger retail uses serving a community-wide or regional market, particularly at major road and highway intersections, or along major corridors.
    • To allow for residential and office uses adjacent to the MAC ’s core or above ground floor retail.
    • To provide for multi-modal access, including connections to adjacent neighborhood(s) for pedestrians and bicyclists
    Employment CenterESuburban or Urban
    • To provide locations for a variety of workplaces and commercial uses, including light industrial, research and development, offices, institutions, commercial services and housing.
    • To encourage the development of planned office and business parks and promote excellence in the design and construction of buildings, outdoor spaces, transportation facilities, streetscapes, lodging, and other complementary uses.
    • To provide for land uses that are complementary and supportive to the primary employment uses, including hotels, retail, restaurants, convenience shopping, child care, and housing.
    Industrial
    Developing IndustrialIAuto-Oriented
    • To provide a location for a variety of employment opportunities such as manufacturing, warehousing and distribution, and a wide range of commercial and higher intensity industrial operations. To accommodate complementary and supporting uses such as convenience shopping centers and offices. 
    • To minimize potential conflicts between heavy truck traffic and passenger vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic.
    Agriculture and Open Space
    Public ParkPPNatural or Rural
    • To establish and preserve areas for public recreation facilities, parks and open space land that is described in the Parks and Recreation Master Plan, along with other complementary civic or governmental uses.
    Developing ResourceDRRural
    • To provide a zoning designation for property that is being annexed into the City, but for which there are no specific or imminent plans for development; or for property that is intended to be designated as permanent open space.
    • To provide a zone for agricultural and mineral development.
    Master Planned
    Planned Unit DevelopmentPUDVaries
    • To provide for procedures by which land areas in the City can be uniquely zoned and developed to meet the needs of the City, property owners, residents and developers.
    • To encourage flexibility and innovative design of residential, commercial or industrial development, and to provide an alternative to compliance with conventional zoning and subdivision regulations.
    • To exercise all powers authorized by the Planned Unit Development Act of 1972, C.R.S. 24-67-101 to -108, and to that end, the powers and duties therein granted to municipalities are incorporated herein by this reference as if set forth fully.
    Table 18.02.02.01
    Loveland Zones
    Zone Classification / NameAbbreviationCharacterPurposes
    Residential
    Estate ResidentialEREstate
    • To establish and preserve quiet, very low-density single-family residential neighborhoods with urban level services, that, in general, is separated from the City’s primary employment or commercial activity centers and located adjacent to major public open space features on the edge of the growth management area.
    • To provide an urban estate transition from higher urban densities in the City to rural densities in the county and preserve environmentally sensitive areas as open space.
    • To provide for generous building setbacks and lot frontages that ensure significant space between dwellings, resulting in an estate residential appearance within developed neighborhoods and preserved view corridors.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Established Low-Density ResidentialR1eSuburban
    • To protect the character of the City’s established low-density residential neighborhoods.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Developing Low-Density ResidentialR1Suburban
    • To provide standards for establishing and preserving low-density residential neighborhoods that include single family detached dwellings and complementary uses.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Developing Medium-Density ResidentialR2Auto-Oriented
    • To provide for the orderly development of single-family residential uses and duplex dwellings in appropriate locations as a gradual transition from single-family residential to multifamily or commercial uses.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Established High-Density ResidentialR3eUrban
    • To preserve the traditional building and use pattern of mixed housing types (including multifamily dwellings), and complementary low-intensity commercial uses that are predominantly located within established neighborhoods.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Developing High-Density ResidentialR3Auto-Oriented or Urban
    • To provide standards for establishing and preserving mixed-density residential neighborhoods, including a wide range of housing opportunities and complementary non-residential uses.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Commercial and Mixed-Use
    DowntownDTUrban Core
    • To promote the development of a pedestrian-oriented downtown mixed-use business district with a variety of retail, commercial, office, civic, and residential uses.
    • To maintain and enhance the architectural and historic character of the zone;
    • To promote adaptive re-use and compatible infill development and redevelopment through the application of flexible development standards;
    • To encourage a diverse mixture of land uses throughout the zone, including arts and technology related uses and vertically mixed-use development;
    • To encourage revitalization and redevelopment of the downtown in a manner that preserves and complements its existing unique character;
    • To increase housing density to support the vitality of the downtown;
    • To increase employment density and economic opportunities;
    • To encourage high-quality design that is contextually appropriate;
    • To encourage redevelopment and increased density, while maintaining appropriate transitions between the downtown zone and surrounding residential neighborhoods; and
    • To support multi-modal transportation.
    Developing BusinessBAuto-Oriented
    • To designate areas to provide for a wide range of general retail goods and services for residents of the entire community, as well as businesses and highway users, primarily inside of buildings.
    • To provide for auto-oriented and auto-dependent uses, primarily along established commercial corridors of the City.
    Mixed-Use Activity CenterMACUrban
    • To implement the mixed-use activity center designation of the Comprehensive Plan.
    • To provide for a wide variety of retail and commercial uses serving the surrounding area as well as larger retail uses serving a community-wide or regional market, particularly at major road and highway intersections, or along major corridors.
    • To allow for residential and office uses adjacent to the MAC ’s core or above ground floor retail.
    • To provide for multi-modal access, including connections to adjacent neighborhood(s) for pedestrians and bicyclists
    Employment CenterESuburban or Urban
    • To provide locations for a variety of workplaces and commercial uses, including light industrial, research and development, offices, institutions, commercial services and housing.
    • To encourage the development of planned office and business parks and promote excellence in the design and construction of buildings, outdoor spaces, transportation facilities, streetscapes, lodging, and other complementary uses.
    • To provide for land uses that are complementary and supportive to the primary employment uses, including hotels, retail, restaurants, convenience shopping, child care, and housing.
    Industrial
    Developing IndustrialIAuto-Oriented
    • To provide a location for a variety of employment opportunities such as manufacturing, warehousing and distribution, and a wide range of commercial and higher intensity industrial operations. To accommodate complementary and supporting uses such as convenience shopping centers and offices. 
    • To minimize potential conflicts between heavy truck traffic and passenger vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic.
    Agriculture and Open Space
    Public ParkPPNatural or Rural
    • To establish and preserve areas for public recreation facilities, parks and open space land that is described in the Parks and Recreation Master Plan, along with other complementary civic or governmental uses.
    Developing ResourceDRRural
    • To provide a zoning designation for property that is being annexed into the City, but for which there are no specific or imminent plans for development; or for property that is intended to be designated as permanent open space.
    • To provide a zone for agricultural and mineral development.
    Master Planned
    Planned Unit DevelopmentPUDVaries
    • To provide for procedures by which land areas in the City can be uniquely zoned and developed to meet the needs of the City, property owners, residents and developers.
    • To encourage flexibility and innovative design of residential, commercial or industrial development, and to provide an alternative to compliance with conventional zoning and subdivision regulations.
    • To exercise all powers authorized by the Planned Unit Development Act of 1972, C.R.S. 24-67-101 to -108, and to that end, the powers and duties therein granted to municipalities are incorporated herein by this reference as if set forth fully.
    Table 18.02.02.01
    Loveland Zones
    Zone Classification / NameAbbreviationCharacterPurposes
    Residential
    Estate ResidentialEREstate
    • To establish and preserve quiet, very low-density single-family residential neighborhoods with urban level services, that, in general, is separated from the City’s primary employment or commercial activity centers and located adjacent to major public open space features on the edge of the growth management area.
    • To provide an urban estate transition from higher urban densities in the City to rural densities in the county and preserve environmentally sensitive areas as open space.
    • To provide for generous building setbacks and lot frontages that ensure significant space between dwellings, resulting in an estate residential appearance within developed neighborhoods and preserved view corridors.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Established Low-Density ResidentialR1eSuburban
    • To protect the character of the City’s established low-density residential neighborhoods.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Developing Low-Density ResidentialR1Suburban
    • To provide standards for establishing and preserving low-density residential neighborhoods that include single family detached dwellings and complementary uses.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Developing Medium-Density ResidentialR2Auto-Oriented
    • To provide for the orderly development of single-family residential uses and duplex dwellings in appropriate locations as a gradual transition from single-family residential to multifamily or commercial uses.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Established High-Density ResidentialR3eUrban
    • To preserve the traditional building and use pattern of mixed housing types (including multifamily dwellings), and complementary low-intensity commercial uses that are predominantly located within established neighborhoods.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Developing High-Density ResidentialR3Auto-Oriented or Urban
    • To provide standards for establishing and preserving mixed-density residential neighborhoods, including a wide range of housing opportunities and complementary non-residential uses.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Commercial and Mixed-Use
    DowntownDTUrban Core
    • To promote the development of a pedestrian-oriented downtown mixed-use business district with a variety of retail, commercial, office, civic, and residential uses.
    • To maintain and enhance the architectural and historic character of the zone;
    • To promote adaptive re-use and compatible infill development and redevelopment through the application of flexible development standards;
    • To encourage a diverse mixture of land uses throughout the zone, including arts and technology related uses and vertically mixed-use development;
    • To encourage revitalization and redevelopment of the downtown in a manner that preserves and complements its existing unique character;
    • To increase housing density to support the vitality of the downtown;
    • To increase employment density and economic opportunities;
    • To encourage high-quality design that is contextually appropriate;
    • To encourage redevelopment and increased density, while maintaining appropriate transitions between the downtown zone and surrounding residential neighborhoods; and
    • To support multi-modal transportation.
    Developing BusinessBAuto-Oriented
    • To designate areas to provide for a wide range of general retail goods and services for residents of the entire community, as well as businesses and highway users, primarily inside of buildings.
    • To provide for auto-oriented and auto-dependent uses, primarily along established commercial corridors of the City.
    Mixed-Use Activity CenterMACUrban
    • To implement the mixed-use activity center designation of the Comprehensive Plan.
    • To provide for a wide variety of retail and commercial uses serving the surrounding area as well as larger retail uses serving a community-wide or regional market, particularly at major road and highway intersections, or along major corridors.
    • To allow for residential and office uses adjacent to the MAC ’s core or above ground floor retail.
    • To provide for multi-modal access, including connections to adjacent neighborhood(s) for pedestrians and bicyclists
    Employment CenterESuburban or Urban
    • To provide locations for a variety of workplaces and commercial uses, including light industrial, research and development, offices, institutions, commercial services and housing.
    • To encourage the development of planned office and business parks and promote excellence in the design and construction of buildings, outdoor spaces, transportation facilities, streetscapes, lodging, and other complementary uses.
    • To provide for land uses that are complementary and supportive to the primary employment uses, including hotels, retail, restaurants, convenience shopping, child care, and housing.
    Industrial
    Developing IndustrialIAuto-Oriented
    • To provide a location for a variety of employment opportunities such as manufacturing, warehousing and distribution, and a wide range of commercial and higher intensity industrial operations. To accommodate complementary and supporting uses such as convenience shopping centers and offices. 
    • To minimize potential conflicts between heavy truck traffic and passenger vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic.
    Agriculture and Open Space
    Public ParkPPNatural or Rural
    • To establish and preserve areas for public recreation facilities, parks and open space land that is described in the Parks and Recreation Master Plan, along with other complementary civic or governmental uses.
    Developing ResourceDRRural
    • To provide a zoning designation for property that is being annexed into the City, but for which there are no specific or imminent plans for development; or for property that is intended to be designated as permanent open space.
    • To provide a zone for agricultural and mineral development.
    Master Planned
    Planned Unit DevelopmentPUDVaries
    • To provide for procedures by which land areas in the City can be uniquely zoned and developed to meet the needs of the City, property owners, residents and developers.
    • To encourage flexibility and innovative design of residential, commercial or industrial development, and to provide an alternative to compliance with conventional zoning and subdivision regulations.
    • To exercise all powers authorized by the Planned Unit Development Act of 1972, C.R.S. 24-67-101 to -108, and to that end, the powers and duties therein granted to municipalities are incorporated herein by this reference as if set forth fully.
    Table 18.02.02.01
    Loveland Zones
    Zone Classification / NameAbbreviationCharacterPurposes
    Residential
    Estate ResidentialEREstate
    • To establish and preserve quiet, very low-density single-family residential neighborhoods with urban level services, that, in general, is separated from the City’s primary employment or commercial activity centers and located adjacent to major public open space features on the edge of the growth management area.
    • To provide an urban estate transition from higher urban densities in the City to rural densities in the county and preserve environmentally sensitive areas as open space.
    • To provide for generous building setbacks and lot frontages that ensure significant space between dwellings, resulting in an estate residential appearance within developed neighborhoods and preserved view corridors.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Established Low-Density ResidentialR1eSuburban
    • To protect the character of the City’s established low-density residential neighborhoods.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Developing Low-Density ResidentialR1Suburban
    • To provide standards for establishing and preserving low-density residential neighborhoods that include single family detached dwellings and complementary uses.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Developing Medium-Density ResidentialR2Auto-Oriented
    • To provide for the orderly development of single-family residential uses and duplex dwellings in appropriate locations as a gradual transition from single-family residential to multifamily or commercial uses.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Established High-Density ResidentialR3eUrban
    • To preserve the traditional building and use pattern of mixed housing types (including multifamily dwellings), and complementary low-intensity commercial uses that are predominantly located within established neighborhoods.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Developing High-Density ResidentialR3Auto-Oriented or Urban
    • To provide standards for establishing and preserving mixed-density residential neighborhoods, including a wide range of housing opportunities and complementary non-residential uses.
    • To allow for the development “complete neighborhoods” with appropriate transitions to ensure that they are compatible with the surrounding developed context.
    Commercial and Mixed-Use
    DowntownDTUrban Core
    • To promote the development of a pedestrian-oriented downtown mixed-use business district with a variety of retail, commercial, office, civic, and residential uses.
    • To maintain and enhance the architectural and historic character of the zone;
    • To promote adaptive re-use and compatible infill development and redevelopment through the application of flexible development standards;
    • To encourage a diverse mixture of land uses throughout the zone, including arts and technology related uses and vertically mixed-use development;
    • To encourage revitalization and redevelopment of the downtown in a manner that preserves and complements its existing unique character;
    • To increase housing density to support the vitality of the downtown;
    • To increase employment density and economic opportunities;
    • To encourage high-quality design that is contextually appropriate;
    • To encourage redevelopment and increased density, while maintaining appropriate transitions between the downtown zone and surrounding residential neighborhoods; and
    • To support multi-modal transportation.
    Developing BusinessBAuto-Oriented
    • To designate areas to provide for a wide range of general retail goods and services for residents of the entire community, as well as businesses and highway users, primarily inside of buildings.
    • To provide for auto-oriented and auto-dependent uses, primarily along established commercial corridors of the City.
    Mixed-Use Activity CenterMACUrban
    • To implement the mixed-use activity center designation of the Comprehensive Plan.
    • To provide for a wide variety of retail and commercial uses serving the surrounding area as well as larger retail uses serving a community-wide or regional market, particularly at major road and highway intersections, or along major corridors.
    • To allow for residential and office uses adjacent to the MAC ’s core or above ground floor retail.
    • To provide for multi-modal access, including connections to adjacent neighborhood(s) for pedestrians and bicyclists
    Employment CenterESuburban or Urban
    • To provide locations for a variety of workplaces and commercial uses, including light industrial, research and development, offices, institutions, commercial services and housing.
    • To encourage the development of planned office and business parks and promote excellence in the design and construction of buildings, outdoor spaces, transportation facilities, streetscapes, lodging, and other complementary uses.
    • To provide for land uses that are complementary and supportive to the primary employment uses, including hotels, retail, restaurants, convenience shopping, child care, and housing.
    Industrial
    Developing IndustrialIAuto-Oriented
    • To provide a location for a variety of employment opportunities such as manufacturing, warehousing and distribution, and a wide range of commercial and higher intensity industrial operations. To accommodate complementary and supporting uses such as convenience shopping centers and offices. 
    • To minimize potential conflicts between heavy truck traffic and passenger vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic.
    Agriculture and Open Space
    Public ParkPPNatural or Rural
    • To establish and preserve areas for public recreation facilities, parks and open space land that is described in the Parks and Recreation Master Plan, along with other complementary civic or governmental uses.
    Developing ResourceDRRural
    • To provide a zoning designation for property that is being annexed into the City, but for which there are no specific or imminent plans for development; or for property that is intended to be designated as permanent open space.
    • To provide a zone for agricultural and mineral development.
    Master Planned
    Planned Unit DevelopmentPUDVaries
    • To provide for procedures by which land areas in the City can be uniquely zoned and developed to meet the needs of the City, property owners, residents and developers.
    • To encourage flexibility and innovative design of residential, commercial or industrial development, and to provide an alternative to compliance with conventional zoning and subdivision regulations.
    • To exercise all powers authorized by the Planned Unit Development Act of 1972, C.R.S. 24-67-101 to -108, and to that end, the powers and duties therein granted to municipalities are incorporated herein by this reference as if set forth fully.

    Ord. 6636 §2, 09/05/2023

    Effective on: 9/19/2023

    18.02.02.02 Overlay Zones Established
  • A.
    Generally. This Section establishes overlay zones that may be applied to certain areas of the City.
  • B.
    Establishment of Overlay Zones. Overlay zones are established as provided in Table 18.02.02.02, Loveland Overlay Zones.
    • Table 18.02.02.02
    Loveland Overlay Zones
    Overlay Zone / Sub-ZoneAbbreviationPurpose
    Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone
    (See Division 18.06.09, Standards for the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone)    		ECOZ
    • To promote development, redevelopment, and infill of high-density residential, commercial, civic, and primary employment uses along major corridors, in patterns that promote alternative transportation mode choice.
    Oil and Gas Overlay Zone
    (See Division 18.10.04, Oil and Gas Overlay Zone)    		OGO
    • To protect public health and safety by limiting new land uses within 1,000 feet of oil and gas facilities to uses that are compatible with the industrial nature of the oil and gas facilities.
     Critical Sub-ZoneOGO-CZ
    • To control land uses that are located less than 200 feet away from oil and gas facilities.
     Restricted Sub-ZoneOGO-RZ
    • To control land uses that are located 200 feet to 500 feet (inclusive) away from oil and gas facilities.
     High-Occupancy Building Sub-ZoneOGO-HO
    • To control land uses that are located more than 500 feet, up to 1,000 feet, away from oil and gas facilities.
    Floodplain Overlay Zone
    (See Division 18.09.03, Floodplain Regulations)    		FP
    • To help identify and clarify where flood hazards may exist and, in those areas, regulating land use and development to minimize public and private losses due to flooding, as prudent to protect the public health, safety, and welfare, and as required for participation in the National Flood Insurance Program.
     Floodway Sub-ZoneFP-FW
    • To help identify the regulatory floodway.
     Flood Fringe Sub-ZoneFP-FF
    • To help identify the regulatory flood fringe.

    Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone
    (see Division 18.02.07, Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone)

    		AIAOZ
    • To manage land uses within airport impact areas in order to ensure that they do not interfere with airport operations
    North Cleveland Overlay Zone
    (See Division 18.06.08, Standards for North Cleveland Overlay Zone)    		NCOZ
    Table 18.02.02.02
    Loveland Overlay Zones
    Overlay Zone / Sub-ZoneAbbreviationPurpose
    Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone
    (See Division 18.06.09, Standards for the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone)    		ECOZ
    • To promote development, redevelopment, and infill of high-density residential, commercial, civic, and primary employment uses along major corridors, in patterns that promote alternative transportation mode choice.
    Oil and Gas Overlay Zone
    (See Division 18.10.04, Oil and Gas Overlay Zone)    		OGO
    • To protect public health and safety by limiting new land uses within 1,000 feet of oil and gas facilities to uses that are compatible with the industrial nature of the oil and gas facilities.
     Critical Sub-ZoneOGO-CZ
    • To control land uses that are located less than 200 feet away from oil and gas facilities.
     Restricted Sub-ZoneOGO-RZ
    • To control land uses that are located 200 feet to 500 feet (inclusive) away from oil and gas facilities.
     High-Occupancy Building Sub-ZoneOGO-HO
    • To control land uses that are located more than 500 feet, up to 1,000 feet, away from oil and gas facilities.
    Floodplain Overlay Zone
    (See Division 18.09.03, Floodplain Regulations)    		FP
    • To help identify and clarify where flood hazards may exist and, in those areas, regulating land use and development to minimize public and private losses due to flooding, as prudent to protect the public health, safety, and welfare, and as required for participation in the National Flood Insurance Program.
     Floodway Sub-ZoneFP-FW
    • To help identify the regulatory floodway.
     Flood Fringe Sub-ZoneFP-FF
    • To help identify the regulatory flood fringe.

    Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone
    (see Division 18.02.07, Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone)

    		AIAOZ
    • To manage land uses within airport impact areas in order to ensure that they do not interfere with airport operations
    North Cleveland Overlay Zone
    (See Division 18.06.08, Standards for North Cleveland Overlay Zone)    		NCOZ
    Table 18.02.02.02
    Loveland Overlay Zones
    Overlay Zone / Sub-ZoneAbbreviationPurpose
    Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone
    (See Division 18.06.09, Standards for the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone)    		ECOZ
    • To promote development, redevelopment, and infill of high-density residential, commercial, civic, and primary employment uses along major corridors, in patterns that promote alternative transportation mode choice.
    Oil and Gas Overlay Zone
    (See Division 18.10.04, Oil and Gas Overlay Zone)    		OGO
    • To protect public health and safety by limiting new land uses within 1,000 feet of oil and gas facilities to uses that are compatible with the industrial nature of the oil and gas facilities.
     Critical Sub-ZoneOGO-CZ
    • To control land uses that are located less than 200 feet away from oil and gas facilities.
     Restricted Sub-ZoneOGO-RZ
    • To control land uses that are located 200 feet to 500 feet (inclusive) away from oil and gas facilities.
     High-Occupancy Building Sub-ZoneOGO-HO
    • To control land uses that are located more than 500 feet, up to 1,000 feet, away from oil and gas facilities.
    Floodplain Overlay Zone
    (See Division 18.09.03, Floodplain Regulations)    		FP
    • To help identify and clarify where flood hazards may exist and, in those areas, regulating land use and development to minimize public and private losses due to flooding, as prudent to protect the public health, safety, and welfare, and as required for participation in the National Flood Insurance Program.
     Floodway Sub-ZoneFP-FW
    • To help identify the regulatory floodway.
     Flood Fringe Sub-ZoneFP-FF
    • To help identify the regulatory flood fringe.

    Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone
    (see Division 18.02.07, Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone)

    		AIAOZ
    • To manage land uses within airport impact areas in order to ensure that they do not interfere with airport operations
    North Cleveland Overlay Zone
    (See Division 18.06.08, Standards for North Cleveland Overlay Zone)    		NCOZ
    Table 18.02.02.02
    Loveland Overlay Zones
    Overlay Zone / Sub-ZoneAbbreviationPurpose
    Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone
    (See Division 18.06.09, Standards for the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone)    		ECOZ
    • To promote development, redevelopment, and infill of high-density residential, commercial, civic, and primary employment uses along major corridors, in patterns that promote alternative transportation mode choice.
    Oil and Gas Overlay Zone
    (See Division 18.10.04, Oil and Gas Overlay Zone)    		OGO
    • To protect public health and safety by limiting new land uses within 1,000 feet of oil and gas facilities to uses that are compatible with the industrial nature of the oil and gas facilities.
     Critical Sub-ZoneOGO-CZ
    • To control land uses that are located less than 200 feet away from oil and gas facilities.
     Restricted Sub-ZoneOGO-RZ
    • To control land uses that are located 200 feet to 500 feet (inclusive) away from oil and gas facilities.
     High-Occupancy Building Sub-ZoneOGO-HO
    • To control land uses that are located more than 500 feet, up to 1,000 feet, away from oil and gas facilities.
    Floodplain Overlay Zone
    (See Division 18.09.03, Floodplain Regulations)    		FP
    • To help identify and clarify where flood hazards may exist and, in those areas, regulating land use and development to minimize public and private losses due to flooding, as prudent to protect the public health, safety, and welfare, and as required for participation in the National Flood Insurance Program.
     Floodway Sub-ZoneFP-FW
    • To help identify the regulatory floodway.
     Flood Fringe Sub-ZoneFP-FF
    • To help identify the regulatory flood fringe.

    Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone
    (see Division 18.02.07, Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone)

    		AIAOZ
    • To manage land uses within airport impact areas in order to ensure that they do not interfere with airport operations
    North Cleveland Overlay Zone
    (See Division 18.06.08, Standards for North Cleveland Overlay Zone)    		NCOZ

    Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.02.03 Official Zoning Map Adopted
  • Official Zoning Map Adopted. The boundaries of Zones and Overlay Zones are shown upon the map entitled “Official Zoning Map of the City of Loveland” (referred to hereinafter as “Zoning Map”) which is incorporated into and made part of this UDC by this reference.
  • Force and Effect. The Zoning Map and all notations, references, and other information shown on it are a part of this UDC and have the same force and effect as this UDC.
  • Status of Zoning Map. The Zoning Map that is on file at the Development Services Department shall control in the event of a conflict between the map that is on file and any other reproduction of said map, including but not limited to, maps that are made available electronically.
  • Maintenance of Zoning Map. Amendments to the zoning district map shall be made administratively to implement all zone boundary changes approved by Ordinance by the City Council. Technical changes to the Zoning Map that are necessary to ensure that the Zoning Map accurately reflects zone boundaries previously approved by Ordinance of the City Council shall also be made administratively.

    • Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.02.04 Interpretation of Zoning Map
  • Generally. The precise location of any zone boundary line shown on the Zoning Map shall be defined by the rules of this Section.
  • Rezoning Ordinances.
    1. Rezoning ordinances shall be promptly reflected on the Zoning Map. The boundaries of property that are specified in a rezoning ordinance are controlling, except as provided in this subsection.
    2. Conflicts between the zone boundaries on the Zoning Map and the zoning for property provided by an adopted rezoning ordinance dated after the effective date of this UDC could result from administrative or scrivener’s errors. In the event of such conflict:
      1. It is presumed that the adopted rezoning ordinance controls, and the Zoning Map shall be promptly corrected when the conflict is identified. The Director shall provide written notice of the correction to the owners of property that is the subject of a Zoning Map correction.
      2. The presumption may be rebutted if it is obvious that the error is within the text of the rezoning ordinance, in that:
        1. The rezoning affects property that was not the subject of the application for rezoning; or
        2. The rezoning affects only a portion of the property that was the subject of the application, the application requested rezoning for the entire property, and the application was granted without conditions that restricted the extent of the rezoning.
    3. Any conflict between the boundaries on the Zoning Map and a development approval granted before the effective date shall be resolved as follows:
      1. If the Zoning Map conflicts with a rezoning ordinance adopted before the effective date, the Zoning Map boundaries control. However, if the rezoning ordinance was tied to a site specific development plan, then the Zoning Map designation shall not interfere with any vested rights created by the site specific development plan.
      2. If the Zoning Map conflicts with an active planned unit development (“PUD”) ordinance that was adopted before the effective date, the PUD ordinance controls, unless there is record evidence to show that the Zoning Map was intended to adjust the boundaries of the PUD.
      3. If the Zoning Map conflicts with an inactive PUD ordinance, or with the boundary of a completed PUD, then the Zoning Map controls.
      4. If the Zoning Map conflicts with a development or annexation agreement, then the conflict shall be resolved according to the terms of the agreement.
  • Identifiable Features. In the absence of a rezoning ordinance that specifies parcel boundaries, where zone boundary lines appear to follow identifiable features, their location shall be determined by applying the rules of this subsection in order from 1. to 5.:
    1. Rights-of-Way. Boundary lines shown as following, or approximately following, streets, alleys, railroad tracks, or utility lines shall be construed as following the centerline of the right-of-way. Where the location of the actual streets or alleys differs from the location of corresponding streets or alleys on the Zoning Map, the location of the actual streets or alleys controls.
    2. Property Lines. Boundary lines shown as following, or approximately following, lot lines or other property lines shown on the Zoning Map shall be construed as following such lines.
    3. Toe or Top of Slope. Boundary lines shown as following, or approximately following, the toe or the top of a steep slope, shall be construed as following the contour line of the toe or top of slope.
    4. Watercourses. Boundaries shown as following, or approximately following, the centerline of streams, canals, or other watercourses shall be construed as following the channel centerline. In the event of a natural change in the location of such streams or other watercourses, the zoning district boundary shall be construed as moving with the channel centerline. However, such movement shall not render existing development nonconforming.
    5. Parallel to Features. Boundaries shown as separated from and parallel, or approximately parallel, to any of the features listed in paragraphs 1. through 4., above, shall be construed to be parallel to such features and at such distances as are shown by the scale on the zoning map.
  • Un-subdivided Land or No Identifiable Feature. In the absence of a rezoning ordinance that specifies parcel boundaries, on un-subdivided land, or where a district boundary follows no identifiable feature, the location of zone boundaries shall be determined by applying the following rules in sequential order until the boundaries are known:
    1. Text Dimensions. The boundary shall be located by reference to dimensions shown in text on the zoning map, if any.
    2. Map Scale. The boundary shall be located using the map scale appearing on the Zoning Map.
  • All Land Within City Limits Shall Be Zoned. It is the intent of the City Council that all land within the City be zoned. Accordingly, the Developing Resource Zone (“DR”) shall be applied to all land on the zoning map that is not the subject of one of the conflicts identified in subsection B.2. or B.3., above, and:
    1. Within the corporate limits of the City;
    2. Not within a right-of-way; and
    3. Not shown within the boundaries of a particular zone.

    • Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.02.05 Zoning of Annexed Land
  • Generally. Zoning of annexed land or land in the process of annexation is an initial zoning. The standards and procedures that apply to zoning of annexed land are the same as those applied to a rezoning of property within the City limits.
  • Timing of Adoption of Zoning Ordinance. An ordinance proposing zoning of a parcel or parcels to be annexed shall not be finally adopted by the City Council before the date of final adoption of the annexation ordinance, but the annexation ordinance may include the zoning ordinance for the annexed property.
  • Compliance with State Law. All annexations to the City shall meet the requirements of C.R.S. § 31-12, et seq., shall be consistent with the Comprehensive Plan, and shall be in compliance with Division 18.17.01, Annexation.

    • Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.03.01 Interpretation of Land Use by Zone Tables
  • Generally. The tables set out in this Division describe which land uses are permitted “as-of-right,” permitted if certain conditions are met, permitted after notice and comment if certain conditions are met, permitted after public hearing if certain conditions are met, and not allowed in each zone.
  • Legend. The following symbols are used in the tables in this Division:
    1. “R” means “permitted as-of-right.” These uses are subject to administrative review for compliance with the general requirements of this UDC.
    2. “L” means “limited use.” Limited uses are subject to administrative review for compliance with specific standards that pertain to the use, as well as the general requirements of this UDC.
    3. “A” means “adaptable use.” Adaptable uses are subject to administrative review for compliance with specific standards that pertain to the use, the general standards for all adaptable uses, and the general requirements of this UDC. Adaptable uses do not require a public hearing, but do require a neighborhood meeting.
    4. “C” means “conditional use.” Conditional uses are subject to public hearing review for compliance with specific standards that pertain to the use, the general standards for all conditional uses, and the general requirements of this UDC.
    5. “-” means that the use is not allowed in the specified district.
  • Multiple Uses. In instances where a proposed development will combine more than one listed use, except those developments that qualify as mixed-use, each listed shall be evaluated independently for compliance with applicable standards.

    • Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.03.02 Residential Land Use by Zone
    The residential land uses that are allowed in each zone are set out in Table 18.02.03.02, Residential Land Use by Zone. Refer to Division 18.04.02, Housing Palette for descriptions and standards for individual housing types.

    Table 18.02.03.02
    Residential Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This land use is allowed as a permitted use in any zone within the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone if both: (1) the subject property is developed with both residential and nonresidential uses; and (2) the applicant opts to apply the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone Standards. See Division 18.06.09, Standards for the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone.
    3 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    4 Within an approved Manufactured Home Park or Manufactured Home Subdivision.
    5 Except in manufactured home park or subdivision, the subject property developed with the housing types listed under the heading “Cluster Housing Types” shall comply with Section 18.04.02.08, Clustered Housing Types.
    6 Within an approved Clustered Housing Development.
    Single-Family Detached
    Urban Cottage
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR--- 
       - in all other locations--ALL--R---- 
    Urban2
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--LL3L3L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    Large Urban
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--LL3L3L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    General
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--LL3L3L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    Suburban
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--R-----
       - in all other locations-L3L3L3L3L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    Large Suburban
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--R-----
       - in all other locations-L3L3--L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    Estate
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--RR----
       - in all other locationsRL3L3---------§ 18.02.04.03
    Large Estate
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--RR----
       - in all other locationsRL3----------§ 18.02.04.03
    Zero Lot Line Home
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations-A3A3A3A3--R----§ 18.02.04.03
    Duplex and Townhouse
    Side-by-Side Duplex2
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations-ALLLLLRR---§ 18.02.04.03
    Over-Under Duplex2
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations-ALLLLLRR---§ 18.02.04.03
    Standard Townhouse2
       - in complete neighborhoods--RRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--ALLLLRL---§ 18.02.04.03
    Multiplex and Multifamily
    Multiplex2
       - in complete neighborhoods--RRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--A3L3L3L3RRL---§ 18.02.04.03
    General Multifamily2
       - in complete neighborhoods--R-R--RR----
       - in all other locations---A3L3-RRR---§ 18.02.04.03
    Infill Multifamily2
       - in complete neighborhoods---RR--RR----
       - in all other locations---L3L3-RRR---§ 18.02.04.03
    Downtown Multifamily2
       - all locations-----L3-------
    Manufactured Home Parks and Subdivisions
    Manufactured Home Park or Subdivision
       - in complete neighborhoods------------ 
      - in all other locations----A3-------§ 18.02.04.03
    Manufactured Homes4----L-------§ 18.02.04.03
    Cottages4----L-------§ 18.02.04.03
    Clustered Housing
    Clustered Housing Development5
      - in complete neighborhoodsLLLLL--L----§ 18.02.04.03
      - in all other locations--AAA--L----§ 18.02.04.03
    Cottages6LLLLL--L----§ 18.02.04.03
    Cluster Duplexes6LLLLL--L----§ 18.02.04.03
    Table 18.02.03.02
    Residential Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This land use is allowed as a permitted use in any zone within the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone if both: (1) the subject property is developed with both residential and nonresidential uses; and (2) the applicant opts to apply the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone Standards. See Division 18.06.09, Standards for the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone.
    3 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    4 Within an approved Manufactured Home Park or Manufactured Home Subdivision.
    5 Except in manufactured home park or subdivision, the subject property developed with the housing types listed under the heading “Cluster Housing Types” shall comply with Section 18.04.02.08, Clustered Housing Types.
    6 Within an approved Clustered Housing Development.
    Single-Family Detached
    Urban Cottage
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR--- 
       - in all other locations--ALL--R---- 
    Urban2
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--LL3L3L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    Large Urban
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--LL3L3L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    General
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--LL3L3L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    Suburban
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--R-----
       - in all other locations-L3L3L3L3L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    Large Suburban
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--R-----
       - in all other locations-L3L3--L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    Estate
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--RR----
       - in all other locationsRL3L3---------§ 18.02.04.03
    Large Estate
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--RR----
       - in all other locationsRL3----------§ 18.02.04.03
    Zero Lot Line Home
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations-A3A3A3A3--R----§ 18.02.04.03
    Duplex and Townhouse
    Side-by-Side Duplex2
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations-ALLLLLRR---§ 18.02.04.03
    Over-Under Duplex2
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations-ALLLLLRR---§ 18.02.04.03
    Standard Townhouse2
       - in complete neighborhoods--RRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--ALLLLRL---§ 18.02.04.03
    Multiplex and Multifamily
    Multiplex2
       - in complete neighborhoods--RRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--A3L3L3L3RRL---§ 18.02.04.03
    General Multifamily2
       - in complete neighborhoods--R-R--RR----
       - in all other locations---A3L3-RRR---§ 18.02.04.03
    Infill Multifamily2
       - in complete neighborhoods---RR--RR----
       - in all other locations---L3L3-RRR---§ 18.02.04.03
    Downtown Multifamily2
       - all locations-----L3-------
    Manufactured Home Parks and Subdivisions
    Manufactured Home Park or Subdivision
       - in complete neighborhoods------------ 
      - in all other locations----A3-------§ 18.02.04.03
    Manufactured Homes4----L-------§ 18.02.04.03
    Cottages4----L-------§ 18.02.04.03
    Clustered Housing
    Clustered Housing Development5
      - in complete neighborhoodsLLLLL--L----§ 18.02.04.03
      - in all other locations--AAA--L----§ 18.02.04.03
    Cottages6LLLLL--L----§ 18.02.04.03
    Cluster Duplexes6LLLLL--L----§ 18.02.04.03
    Table 18.02.03.02
    Residential Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This land use is allowed as a permitted use in any zone within the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone if both: (1) the subject property is developed with both residential and nonresidential uses; and (2) the applicant opts to apply the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone Standards. See Division 18.06.09, Standards for the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone.
    3 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    4 Within an approved Manufactured Home Park or Manufactured Home Subdivision.
    5 Except in manufactured home park or subdivision, the subject property developed with the housing types listed under the heading “Cluster Housing Types” shall comply with Section 18.04.02.08, Clustered Housing Types.
    6 Within an approved Clustered Housing Development.
    Single-Family Detached
    Urban Cottage
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR--- 
       - in all other locations--ALL--R---- 
    Urban2
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--LL3L3L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    Large Urban
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--LL3L3L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    General
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--LL3L3L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    Suburban
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--R-----
       - in all other locations-L3L3L3L3L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    Large Suburban
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--R-----
       - in all other locations-L3L3--L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    Estate
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--RR----
       - in all other locationsRL3L3---------§ 18.02.04.03
    Large Estate
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--RR----
       - in all other locationsRL3----------§ 18.02.04.03
    Zero Lot Line Home
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations-A3A3A3A3--R----§ 18.02.04.03
    Duplex and Townhouse
    Side-by-Side Duplex2
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations-ALLLLLRR---§ 18.02.04.03
    Over-Under Duplex2
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations-ALLLLLRR---§ 18.02.04.03
    Standard Townhouse2
       - in complete neighborhoods--RRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--ALLLLRL---§ 18.02.04.03
    Multiplex and Multifamily
    Multiplex2
       - in complete neighborhoods--RRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--A3L3L3L3RRL---§ 18.02.04.03
    General Multifamily2
       - in complete neighborhoods--R-R--RR----
       - in all other locations---A3L3-RRR---§ 18.02.04.03
    Infill Multifamily2
       - in complete neighborhoods---RR--RR----
       - in all other locations---L3L3-RRR---§ 18.02.04.03
    Downtown Multifamily2
       - all locations-----L3-------
    Manufactured Home Parks and Subdivisions
    Manufactured Home Park or Subdivision
       - in complete neighborhoods------------ 
      - in all other locations----A3-------§ 18.02.04.03
    Manufactured Homes4----L-------§ 18.02.04.03
    Cottages4----L-------§ 18.02.04.03
    Clustered Housing
    Clustered Housing Development5
      - in complete neighborhoodsLLLLL--L----§ 18.02.04.03
      - in all other locations--AAA--L----§ 18.02.04.03
    Cottages6LLLLL--L----§ 18.02.04.03
    Cluster Duplexes6LLLLL--L----§ 18.02.04.03
    Table 18.02.03.02
    Residential Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This land use is allowed as a permitted use in any zone within the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone if both: (1) the subject property is developed with both residential and nonresidential uses; and (2) the applicant opts to apply the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone Standards. See Division 18.06.09, Standards for the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone.
    3 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    4 Within an approved Manufactured Home Park or Manufactured Home Subdivision.
    5 Except in manufactured home park or subdivision, the subject property developed with the housing types listed under the heading “Cluster Housing Types” shall comply with Section 18.04.02.08, Clustered Housing Types.
    6 Within an approved Clustered Housing Development.
    Single-Family Detached
    Urban Cottage
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR--- 
       - in all other locations--ALL--R---- 
    Urban2
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--LL3L3L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    Large Urban
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--LL3L3L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    General
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--LL3L3L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    Suburban
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--R-----
       - in all other locations-L3L3L3L3L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    Large Suburban
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--R-----
       - in all other locations-L3L3--L3LR----§ 18.02.04.03
    Estate
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--RR----
       - in all other locationsRL3L3---------§ 18.02.04.03
    Large Estate
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--RR----
       - in all other locationsRL3----------§ 18.02.04.03
    Zero Lot Line Home
       - in complete neighborhoodsRRRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations-A3A3A3A3--R----§ 18.02.04.03
    Duplex and Townhouse
    Side-by-Side Duplex2
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations-ALLLLLRR---§ 18.02.04.03
    Over-Under Duplex2
       - in complete neighborhoods-RRRR--RR----
       - in all other locations-ALLLLLRR---§ 18.02.04.03
    Standard Townhouse2
       - in complete neighborhoods--RRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--ALLLLRL---§ 18.02.04.03
    Multiplex and Multifamily
    Multiplex2
       - in complete neighborhoods--RRR--RR----
       - in all other locations--A3L3L3L3RRL---§ 18.02.04.03
    General Multifamily2
       - in complete neighborhoods--R-R--RR----
       - in all other locations---A3L3-RRR---§ 18.02.04.03
    Infill Multifamily2
       - in complete neighborhoods---RR--RR----
       - in all other locations---L3L3-RRR---§ 18.02.04.03
    Downtown Multifamily2
       - all locations-----L3-------
    Manufactured Home Parks and Subdivisions
    Manufactured Home Park or Subdivision
       - in complete neighborhoods------------ 
      - in all other locations----A3-------§ 18.02.04.03
    Manufactured Homes4----L-------§ 18.02.04.03
    Cottages4----L-------§ 18.02.04.03
    Clustered Housing
    Clustered Housing Development5
      - in complete neighborhoodsLLLLL--L----§ 18.02.04.03
      - in all other locations--AAA--L----§ 18.02.04.03
    Cottages6LLLLL--L----§ 18.02.04.03
    Cluster Duplexes6LLLLL--L----§ 18.02.04.03

    Ord. 6636 §3, 09/05/2023

    Effective on: 9/19/2023

    18.02.03.03 Special Residential Land Use by Zone
    The special residential land uses that are allowed in each zone are set out in Table 18.02.03.03, Special Residential Land Use by Zone.

    Table 18.02.03.03
    Special Residential Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable(“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    Assisted Living or Congregate Care---A2A2A2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04
    Group HomeLL2L2L2L2L2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04
    Live-Work Unit---L2L2L2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04
    Nursing Home, Memory Care, Alzheimer's Care---A2A2A2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04
    Protective Care----C2C2AAA---§ 18.02.04.04
    Shelter for Victims of Domestic Violence-L2L2L2L2L2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04
    Table 18.02.03.03
    Special Residential Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable(“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    Assisted Living or Congregate Care---A2A2A2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04
    Group HomeLL2L2L2L2L2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04
    Live-Work Unit---L2L2L2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04
    Nursing Home, Memory Care, Alzheimer's Care---A2A2A2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04
    Protective Care----C2C2AAA---§ 18.02.04.04
    Shelter for Victims of Domestic Violence-L2L2L2L2L2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04
    Table 18.02.03.03
    Special Residential Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable(“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    Assisted Living or Congregate Care---A2A2A2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04
    Group HomeLL2L2L2L2L2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04
    Live-Work Unit---L2L2L2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04
    Nursing Home, Memory Care, Alzheimer's Care---A2A2A2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04
    Protective Care----C2C2AAA---§ 18.02.04.04
    Shelter for Victims of Domestic Violence-L2L2L2L2L2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04
    Table 18.02.03.03
    Special Residential Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable(“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    Assisted Living or Congregate Care---A2A2A2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04
    Group HomeLL2L2L2L2L2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04
    Live-Work Unit---L2L2L2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04
    Nursing Home, Memory Care, Alzheimer's Care---A2A2A2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04
    Protective Care----C2C2AAA---§ 18.02.04.04
    Shelter for Victims of Domestic Violence-L2L2L2L2L2LLL---§ 18.02.04.04

    Ord. 6516B §3, 10/26/2021; Ord. 6762 §1, 04/01/2025

    Effective on: 4/15/2025

    18.02.03.04 Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use by Zone
    The hospitality, recreation, and entertainment land uses that are allowed in each zone are set out in Table 18.02.03.04, Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use by Zone.

    Table 18.02.03.04
    Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This use is allowed in the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood.
    3 This use is allowed anywhere within a complete neighborhood.
    4 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Large)-----A4AA----§ 18.02.04.05
    Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Small)2-----L4LLLA--§ 18.02.04.05
    Bed and Breakfast--L4L4L4L4------§ 18.02.04.05
    Brew Pub, Distillery Pub, or Limited Winery2-----L4LLLLL-§ 18.02.04.05
    Campground------A---AA§ 18.02.04.05
    Commercial Lodging, Business or Tourist2-----L4LLLA--§ 18.02.04.05
    Commercial Lodging, Convention-----L4LLLA--§ 18.02.04.05
    Golf CourseAA4--------L-§ 18.02.04.05
    Indoor Amusement, Recreation, and Entertainment2-----R4RRRAL-§ 18.02.04.05
    Indoor Firing or Gun Range------A--A--§ 18.02.04.05
    Off-Track Betting Facility-----AAAA-- § 18.02.405
    Outdoor Commercial Recreation or Amusement------AA--L-§ 18.02.04.05
    Outdoor Stadium, Arena, Amphitheater, or Drive-In Theater-----A4AAA-A-§ 18.02.04.05
    Parks (Passive)3RRRRRRRRR-R- 
    Parks (Active)3LL4L4L4L4--LL-L-§ 18.02.04.05
    Restaurant2-----R4RRRL--§ 18.02.04.05
    Restaurant, Fast Food-----L4LLLL--§ 18.02.04.05
    RV Park------L-----§ 18.02.04.05
    Sexually-Oriented Business---------L--§ 18.02.04.05
    Zoo----------C-§ 18.02.04.05
    Table 18.02.03.04
    Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This use is allowed in the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood.
    3 This use is allowed anywhere within a complete neighborhood.
    4 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Large)-----A4AA----§ 18.02.04.05
    Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Small)2-----L4LLLA--§ 18.02.04.05
    Bed and Breakfast--L4L4L4L4------§ 18.02.04.05
    Brew Pub, Distillery Pub, or Limited Winery2-----L4LLLLL-§ 18.02.04.05
    Campground------A---AA§ 18.02.04.05
    Commercial Lodging, Business or Tourist2-----L4LLLA--§ 18.02.04.05
    Commercial Lodging, Convention-----L4LLLA--§ 18.02.04.05
    Golf CourseAA4--------L-§ 18.02.04.05
    Indoor Amusement, Recreation, and Entertainment2-----R4RRRAL-§ 18.02.04.05
    Indoor Firing or Gun Range------A--A--§ 18.02.04.05
    Off-Track Betting Facility-----AAAA-- § 18.02.405
    Outdoor Commercial Recreation or Amusement------AA--L-§ 18.02.04.05
    Outdoor Stadium, Arena, Amphitheater, or Drive-In Theater-----A4AAA-A-§ 18.02.04.05
    Parks (Passive)3RRRRRRRRR-R- 
    Parks (Active)3LL4L4L4L4--LL-L-§ 18.02.04.05
    Restaurant2-----R4RRRL--§ 18.02.04.05
    Restaurant, Fast Food-----L4LLLL--§ 18.02.04.05
    RV Park------L-----§ 18.02.04.05
    Sexually-Oriented Business---------L--§ 18.02.04.05
    Zoo----------C-§ 18.02.04.05
    Table 18.02.03.04
    Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This use is allowed in the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood.
    3 This use is allowed anywhere within a complete neighborhood.
    4 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Large)-----A4AA----§ 18.02.04.05
    Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Small)2-----L4LLLA--§ 18.02.04.05
    Bed and Breakfast--L4L4L4L4------§ 18.02.04.05
    Brew Pub, Distillery Pub, or Limited Winery2-----L4LLLLL-§ 18.02.04.05
    Campground------A---AA§ 18.02.04.05
    Commercial Lodging, Business or Tourist2-----L4LLLA--§ 18.02.04.05
    Commercial Lodging, Convention-----L4LLLA--§ 18.02.04.05
    Golf CourseAA4--------L-§ 18.02.04.05
    Indoor Amusement, Recreation, and Entertainment2-----R4RRRAL-§ 18.02.04.05
    Indoor Firing or Gun Range------A--A--§ 18.02.04.05
    Off-Track Betting Facility-----AAAA-- § 18.02.405
    Outdoor Commercial Recreation or Amusement------AA--L-§ 18.02.04.05
    Outdoor Stadium, Arena, Amphitheater, or Drive-In Theater-----A4AAA-A-§ 18.02.04.05
    Parks (Passive)3RRRRRRRRR-R- 
    Parks (Active)3LL4L4L4L4--LL-L-§ 18.02.04.05
    Restaurant2-----R4RRRL--§ 18.02.04.05
    Restaurant, Fast Food-----L4LLLL--§ 18.02.04.05
    RV Park------L-----§ 18.02.04.05
    Sexually-Oriented Business---------L--§ 18.02.04.05
    Zoo----------C-§ 18.02.04.05
    Table 18.02.03.04
    Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This use is allowed in the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood.
    3 This use is allowed anywhere within a complete neighborhood.
    4 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Large)-----A4AA----§ 18.02.04.05
    Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Small)2-----L4LLLA--§ 18.02.04.05
    Bed and Breakfast--L4L4L4L4------§ 18.02.04.05
    Brew Pub, Distillery Pub, or Limited Winery2-----L4LLLLL-§ 18.02.04.05
    Campground------A---AA§ 18.02.04.05
    Commercial Lodging, Business or Tourist2-----L4LLLA--§ 18.02.04.05
    Commercial Lodging, Convention-----L4LLLA--§ 18.02.04.05
    Golf CourseAA4--------L-§ 18.02.04.05
    Indoor Amusement, Recreation, and Entertainment2-----R4RRRAL-§ 18.02.04.05
    Indoor Firing or Gun Range------A--A--§ 18.02.04.05
    Off-Track Betting Facility-----AAAA-- § 18.02.405
    Outdoor Commercial Recreation or Amusement------AA--L-§ 18.02.04.05
    Outdoor Stadium, Arena, Amphitheater, or Drive-In Theater-----A4AAA-A-§ 18.02.04.05
    Parks (Passive)3RRRRRRRRR-R- 
    Parks (Active)3LL4L4L4L4--LL-L-§ 18.02.04.05
    Restaurant2-----R4RRRL--§ 18.02.04.05
    Restaurant, Fast Food-----L4LLLL--§ 18.02.04.05
    RV Park------L-----§ 18.02.04.05
    Sexually-Oriented Business---------L--§ 18.02.04.05
    Zoo----------C-§ 18.02.04.05

    Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.03.05 Commercial Land Use by Zone
    The commercial land uses that are allowed in each zone are set out in Table 18.02.03.05, Commercial Land Use by Zone.

    Table 18.02.03.05
    Commercial Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This use is allowed in the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood.
    3 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    General Commercial
    Business Services2-----L3RRRR--§ 18.02.04.06
    Convenience Lending-----L3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Liquor Store-----R3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Marijuana Business------A--A--§ 18.02.04.06
    Office, General2---L3L3R3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Office, Medical2---A3A3R3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Pawnbroker-----L3LRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Personal Services2---L3L3R3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Recording or TV Studio-----L3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Retail Sales and Services2-----L3LLLL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Veterinary and Domestic Animal Uses
    Commercial Equestrian FacilitiesA------LL-L-§ 18.02.04.06
    Kennel (Indoor) or Pet Store2-----L3LLLL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Kennel (Outdoor)------A--A--§ 18.02.04.06
    Veterinarian (Large Animal)--------AL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Veterinarian (Small Animal)2-----L3RRRR--§ 18.02.04.06
    Table 18.02.03.05
    Commercial Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This use is allowed in the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood.
    3 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    General Commercial
    Business Services2-----L3RRRR--§ 18.02.04.06
    Convenience Lending-----L3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Liquor Store-----R3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Marijuana Business------A--A--§ 18.02.04.06
    Office, General2---L3L3R3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Office, Medical2---A3A3R3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Pawnbroker-----L3LRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Personal Services2---L3L3R3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Recording or TV Studio-----L3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Retail Sales and Services2-----L3LLLL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Veterinary and Domestic Animal Uses
    Commercial Equestrian FacilitiesA------LL-L-§ 18.02.04.06
    Kennel (Indoor) or Pet Store2-----L3LLLL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Kennel (Outdoor)------A--A--§ 18.02.04.06
    Veterinarian (Large Animal)--------AL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Veterinarian (Small Animal)2-----L3RRRR--§ 18.02.04.06
    Table 18.02.03.05
    Commercial Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This use is allowed in the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood.
    3 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    General Commercial
    Business Services2-----L3RRRR--§ 18.02.04.06
    Convenience Lending-----L3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Liquor Store-----R3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Marijuana Business------A--A--§ 18.02.04.06
    Office, General2---L3L3R3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Office, Medical2---A3A3R3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Pawnbroker-----L3LRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Personal Services2---L3L3R3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Recording or TV Studio-----L3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Retail Sales and Services2-----L3LLLL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Veterinary and Domestic Animal Uses
    Commercial Equestrian FacilitiesA------LL-L-§ 18.02.04.06
    Kennel (Indoor) or Pet Store2-----L3LLLL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Kennel (Outdoor)------A--A--§ 18.02.04.06
    Veterinarian (Large Animal)--------AL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Veterinarian (Small Animal)2-----L3RRRR--§ 18.02.04.06
    Table 18.02.03.05
    Commercial Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This use is allowed in the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood.
    3 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    General Commercial
    Business Services2-----L3RRRR--§ 18.02.04.06
    Convenience Lending-----L3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Liquor Store-----R3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Marijuana Business------A--A--§ 18.02.04.06
    Office, General2---L3L3R3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Office, Medical2---A3A3R3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Pawnbroker-----L3LRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Personal Services2---L3L3R3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Recording or TV Studio-----L3RRRL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Retail Sales and Services2-----L3LLLL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Veterinary and Domestic Animal Uses
    Commercial Equestrian FacilitiesA------LL-L-§ 18.02.04.06
    Kennel (Indoor) or Pet Store2-----L3LLLL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Kennel (Outdoor)------A--A--§ 18.02.04.06
    Veterinarian (Large Animal)--------AL--§ 18.02.04.06
    Veterinarian (Small Animal)2-----L3RRRR--§ 18.02.04.06

    Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.03.06 Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Land Use by Zone
    The community, civic, education, and institutional land uses that are allowed in each zone are set out in Table 18.02.03.06, Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Land Use by Zone.

     

    Table 18.02.03.06
    Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This use is allowed in the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood.
    3 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    CemeteryLL3--------L-§ 18.02.04.07
    Crematorium------L-LL--§ 18.02.04.07
    Day Care Center, Adult or Child2-L3L3L3L3L3LLL---§ 18.02.04.07
    Emergency ServicesAAAAARRRRRA--
    Funeral Home-----L3LL----§ 18.02.04.07
    Homeless Shelter------C--C--§ 18.02.04.07
    Hospital----L3L3LLL---§ 18.02.04.07
    Library, Museum, or Gallery---AAL3LLLLL-§ 18.02.04.07
    Place of Assembly2LL3L3L3L3L3RRRRL-§ 18.02.04.07
    Prison or Jail-----C3CCCC--§ 18.02.04.07
    School, Elementary or Middle (private)-L3L3L3L3-LLL---§ 18.02.04.07
    School, High (private)-L3L3L3L3--LL---§ 18.02.04.07
    School, PublicRRRRRRRRRRRR-
    School, Vocational or Trade2-----L3LLLL--§ 18.02.04.07
    University or College (private)-----L3LLLL--§ 18.02.04.07
    Table 18.02.03.06
    Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This use is allowed in the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood.
    3 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    CemeteryLL3--------L-§ 18.02.04.07
    Crematorium------L-LL--§ 18.02.04.07
    Day Care Center, Adult or Child2-L3L3L3L3L3LLL---§ 18.02.04.07
    Emergency ServicesAAAAARRRRRA--
    Funeral Home-----L3LL----§ 18.02.04.07
    Homeless Shelter------C--C--§ 18.02.04.07
    Hospital----L3L3LLL---§ 18.02.04.07
    Library, Museum, or Gallery---AAL3LLLLL-§ 18.02.04.07
    Place of Assembly2LL3L3L3L3L3RRRRL-§ 18.02.04.07
    Prison or Jail-----C3CCCC--§ 18.02.04.07
    School, Elementary or Middle (private)-L3L3L3L3-LLL---§ 18.02.04.07
    School, High (private)-L3L3L3L3--LL---§ 18.02.04.07
    School, PublicRRRRRRRRRRRR-
    School, Vocational or Trade2-----L3LLLL--§ 18.02.04.07
    University or College (private)-----L3LLLL--§ 18.02.04.07
    Table 18.02.03.06
    Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This use is allowed in the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood.
    3 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    CemeteryLL3--------L-§ 18.02.04.07
    Crematorium------L-LL--§ 18.02.04.07
    Day Care Center, Adult or Child2-L3L3L3L3L3LLL---§ 18.02.04.07
    Emergency ServicesAAAAARRRRRA--
    Funeral Home-----L3LL----§ 18.02.04.07
    Homeless Shelter------C--C--§ 18.02.04.07
    Hospital----L3L3LLL---§ 18.02.04.07
    Library, Museum, or Gallery---AAL3LLLLL-§ 18.02.04.07
    Place of Assembly2LL3L3L3L3L3RRRRL-§ 18.02.04.07
    Prison or Jail-----C3CCCC--§ 18.02.04.07
    School, Elementary or Middle (private)-L3L3L3L3-LLL---§ 18.02.04.07
    School, High (private)-L3L3L3L3--LL---§ 18.02.04.07
    School, PublicRRRRRRRRRRRR-
    School, Vocational or Trade2-----L3LLLL--§ 18.02.04.07
    University or College (private)-----L3LLLL--§ 18.02.04.07
    Table 18.02.03.06
    Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This use is allowed in the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood.
    3 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    CemeteryLL3--------L-§ 18.02.04.07
    Crematorium------L-LL--§ 18.02.04.07
    Day Care Center, Adult or Child2-L3L3L3L3L3LLL---§ 18.02.04.07
    Emergency ServicesAAAAARRRRRA--
    Funeral Home-----L3LL----§ 18.02.04.07
    Homeless Shelter------C--C--§ 18.02.04.07
    Hospital----L3L3LLL---§ 18.02.04.07
    Library, Museum, or Gallery---AAL3LLLLL-§ 18.02.04.07
    Place of Assembly2LL3L3L3L3L3RRRRL-§ 18.02.04.07
    Prison or Jail-----C3CCCC--§ 18.02.04.07
    School, Elementary or Middle (private)-L3L3L3L3-LLL---§ 18.02.04.07
    School, High (private)-L3L3L3L3--LL---§ 18.02.04.07
    School, PublicRRRRRRRRRRRR-
    School, Vocational or Trade2-----L3LLLL--§ 18.02.04.07
    University or College (private)-----L3LLLL--§ 18.02.04.07

    Ord. 6446 §9, 12/15/2020; Ord. 6636 §4, 09/05/2023; Ord. 6709 §1, 07/16/2024

    Effective on: 7/30/2024

    18.02.03.07 Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Use by Zone
    The industrial, processing, recycling, storage, and disposal land uses that are allowed in each zone are set out in Table 18.02.03.07, Industrial, Processing, Recycling, and Disposal Land Use by Zone.

    Table 18.02.03.07
    Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This use is allowed in the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood.
    3 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    Composting Facility---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Disposal---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Heavy Industry---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Heavy Logistics Center--------CC--§ 18.02.04.08
    Light Industry------LLLR--§ 18.02.04.08
    Recycling Collection Center (Attended)------ALLL--§ 18.02.04.08
    Resource Extraction (minerals)CC3C3C3C3-CCCCCC§ 18.02.04.08
    Resource Extraction (oil and gas)See Chapter 18.10, Oil, Gas, and Mineral Development
    Salvage Yard---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Self-Storage------LLLL--§ 18.02.04.08
    Storage Yard---------L--§ 18.02.04.08
    Waste Transfer Station---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Workshop2-----L3LLLRL-§ 18.02.04.08
    Table 18.02.03.07
    Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This use is allowed in the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood.
    3 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    Composting Facility---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Disposal---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Heavy Industry---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Heavy Logistics Center--------CC--§ 18.02.04.08
    Light Industry------LLLR--§ 18.02.04.08
    Recycling Collection Center (Attended)------ALLL--§ 18.02.04.08
    Resource Extraction (minerals)CC3C3C3C3-CCCCCC§ 18.02.04.08
    Resource Extraction (oil and gas)See Chapter 18.10, Oil, Gas, and Mineral Development
    Salvage Yard---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Self-Storage------LLLL--§ 18.02.04.08
    Storage Yard---------L--§ 18.02.04.08
    Waste Transfer Station---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Workshop2-----L3LLLRL-§ 18.02.04.08
    Table 18.02.03.07
    Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This use is allowed in the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood.
    3 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    Composting Facility---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Disposal---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Heavy Industry---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Heavy Logistics Center--------CC--§ 18.02.04.08
    Light Industry------LLLR--§ 18.02.04.08
    Recycling Collection Center (Attended)------ALLL--§ 18.02.04.08
    Resource Extraction (minerals)CC3C3C3C3-CCCCCC§ 18.02.04.08
    Resource Extraction (oil and gas)See Chapter 18.10, Oil, Gas, and Mineral Development
    Salvage Yard---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Self-Storage------LLLL--§ 18.02.04.08
    Storage Yard---------L--§ 18.02.04.08
    Waste Transfer Station---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Workshop2-----L3LLLRL-§ 18.02.04.08
    Table 18.02.03.07
    Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 This use is allowed in the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood.
    3 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    Composting Facility---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Disposal---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Heavy Industry---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Heavy Logistics Center--------CC--§ 18.02.04.08
    Light Industry------LLLR--§ 18.02.04.08
    Recycling Collection Center (Attended)------ALLL--§ 18.02.04.08
    Resource Extraction (minerals)CC3C3C3C3-CCCCCC§ 18.02.04.08
    Resource Extraction (oil and gas)See Chapter 18.10, Oil, Gas, and Mineral Development
    Salvage Yard---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Self-Storage------LLLL--§ 18.02.04.08
    Storage Yard---------L--§ 18.02.04.08
    Waste Transfer Station---------C--§ 18.02.04.08
    Workshop2-----L3LLLRL-§ 18.02.04.08

    Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.03.08 Motor Vehicle and Transportation Land Use by Zone
    The motor vehicle and transportation land uses that are allowed in each zone are set out in Table 18.02.03.08, Motor Vehicle and Transportation Land Use by Zone.

    Table 18.02.03.08
    Motor Vehicle and Transportation Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use

    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    3 EV Charging Projects are allowed in nonresidential and high-density residential areas of a PUD as a Limited use and in medium-density residential areas of a PUD as a Conditional use.

    Motor Vehicle Uses
    Electric Vehicle Charging Project3--CLLA2LLLLCC§ 18.02.04.09
    Fueling or service stations-----A2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Motor vehicle wash-----A2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Surface parking-----LLLLR--§ 18.02.04.09
    Structured parking-----L2AAAR--§ 18.02.04.09
    Passenger motor vehicle sales or rental-----A2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Heavy motor vehicle sales or rental------AAAL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Heavy motor vehicle service------AAAL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Motorcycle, scooter, or ATV sales or rental-----A2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Other Transportation Uses
    Airport--------CC--§ 18.02.04.09
    Heliport--------CC--§ 18.02.04.09
    Helistop------AAAA--§ 18.02.04.09
    Bus or Taxi Terminal-----A2AAAA--§ 18.02.04.09
    Table 18.02.03.08
    Motor Vehicle and Transportation Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use

    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    3 EV Charging Projects are allowed in nonresidential and high-density residential areas of a PUD as a Limited use and in medium-density residential areas of a PUD as a Conditional use.

    Motor Vehicle Uses
    Electric Vehicle Charging Project3--CLLA2LLLLCC§ 18.02.04.09
    Fueling or service stations-----A2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Motor vehicle wash-----A2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Surface parking-----LLLLR--§ 18.02.04.09
    Structured parking-----L2AAAR--§ 18.02.04.09
    Passenger motor vehicle sales or rental-----A2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Heavy motor vehicle sales or rental------AAAL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Heavy motor vehicle service------AAAL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Motorcycle, scooter, or ATV sales or rental-----A2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Other Transportation Uses
    Airport--------CC--§ 18.02.04.09
    Heliport--------CC--§ 18.02.04.09
    Helistop------AAAA--§ 18.02.04.09
    Bus or Taxi Terminal-----A2AAAA--§ 18.02.04.09
    Table 18.02.03.08
    Motor Vehicle and Transportation Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use

    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    3 EV Charging Projects are allowed in nonresidential and high-density residential areas of a PUD as a Limited use and in medium-density residential areas of a PUD as a Conditional use.

    Motor Vehicle Uses
    Electric Vehicle Charging Project3--CLLA2LLLLCC§ 18.02.04.09
    Fueling or service stations-----A2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Motor vehicle wash-----A2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Surface parking-----LLLLR--§ 18.02.04.09
    Structured parking-----L2AAAR--§ 18.02.04.09
    Passenger motor vehicle sales or rental-----A2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Heavy motor vehicle sales or rental------AAAL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Heavy motor vehicle service------AAAL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Motorcycle, scooter, or ATV sales or rental-----A2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Other Transportation Uses
    Airport--------CC--§ 18.02.04.09
    Heliport--------CC--§ 18.02.04.09
    Helistop------AAAA--§ 18.02.04.09
    Bus or Taxi Terminal-----A2AAAA--§ 18.02.04.09
    Table 18.02.03.08
    Motor Vehicle and Transportation Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use

    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    3 EV Charging Projects are allowed in nonresidential and high-density residential areas of a PUD as a Limited use and in medium-density residential areas of a PUD as a Conditional use.

    Motor Vehicle Uses
    Electric Vehicle Charging Project3--CLLA2LLLLCC§ 18.02.04.09
    Fueling or service stations-----A2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Motor vehicle wash-----A2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Surface parking-----LLLLR--§ 18.02.04.09
    Structured parking-----L2AAAR--§ 18.02.04.09
    Passenger motor vehicle sales or rental-----A2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Heavy motor vehicle sales or rental------AAAL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Heavy motor vehicle service------AAAL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Motorcycle, scooter, or ATV sales or rental-----A2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.09
    Other Transportation Uses
    Airport--------CC--§ 18.02.04.09
    Heliport--------CC--§ 18.02.04.09
    Helistop------AAAA--§ 18.02.04.09
    Bus or Taxi Terminal-----A2AAAA--§ 18.02.04.09

    Ord. 6636 §5, 09/05/2023; Ord. 6805 § 01/06/2026

    Effective on: 1/20/2026

    18.02.03.09 Utility and Wireless Telecommunications Land Use by Zone
    The utility and wireless communications land uses that are allowed in each zone are set out in Table 18.02.03.09, Utility and Wireless Communications Land Use by Zone.

    (Ord. 6326 §1,2, 08/20/2019)

    Table 18.02.03.09
    Utility and Wireless Telecommunications Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    3 Essential utilities are not considered a primary land use, and are allowed in all zones with appropriate construction approvals.
    Utility Uses
    Data Center-----L2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.10
    Overhead Power Lines (110 kV or more)CCCCC-CCCCCC§ 18.02.04.10
    Utilities, Minor3AAAAAAAAARAA§ 18.02.04.10
    Utilities, MajorCCCCCCCCCACC§ 18.02.04.10
    Wireless Communications Facilities
    Freestanding Communications Tower------CCCCCC§ 14.40.010
    Alternative Tower StructureLLLLLLLLLLLL§ 14.40.010
    Small Cell Wireless FacilityRRRRRRRRRRRR§ 14.40.010
    Other Wireless Communications FacilitiesLLLLLLLLLLLL§ 14.40.010
    Table 18.02.03.09
    Utility and Wireless Telecommunications Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    3 Essential utilities are not considered a primary land use, and are allowed in all zones with appropriate construction approvals.
    Utility Uses
    Data Center-----L2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.10
    Overhead Power Lines (110 kV or more)CCCCC-CCCCCC§ 18.02.04.10
    Utilities, Minor3AAAAAAAAARAA§ 18.02.04.10
    Utilities, MajorCCCCCCCCCACC§ 18.02.04.10
    Wireless Communications Facilities
    Freestanding Communications Tower------CCCCCC§ 14.40.010
    Alternative Tower StructureLLLLLLLLLLLL§ 14.40.010
    Small Cell Wireless FacilityRRRRRRRRRRRR§ 14.40.010
    Other Wireless Communications FacilitiesLLLLLLLLLLLL§ 14.40.010
    Table 18.02.03.09
    Utility and Wireless Telecommunications Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    3 Essential utilities are not considered a primary land use, and are allowed in all zones with appropriate construction approvals.
    Utility Uses
    Data Center-----L2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.10
    Overhead Power Lines (110 kV or more)CCCCC-CCCCCC§ 18.02.04.10
    Utilities, Minor3AAAAAAAAARAA§ 18.02.04.10
    Utilities, MajorCCCCCCCCCACC§ 18.02.04.10
    Wireless Communications Facilities
    Freestanding Communications Tower------CCCCCC§ 14.40.010
    Alternative Tower StructureLLLLLLLLLLLL§ 14.40.010
    Small Cell Wireless FacilityRRRRRRRRRRRR§ 14.40.010
    Other Wireless Communications FacilitiesLLLLLLLLLLLL§ 14.40.010
    Table 18.02.03.09
    Utility and Wireless Telecommunications Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 This column contains a cross-reference to the standards that apply to the use in zones in which the use is listed as Limited (“L”), Adaptable (“A”), or Conditional (“C”).
    2 Type of review may vary based on scale of new construction. See Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    3 Essential utilities are not considered a primary land use, and are allowed in all zones with appropriate construction approvals.
    Utility Uses
    Data Center-----L2LLLL--§ 18.02.04.10
    Overhead Power Lines (110 kV or more)CCCCC-CCCCCC§ 18.02.04.10
    Utilities, Minor3AAAAAAAAARAA§ 18.02.04.10
    Utilities, MajorCCCCCCCCCACC§ 18.02.04.10
    Wireless Communications Facilities
    Freestanding Communications Tower------CCCCCC§ 14.40.010
    Alternative Tower StructureLLLLLLLLLLLL§ 14.40.010
    Small Cell Wireless FacilityRRRRRRRRRRRR§ 14.40.010
    Other Wireless Communications FacilitiesLLLLLLLLLLLL§ 14.40.010

    Effective on: 9/3/2019

    18.02.03.10 Agricultural Land Use by Zone
    The agricultural land uses that are allowed in each zone are set out in Table 18.02.03.10, Agricultural Land Use by Zone.

    Table 18.02.03.10
    Agricultural Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    Community GardenLLLLLL-LL-LL§ 18.02.04.11
    Farm or Ranch----------LA§ 18.02.04.11
    Nursery or Greenhouse, Wholesale------L-LL-A§ 18.02.04.11
    Table 18.02.03.10
    Agricultural Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    Community GardenLLLLLL-LL-LL§ 18.02.04.11
    Farm or Ranch----------LA§ 18.02.04.11
    Nursery or Greenhouse, Wholesale------L-LL-A§ 18.02.04.11
    Table 18.02.03.10
    Agricultural Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    Community GardenLLLLLL-LL-LL§ 18.02.04.11
    Farm or Ranch----------LA§ 18.02.04.11
    Nursery or Greenhouse, Wholesale------L-LL-A§ 18.02.04.11
    Table 18.02.03.10
    Agricultural Land Use by Zone
    Land UseZonesStandards Reference1
    ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
    ERR1/R1eR2R3eR3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Key: “R” = Allowed Use; “L” = Limited Use; “A” = Adaptable Use; “C” = Conditional Use
    Community GardenLLLLLL-LL-LL§ 18.02.04.11
    Farm or Ranch----------LA§ 18.02.04.11
    Nursery or Greenhouse, Wholesale------L-LL-A§ 18.02.04.11

    Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.03.11 Uses That Are Not Allowed in Any Zone
    The following uses are not allowed in any zone:

    1. 1.
      Disposal of radioactive wastes;
    2. 2.
      Outdoor shooting ranges; and
    3. 3.
      Intensive agriculture.

    Ord. 6804 § 12/16/2025

    Effective on: 12/30/2025

    18.02.03.12 Uses That Are Not Listed
  • Generally. If a proposed use is not listed in the Land Use by Zone table, then the Director shall determine whether the proposed use is functionally comparable to a use that is listed in the table. A proposed use is functionally comparable to a use that is allowed if it is reasonably comparable to the use, and with regard to each of the decision criteria enumerated in Subsection B., the proposed use has no greater impacts than the use with which it is functionally comparable.
  • Decision Criteria. The following decision criteria shall be evaluated when the Director determines whether a proposed use is functionally comparable to an allowed use:
    1. Parking demand;
    2. Average daily and peak hour trip generation (cars and trucks);
    3. Noise;
    4. Vibration;
    5. Lighting;
    6. Dust;
    7. Odors;
    8. Potentially hazardous conditions, such as projectiles leaving the site;
    9. Use and storage of hazardous materials;
    10. Design of buildings and structures;
    11. Character of operation; and
    12. Hours of operation.
  • Effect of Determination. If the Director approves an application for a decision pursuant to this Section, then the use is permitted, subject to the same standards and procedures as the use to which it was compared for the purposes of the favorable decision. If the Director determines that a proposed use is not functionally comparable to a use that is permissible in the table in the zone that applies to the subject property, then the proposed use is a prohibited use in that zone.

    • Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.04.01 Applicability of Use Standards
  • Generally. The standards in this Division apply to uses designated in the Land Use Tables in Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone, as Limited Use (“L”), Adaptable Use (“A”), or Conditional Use (“C”). Where a provision requires the application of Adaptable Use or Conditional Use standards, the use is subject to the adaptable use standards (see Section 18.02.04.12, General Standards for Adaptable Uses) and procedures, or Conditional Use standards (see Section 18.02.04.13, General Standards for Conditional Uses) and procedures, as applicable.
  • Conversion to an Adaptable Use.
    1. Generally, in the event that a use standard for a Limited Use cannot be met, and the use standard does not represent a dimensional or numerical standard that can be processed through Section 18.17.15.01, Administrative Variations, the use may be treated (at the applicant’s option, subject to the exceptions of subsection B.2., below) as an Adaptable Use.  Thereafter, it shall be processed in accordance with the Adaptable Use standards in Section 18.02.04.12, General Standards for Adaptable Uses, and the Adaptable Use procedures in Section 18.14.02.02, Decision-Making Tracks by Application Type, and the applicable use-specific standards from this Division shall be met to the extent practicable. The Adaptable Use process shall be applied to offset the impacts that may result from the inability to fully comply with applicable Limited Use standards.
    2. The conversion to adaptable use process shall not be used to modify the following types of standards:
      1. Spacing standards related to Sexually-Oriented Businesses;
      2. Standards that are cross-referenced from Chapter 18.04, Lots, Buildings, and Structures;
      3. Location standards that prohibit the configuration of the use or does not allow the use to be located on a property; and
      4. Standards referencing compliance with State or Federal requirements.
    3. If the Adaptable use process is used to modify a separation distance requirement from a residential use or residential boundary zone, the notification radius for the Adaptable use shall be expanded to match the distance requirement set out in the use standard. 

    • Ord. 6446 §17, 12/15/2020

    Effective on: 12/29/2020

    18.02.04.02 Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones
  • Generally. In the DT zone and the residential zones (R1, R1e, R2, R3e, and R3), alternative procedures may apply if the proposed development of a subject property crosses certain thresholds for scale. The thresholds and alternative procedures are set out in this Section. Uses that are subject to these standards may also be subject to other use-specific standards in this Division.
  • DT Zone. In the DT zone, proposed development that would otherwise be allowed as a use by right ("R"), limited use (“L”), or as an adaptable use (“A”), shall be processed as a conditional use in accordance with Section 18.14.02.02, Decision-Making Tracks by Application Type, if the proposed development exceeds the following thresholds:
    1. All character areas: New construction that exceeds 70 feet in building or structure height.
    2. General, Core or Fourth Street Character Areas: 25,000 sf. GFA of new construction.
    3. Neighborhood Transition Character Area: 10,000 sf. GFA of new construction.
  • Residential Zones. If the proposed use of a subject property in an R1, R1e, R2, R3e, or R3 zone is subject to scale limitations according to the applicable land use table in Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone, then the type of review required for the use shall be as set out in Table 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds. Uses identified as Adaptable or Conditional in Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone, shall be processed in accordance with the applicable Adaptable or Conditional procedures regardless of the scale threshold, but shall not exceed the maximum building coverage ratio and building or structure height in Table 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds. Scale thresholds apply to residential (except within Complete Neighborhoods) and nonresidential land uses within the residential zones.
    • Table 18.02.04.02
    Scale Thresholds
    Building Coverage RatioBuilding or Structure HeightType of Review Required
    up to 45%up to 26 ft.If classified as Use-By-Right in Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone: Use-by-Right
    If classified as Limited Use in Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone: Limited Use
    If classified as Adaptable Use in Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone: Adaptable Use
    If classified as Conditional Use in Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone: Conditional Use
    more than 45%, up to 65%more than 26 ft., up to 35 ft.If classified as Use-By-Right in Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone: Adaptable Use
    If classified as Limited Use in Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone: Adaptable Use
    If classified as Adaptable Use in Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone: Adaptable Use
    If classified as Conditional Use in Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone: Conditional Use

    Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.04.03 Residential Standards
  • A.
    Complete Neighborhoods. The standards of this subsection apply within complete neighborhoods. Complete neighborhoods are also subject to the design standards set out in Division 18.06.04, Standards for Complete Neighborhoods.
    1. 1.
      Cottages, and Cluster Duplexes.
      1. a.
        Cottages, and cluster duplexes are allowed in complete neighborhoods, provided that:
        1. 1.
          The standards of Section 18.04.02.08, Clustered Housing Types, and Section 18.06.05.01, Housing Clusters, are met; and
        2. 2.
          If multiple clusters are developed on adjoining parcels, each cluster is visually distinct and buffered from adjoining clusters.
      2. b.
        The requirement of subsection A.1.a.ii., above, shall not be interpreted to prevent pedestrian connectivity among clusters, or to prevent multiple clusters form sharing a single common house.
  • B.
    Manufactured Home Parks and Subdivisions. Cottages are allowed in manufactured home parks and subdivisions, subject to the following limitations and use standards:
    1. 1.
      No more than 15 percent of the lots or spaces in the manufactured home park or subdivision are allocated to cottages;
    2. 2.
      The cottages are constructed in accordance with the Building Code and placed on a permanent foundation; and
    3. 3.
      In existing manufactured home parks and subdivisions prior to adoption of this UDC, a cottage can replace a manufactured home at a ratio of one to one, unless otherwise approved as an adaptable use.
  • C.
    All Other Locations. The standards of this subsection apply to residential development that is not part of a complete neighborhood and not within a manufactured home park or subdivision.
    1. 1.
      Urban Cottage, Urban, Large Urban, General, Suburban, Large Suburban. The use is allowed, subject to the following limitations and use standards:
      1. a.
        In Residential Zones and the DT Zone, the use complies with Section 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
      2. b.
        In the B Zone, the use is allowed on an existing residential lot established for that purpose prior to the effective date of this UDC. Conversion of a nonresidential use or development as a new residential use is not permitted.
      3. c.
        In the DT Zone, the minimum front setback shall be 10 feet.
    2. 2.
      Side-by-Side Duplex, Over-Under Duplex, Standard Townhouse, and Multiplex. The uses are allowed, subject to the following limitations and use standards:
      1. a.
        In the B Zone, the use is allowed on an existing lot established for a side-by-side duplex, over-under duplex and standard townhouse prior to the effective date of the UDC. Conversion of a nonresidential use or development as a new use is not permitted.
      2. b.
        In the DT Zone, the use is allowed in the Core, Neighborhood Transition, and General character areas, subject to compliance with Section 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    3. 3.
      Zero Lot Line Homes. The use shall comply with Section 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    4. 4.
      Downtown Multifamily. The use shall comply with the Division 18.04.06, Downtown Design Standards.
    5. 5.
      Cottages, and Cluster Duplexes.
      1. a.
        Cottages, and cluster duplexes are allowed, provided that: 
        1. 1.
          The standards of Section 18.04.02.08, Clustered Housing Types, and Section 18.06.05.01, Housing Clusters, are met;
        2. 2.
          If multiple clusters are developed on adjoining parcels, each cluster is visually distinct and buffered from adjoining clusters; and
        3. 3.
          If any boundary of the subject property adjoins a lot that is developed with a single-family detached dwelling unit, a type B bufferyard that includes a six-foot tall privacy fence shall be installed along the property boundary.
      2. b.
        The requirement of subsection C.5.a.2., above, shall not be interpreted to prevent pedestrian connectivity among clusters, or to prevent multiple clusters from sharing a single common house.

    • ​​​​​

    Ord. 6445 §15, 12/15/2020; Ord. 6516B §6, 10/26/2021; Ord. 6636 §6, 09/05/2023

    Effective on: 9/19/2023

    18.02.04.04 Special Residential Standards
  • A.
    Assisted Living or Congregate Care. Assisted living and congregate care uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Required Access. Vehicular access to the subject property shall be provided based on the residential capacity of the facility, as follows:
      1. a.
        More than eight residents: Arterial or collector street, or a local street, provided that the route between the access point and the nearest arterial or collector street does not pass a single-family or duplex residential use.
      2. b.
        Eight or fewer residents: Any street type.
    2. 2.
      Outdoor Recreation and Leisure Areas. The subject property shall include 50 sf. outdoor recreation and leisure area per resident at capacity, of which a minimum of 750 sf. shall be contiguous.
  • B.
    Group Home. Group home uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Spacing. Group homes shall be spaced a minimum of 750 feet apart on the same block face and shall be located only within a single-family detached dwelling, side-by-side duplex, or over-under duplex.
    2. 2.
      Information Requirements:  The following information shall be submitted to the City:
      1. a.
        All application materials provided to the State or State-approved certifying body for licensure or certification;
      2. b.
        A description of the facility's operation including staff levels, services provided to patrons, rehabilitation process if applicable, and facility operational rules;
      3. c.
        A description of qualifications and experience of the facility operators;
      4. d.
        A description of the maintenance responsibilities and policies that minimize negative impacts on the neighborhood; and
      5. e.
        A parking plan for residents and guests.
  • C.
    Live-Work Unit. Live work units shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      R3e, R3, B, MAC, and E Zones.
      1. a.
        Live work units shall be located on lots that have frontage on arterial or collector streets (including in multifamily buildings that are oriented towards arterial or collector streets); or
      2. b.
        Within 300 feet of the Neighborhood Activity Center in a Complete Neighborhood. (See Division 18.06.04, Standards for Complete Neighborhoods).
    2. 2.
      DT Zone. In the DT zone, the residential portion of the live-work unit in buildings that front on Fourth Street shall be located above the ground floor or behind the nonresidential portion of the live-work unit.
  • D.
    Nursing Home, Memory Care, Alzheimer’s Care. Nursing home, memory care and Alzheimer’s care uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in this UDC:
    1. 1.
      Access. Vehicular access shall be from a collector or an arterial street.
    2. 2.
      Location. In the R3 zone, the subject property shall be situated such that it:
      1. a.
        Adjoins a nonresidential or mixed-use zone and fronts on a collector or arterial street; or
      2. b.
        Is located in the mixed-use center of a complete neighborhood; or
      3. c.
        Is located at the intersection of two arterial streets, an arterial and collector street, or two collector streets.
    3. 3.
      Bufferyards.
      1. a.
        Street Property Lines: Type A.
      2. b.
        Interior Property Lines: Type C, if the subject property adjoins an R1, R1e, R2, R3e, or R3 zone.
  • E.
    Protective Care. Protective care uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Access. Vehicular access shall be from a collector or an arterial street.
    2. 2.
      Bufferyards.
      1. a.
        Street Property Lines: Type A.
      2. b.
        Interior Property Lines: Type C, if the subject property adjoins an R1, R1e, R2, R3e, or R3 zone.
    3. 3.
      Perimeter Walls. Where the use adjoins residential property of any type, a minimum six-foot tall masonry wall shall be installed within the bufferyard.
  • F.
    Shelter for Victims of Domestic Violence. Shelter for victims of Domestic violence uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in this UDC:
    1. 1.
      Number of Bedrooms. The facility shall be limited to a maximum of eight bedrooms, each limited to occupancy by one adult or by families consisting of one adult and their dependents. A ninth bedroom may be occupied by staff.
    2. 2.
      Information Requirements. In addition to the information required in the submittal checklist, the applicant shall include the following supplemental information:
      1. a.
        A description of the facility’s operation including staff levels, services provided to patrons, facility operational rules and maintenance responsibilities;
      2. b.
        An organizational outline of the governing body of the facility, including grantors and boards that provide oversight to the facility;
      3. c.
        A description of qualifications and experience of the facility operators;
      4. d.
        A map showing any of the following uses located within 300 feet of the boundaries of the property on which the shelter is proposed:
        1. 1.
          Daycare facility licensed with the state;
        2. 2.
          School meeting all requirements of the compulsory education law of the state or licensed with the state as a preschool;
        3. 3.
          Group home; and
        4. 4.
          Other shelters for victims of domestic violence that are known to the applicant.
      5. e.
        A description and location for all proposed lighting and security measures demonstrating compliance with CPTED lighting, security, and construction provisions including the following:
        1. 1.
          All entryways, porches, walkways and sides of the residence shall be well lit;
        2. 2.
          All exterior entrance doors shall be constructed of solid core or steel and shall have security devices such as deadbolts, strike plates, door viewers and locks located away from any glass; and
        3. 3.
          All homes shall have an intrusion alarm and or exterior camera system.
    3. 3.
      Landscaping.
      1. a.
        All landscaping shall be maintained in a manner to promote and increase security of the facility.
      2. b.
        A landscape plan shall be submitted demonstrating compliance with the following standards:
        1. 1.
          All shrubs located near sidewalks, driveways, doors or gates shall be a low growing species obtaining a maximum height of not more than two feet;
        2. 2.
          All trees placed near the home shall be a canopy tree species and shall be trimmed so that lower branches are at least six feet off the ground; and
        3. 3.
          Decorative stone or rock shall be used as ground cover near home so that it makes noise when someone walks on it.
    4. 4.
      Additional Information. The City may require other material as necessary to evaluate the application for compliance with City standards.
    5. 5.
      Review Authority.
      1. a.
        In approving a site development plan, the Current Planning Division and the Loveland Police Department shall determine whether the location of the use will be compatible with the uses identified in subsection H.2.d, and that appropriate security and landscape measures will be in place, in compliance with the standards contained in subsection H.2.e. and H.3.
      2. b.
        As part of the determination, the City may impose restrictions and conditions, as deemed necessary, to insure compliance with the standards contained in this subsection.
    6. 6.
      Confidentiality. The operator of a shelter for victims of domestic violence may request confidentiality pursuant to C.R.S. § 24-72-204(3.5), and such request shall be granted. Thereafter, all application materials, inspection records, and any related documents for shelters for victims of domestic violence that identify the location of the facility shall be kept confidential and shall not be inspected or released to any person or entity pursuant to an open records request, except upon written permission by the director of the shelter for victims of domestic violence.

    • Ord. 6446 §6, 12/15/2020; Ord. 6516B §4, 10/26/2021; Ord. 6762 §2, 04/01/2025

    Effective on: 4/15/2025

    18.02.04.05 Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Standards
  • A.
    Bar, Tavern or Nightclub (Large). The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      All Zones.
      1. a.
        Exterior loudspeakers and noise from the interior of the building shall not be audible off-site between the hours of 11:00 PM and 6:30 AM, except that if the use adjoins one or more lots that are used or zoned for residential purposes, such noise shall not be audible off-site between the hours of 9:00 PM and 7:00 AM.
      2. b.
        If the use adjoins property that is used or zoned for residential purposes, the subject property shall be buffered from said uses with a type C bufferyard that includes a noise barrier.
      3. c.
        If the use adjoins any lot that is used or zoned for residential uses, loading shall not be allowed between the hours of 9:00 PM and 7:00 AM.
    2. 2.
      I Zone. In addition to the standards of subsection A.1., above:
      1. a.
        The use is allowed on property already developed with a bar, tavern or nightclub (large) use; or
      2. b.
        The use shall be located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.4.).
    3. 3.
      DT Zone. In addition to the standards of subsection A.1., above, the use is not allowed in the Neighborhood Transition Character Area.
  • B.
    Bar, Tavern or Nightclub (Small). The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      All Zones.
      1. a.
        Exterior loudspeakers shall not be audible off-site between the hours of 11:00 PM and 6:30 AM, except that if the use adjoins one or more lots that are used or zoned for residential uses, loudspeakers shall not be audible off-site between the hours of 9:00 PM and 7:00 AM.
      2. b.
        Parking areas shall be screened from adjoining lots used or zoned for residential uses:
        1. 1.
          With opaque walls that are not less than five feet in height; or
        2. 2.
          By a grade change such that the parking lot surface is five feet or more below the elevation of the finished floor of buildings on abutting lots used or zoned for residential uses; or
        3. 3.
          A combination of a. and b. above that produces an equivalent result with respect to the screening headlights.
      3. c.
        If the use adjoins any lot that is used or zoned for residential uses, loading shall not be allowed between the hours of 9:00 PM and 7:00 AM.
    2. 2.
      I Zone. In addition to the standards of subsection B.1., above:
      1. a.
        The use is allowed on property already developed with a bar, tavern or night club (small) use; or
      2. b.
        The use shall be located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.4.).
  • C.
    Bed and Breakfast. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC, except as noted:
    1. 1.
      R2, R3e, and R3 Zones.
      1. a.
        The minimum area of the subject property shall be 2,000 sf. per bedroom that is made available to guests.
      2. b.
        All parking shall be provided off-street, on the subject property.
    2. 2.
      DT Zone.
      1. a.
        Bed and breakfast uses are not allowed in the Fourth Street or Core Character Areas.
      2. b.
        The use shall comply with Section 18.04.02.03, Single-Family Detached, and not Section 18.04.03.01, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Lot and Building Standards.
  • D.
    Brew Pub, Distillery Pub, or Limited Winery. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      All Zones.
      1. a.
        Overhead doors shall not face streets unless:
        1. 1.
          They are set back at least 100 feet from the street.
        2. 2.
          They are at least 75 percent transparent and are not used for truck access, loading, or unloading; or
      2. b.
        Overhead doors that are within 100 feet of a property line of a residential use or residential zone, shall be closed at all times, except during the movement of raw materials, supplies, finished products, or wastes into and out of the building.
      3. c.
        Service trucks for the purpose of loading and unloading materials and equipment or removing wastes shall be restricted to the hours between 7:00 AM and 9:00 PM.
      4. d.
        No outdoor storage shall be allowed, including the use of portable storage units, cargo containers and tractor trailers, except that spent or used grain (and comparable nontoxic byproducts of the brewing process), may be stored outdoors for not more than 24 hours, provided that the temporary storage area of spent or used grain is:
        1. 1.
          Designated on the approved site development plan;
        2. 2.
          Located in the interior side or rear yard (except where the adjoining property is used or zoned for residential uses), or within the building envelope; and
        3. 3.
          Fully enclosed within a suitable container, secured and screened behind a solid, opaque fence or wall measuring a minimum five feet in height.
    2. 2.
      DT Zone. In addition to the standards of subsection D.1., above, the use is not allowed in the Neighborhood Transition Character Area
    3. 3.
      I Zone. In addition to the standards of subsection D.1., above:
      1. a.
        The use is allowed on property already developed with a brew pub, distillery pub, or limited winery use; or
      2. b.
        The use shall be located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.4.).
  • E.
    Campground. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Minimum Area of Subject Property. The minimum area of the subject property shall be 10 acres.
    2. 2.
      Standard of Development. Campgrounds shall be developed to the “modern” standard as defined in 6 CCR 1010-9 § 2.10e.
    3. 3.
      Campsite Density and Campsite Standards. The density, dimensions and location of each campsite shall be as set out in Table 18.02.04.05E, Campsite Density and Campsite Standards.
    • Table 18.02.04.05E
    Campsite Density and Campsite Standards
    Density (campsites per acre of the subject property)6 sites/acre
    Minimum RV Campsite Dimensions (for campgrounds that also include RV campsites)35 ft. x 50 ft.
    Minimum Tent Campsite Dimensions35 ft. x 35 ft.
    Minimum and Maximum Number of Campsites (Tent or RV) in a ClusterMin.: 4
    Max.: 12
    Minimum Spacing Between Clustered Campsites40 ft.
    1.   
      1. 4.
        Building Coverage Ratio. The maximum building coverage ratio for the subject property shall be 10 percent.
      2. 5.
        Required Access. Campgrounds may be accessed from any classification of street. However, the route between the nearest arterial street and the campground shall not include a local residential street.
      3. 6.
        Accessory Uses. Accessory uses may include indoor recreation; outdoor recreation; coin-operated laundry; boat and ATV storage; security shelters; storage buildings; and convenience retail for guests of the campground or RV park. Accessory uses are subject to the building coverage ratio limitations in subsection E.4., above.
      4. 7.
        Configuration of Campsites.
        1. a.
          Access to camping spaces shall be from paved internal, private streets.
        2. b.
          Parking spaces must be paved or gravel.
        3. c.
          An internal pedestrian circulation system shall be provided.
      5. 8.
        Bufferyards.
        1. a.
          Campgrounds that adjoin arterial streets or are located within 100 feet of residential zones (measured between the nearest property lines) shall be buffered from such streets and zones with a type C bufferyard.
        2. b.
          A type B bufferyard is required on all other sides of the campground, except as required in subsection E.8.a, above.
    1. F.
      Commercial Lodging, Business or Tourist. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
      1. 1.
        All Zones, except the I Zone.
        1. a.
          Primary access to the use shall not be from a local or minor collector street.
        2. b.
          A type B Bufferyard shall be installed along property lines adjacent to a residential use or residential zone.
      2. 2.
        DT Zone. The standards of subsection F.1., above, do not apply within the DT zone. In the DT zone:
        1. a.
          The use shall be an Adaptable Use in the General Character Area and the Fourth Street Character Area.
        2. b.
          The use shall be a Limited Use in the Core Character Area.
        3. c.
          The use shall not be allowed in within the Neighborhood Transition Character Area.
      3. 3.
        I Zone. 
        1. a.
          The use is allowed on property already developed with a commercial lodging, business or tourist use; or
        2. b.
          The use shall be located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.4.).
    2. G.
      Commercial Lodging, Convention. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
      1. 1.
        All Zones, except the I Zone.
        1. a.
          Primary access to the use shall be from an arterial, major collector street.
        2. b.
          A type B bufferyard shall be installed along property lines adjacent to a residential use or residential zone.
      2. 2.
        DT Zone. The standards of subsection G.1. do not apply within the DT zone. In the DT zone:
        1. a.
          The use shall be an Adaptable Use in the General Character Area and Core Character Area; and
        2. b.
          The use shall not be allowed in the Fourth Street or Neighborhood Transition Character Area.
      3. 3.
        I Zone.
        1. a.
          The use is allowed on property already developed with a commercial lodging, convention use; or
        2. b.
          The use shall be located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.4.).
    3. H.
      Golf Course. Golf courses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to other applicable standards in this UDC:
      1. 1.
        As projectiles have the potential to leave the property (e.g., golf balls), the designed centerline of each hole shall be a minimum of 150 feet from adjacent property boundaries;
      2. 2.
        Total lot coverage with principal and accessory buildings shall not exceed 15 percent;
      3. 3.
        No dwelling units shall be allowed on the subject property;
      4. 4.
        No principal or accessory building, swimming pool, or tennis court shall be located less than 50 feet from any lot line;
      5. 5.
        Appropriate controls shall be put in place to prevent such golf balls from leaving the property; and
      6. 6.
        Noise shall be controlled, either:
        1. a.
          By closure of the park between the hours of 9:00 PM and 7:00 AM; or
        2. b.
          By setting back the edges of fairways least 300 feet from residential property lines; or
        3. c.
          By compliance with other measures for noise mitigation approved by the Director, based on a finding of compliance with Section 18.09.05.01, Noise Barriers.
    4. I.

      Indoor Amusement, Recreation, and Entertainment. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in this UDC:

      1. 1.
        I Zone. The use is allowed:
        1. a.
          On a subject property that is already developed with an indoor amusement, recreation, or entertainment use; or
        2. b.
          On a subject property that is located at least 500 feet from heavy industrial or heavy logistics uses, or from any industrially-zoned property that is 10 acres or more in area, upon which a heavy industrial or heavy logistics use may be permitted.
      2. 2.
        PP Zone. The use is exempt from the standards in Table 18.03.03.01, Landscape Surface Ratio by Zone. The use shall be subject to a minimum landscape surface ratio of 15 percent.
    5. J.
      Indoor Firing or Gun Range. Indoor firing or gun range uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in this UDC:
      1. 1.
        All Zones.
        1. a.
          The use shall be located within a free-standing building;
        2. b.
          The building shall be sound-proofed so that the shooting activities are not audible from outside the building;
        3. c.
          Range ventilation systems shall be closed loop, shall include HEPA filtration, and shall be dedicated to the range (not connected to the general HVAC system);
        4. d.
          The range shall be designed to prevent dangers from ricochets, backsplash, and lead dust; and
        5. e.
          No door or entrance shall be located forward of the rearmost firing point, unless secured from the inside. A red light shall be fitted above all doors giving direct access to the range itself (not the building). Such lights must be lit whenever the range is in use.
      2. 2.
        I Zone. The use is allowed on property already developed with a indoor firing or gun range use.
    6. K.
      Off-Track Betting Facility. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
      1. 1.
        All Zones.
        1. a.
          Exterior loudspeakers and noise from the interior of the building shall not be audible off-site between the hours of 11:00 PM and 6:30 AM, except that if the use adjoins one or more lots that are used or zoned for residential purposes, such noise shall not be audible off-site between the hours of 9:00 PM and 7:00 AM.
        2. b.
          If the use adjoins property that is used or zoned for residential purposes, the subject property shall be buffered from said uses with a type C bufferyard that includes a noise barrier.
      2. 2.
        DT Zone. In addition to the standards of subsection K.1., above, the use is not allowed in the Neighborhood Transition Character Area.
    7. L.
      Outdoor Commercial Recreation or Amusement. Outdoor commercial recreation or amusement uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in this UDC:
      1. 1.
        All Zones.
        1. a.
          The use shall be located at least 600 feet from property that is used or zoned for residential purposes;
        2. b.
          Interior property lines shall be buffered with a type B bufferyard, and
          1. 1.
            The bufferyard shall include a noise barrier; or
          2. 2.
            The use shall close at 10:00 PM; and
        3. c.
          If the use involves potential projectiles that could leave the subject property, appropriate controls shall be put in place to prevent such projectiles from leaving the property.
      2. 2.
        PP Zone. In addition to the standards set out in subsection L.1., above, the use is exempt from the standards in Section 18.03.03.01, Landscape Surface Ratio by Zone. The use shall be subject to a minimum landscape surface ratio of 15 percent.
    8. M.
      Outdoor Stadium, Arena, Amphitheater, or Drive-In Theater. Outdoor stadium, arena, amphitheater, or drive-in theater uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in this UDC:
      1. 1.
        DT Zone.
        1. a.
          The use shall be limited to outdoor amphitheater; and
        2. b.
          Noise generated by the use shall not exceed 45 dBA at any residential zone boundary between the hours of 9:00 PM and 7:00 AM.
      2. 2.
        B, MAC, E, and PP Zones.
        1. a.
          Noise generated by the use shall not exceed 45 dBA at any residential building wall between the hours of 9:00 PM and 7:00 AM; and
        2. b.
          The use shall be enclosed with a type C bufferyard.
    9. N.
      Parks (Active). Active parks shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in this UDC:
      1. 1.
        If the use involves potential projectiles (e.g., baseballs, etc.) that could leave the subject property, appropriate controls shall be put in place to prevent such projectiles from leaving the property; and
      2. 2.
        Noise is controlled, by any of the following methods:
        1. a.
          Closure of the park between the hours of 9:00 PM and 7:00 AM;
        2. b.
          Setting back the edges of ballfields, play fields, and play courts at least 300 feet from residential property lines; or
        3. c.
          Compliance with other measures for noise mitigation approved by the Director, based on a finding of compliance with Section 18.09.05.01, Noise Barriers.
    10. O.
      Restaurant. Restaurant uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in this UDC:
      1. 1.
        I Zone. Restaurant uses are allowed:
        1. a.
          On a subject property that is already developed with a restaurant; or
        2. b.
          If they are located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.4.).
    11. P.
      Restaurant, Fast Food. Restaurant, fast food uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in this UDC:
      1. 1.
        All Zones. Where the use adjoins lots used or zoned for residential uses, the ordering/communication station shall be:
        1. a.
          Turned off at 10:00 PM.
        2. b.
          Located at least 50 feet away, and oriented to direct sound away from, said lots; or
        3. c.
          Buffered from said lots with a Type C bufferyard that includes a noise barrier.
      2. 2.
        I Zone. In addition to the standards in subsection P.1., above, fast-food restaurant uses in the I zone are allowed:
        1. a.
          On a subject property that is already developed with a restaurant use; or
        2. b.
          Along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.4.).
      3. 3.
        DT Zone. Drive-in and drive-through facilities are not allowed.
    12. Q.
      RV Park. RV Park uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in this UDC:
      1. 1.
        Standard of Development. RV Parks shall be developed to the “modern” standard as defined in 6 CCR 1010-9 § 2.10e.
      2. 2.
        Campsite Standards. Each RV campsite shall have dimensions of at least 35 ft. in width and 50 feet in depth.
      3. 3.
        Required Access. RV parks may be accessed from any classification of street. However, the route between the nearest arterial street and the campground shall not traverse a local street.
      4. 4.
        Accessory Uses. Accessory uses may include indoor recreation; outdoor recreation; coin-operated laundry; boat and ATV storage; security shelters; storage buildings; and convenience retail for guests of the campground or RV park.
      5. 5.
        Configuration of Campsites.
        1. a.
          Access to RV camping spaces shall be from paved internal, private streets.
        2. b.
          RV parking spaces must be paved.
        3. c.
          An internal pedestrian circulation system shall be provided, with sidewalks along internal streets that are at least 4 ft. wide.
      6. 6.
        Bufferyards.
        1. a.
          RV parks that adjoin arterial streets or are located within 100 feet of residential zones (measured between the nearest property lines) shall be buffered from such streets and zones with a type C bufferyard.
        2. b.
          A type B bufferyard is required on all other sides of the campground or RV park, except as required in subsection Q.6.a, above.
    13. R.
      Sexually-Oriented Business. Sexually-oriented business uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
      1. 1.
        Locations.
        1. a.
          No person shall operate or cause to be operated a sexually-oriented business within 1,500 feet of:
          1. 1.
            Any place of assembly; or
          2. 2.
            Any school meeting all requirements of the compulsory education law of the state or licensed with the state as a preschool; or
          3. 3.
            The boundary of any residential district; or
          4. 4.
            Any daycare facility licensed with the state; or
          5. 5.
            Any park (active or passive); or
          6. 6.
            Any other sexually oriented business.
        2. b.
          No person shall cause or permit the operation, establishment, or maintenance of more than one sexually oriented business within the same building, structure, or portion thereof.
      2. 2.
        Measurement of Distance.
        1. a.
          For purposes of this subsection R., the distance between any two sexually-oriented businesses shall be measured in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures or objects, from the closest exterior structural wall of each business.
        2. b.
          For purposes of this subsection R., the distance between any sexually oriented business and any place of assembly, school, residential district, licensed daycare facility, or park shall be measured in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures or objects, from the nearest portion of the building or structure used as part of the premises where the sexually-oriented business is conducted to the nearest property line of the premises of a place of assembly, school, residential district, licensed daycare facility, or park.
      3. 3.
        Other Locational Regulations.
        1. a.
          Any sexually-oriented business lawfully operating on the effective date of the ordinance from which this section derives that is in violation of this subsection R. shall be permitted to continue operation as a non-conforming use and shall be subject to the provisions of Chapter 18.11, Nonconformities, as they pertain to nonconforming uses.
        2. b.
          If two or more sexually oriented businesses are within 1,500 feet of one another and otherwise in a permissible location, the sexually oriented business which was first established and continually operating at the particular location shall be deemed to be in compliance with this subsection R., and the later established business shall be deemed a non-conforming use pursuant to Chapter 18.11, Nonconformities for so long as the first established business is in operation.
        3. c.
          A lawfully operating sexually oriented business is not in violation of this subsection R., by location, subsequent to the issuance or renewal of the sexually oriented business license, of a place of ​​​​​​​assembly, school, residential district, licensed daycare facility, or park within 1,500 feet of said sexually oriented business. This exemption applies only to the renewal of a valid license and does not apply when an application submits for a sexually oriented business license after such a license is expired or revoked.
      4. 4.
        Visibility. The sexually-oriented business shall be conducted entirely within an enclosed building. The building shall be designed so that areas used for merchandise display or entertainment purposes are not visible from outside of the building.
    14. S.
      Zoo. Zoos shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in this UDC:
      1. 1.
        Minimum Lot Area. The subject property shall be at least 10 acres in area.
      2. 2.
        Noise. Noise generated by the use shall not exceed 45 dBA at any residential building wall between the hours of 9:00 PM and 7:00 AM.
      3. 3.
        Buffering. The use shall be enclosed with a type C bufferyard.
      4. 4.
        Licensing. The zoo operator shall maintain a Colorado wildlife exhibitor’s park license.

    Effective on: 10/11/2019

    18.02.04.06 Commercial Standards
  • A.
    Business Services. In addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC, the use is not allowed at ground level in the Fourth Street Character Area.
  • B.
    Convenience Lending. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      DT Zone. The use is not allowed at ground level in the Fourth Street Character Area.
    2. 2.
      I Zone. The use shall be on a subject property:
      1. a.
        Developed with a use that is listed under the heading “General Commercial” in Table 18.02.03.05, Commercial Land Use by Zone; or
      2. b.
        Located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.4.).
  • C.
    Liquor Store. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      I Zone. The use shall be on a subject property:
      1. a.
        Developed with a use that is listed under the heading “General Commercial” in Table 18.02.03.05, Commercial Land Use by Zone; or
      2. b.
        Located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.4.).
  • D.
    Marijuana Business. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to the standards set forth in Section 18.02.04.06.J, "Retail Sales and Services", and all other applicable standards in the UDC: 
    1. 1.
      B and I Zones. The use is permitted only in the B and I Zones.  The use shall be on a subject property:
      1. a.
        Developed with a use that is listed under the heading “General Commercial” in Table 18.02.03.05, Commercial Land Use by Zone; or
      2. b.
        Located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.4.).
    2. 2.
      Distance Between Uses. Marijuana business uses shall (in addition to complying with all other applicable standards of this UDC) be spaced at least one mile from any other marijuana business uses, measured in a straight line between property lines, without regard to intervening structures, objects, or City limits.
    3. 3.
      Hours of Operation. The use shall only operate between the hours of 8:00 am to 10:00 pm, Monday through Sunday.
    4. 4.
      Lighting. Primary entrances, parking lots and exterior walkways shall be clearly illuminated with downward-facing security lights to provide after-dark visibility for facilitators, participants, and employees, subject to all applicable City lighting standards.
    5. 5.
      Odor. The use shall use an air filtration and ventilation system designed to ensure that the odors from marijuana and marijuana products are confined to the premises and are not detectable beyond the property boundaries on which the facility is located.
    6. 6.
      Screening. All doorways, windows and other openings of buildings in which the use shall be located, covered, or screened in such a manner to prevent a view into the interior from any exterior public or semipublic area, subject to applicable City design standards. All activities of marijuana business uses shall occur indoors.
    7. 7.
      Security. The use shall comply with all security standards and regulations imposed by the Colorado Marijuana Rules.
    8. 8.
      Storage. All storage for the use shall be located within an immobile, permanent, and secure structure and may not be located within a trailer, tent, or motor vehicle.
    9. 9.
      Waste Disposal. The use shall provide for secure disposal of marijuana and marijuana product waste, refuse, remnants, and any other by-products as outlined in the Colorado Marijuana Rules. Marijuana and marijuana product waste, refuse, remnants, and any other by-products shall not be placed within an exterior refuse container.
    10. 10.
      It is unlawful and deemed a nuisance under Title 16 to:
      1. a.
        Operate a marijuana business in violation of any of the requirements set forth in the Colorado Marijuana Code, Colorado Marijuana Rules, or this UDC.
      2. b.
        Dispose of, discharge out of or from, or permit to flow from any marijuana business any foul or noxious liquid or substance of any kind whatsoever, including, without limitation, marijuana, marijuana products, or remnants or by-products of marijuana or marijuana products, into or upon any adjacent ground or lot, street, alley, public place, or into any municipal storm sewer and/or system in the City. 

    • Ord. 6804 § 12/16/2025

    1. E.
      Office, General. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
      1. 1.
        I Zone. The use shall be on a subject property:
        1. a.
          Developed with a use that is listed under the heading “General Commercial” in Table 18.02.03.05, Commercial Land Use by Zone; or
        2. b.
          Located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.4.).
      2. 2.
        R3e and R3 Zones.
        1. a.
          The use shall be located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as an adaptable use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.3.).
        2. b.
          A type B bufferyard shall be required along property lines adjacent to residential uses.
        3. c.
          Building additions and new development shall be designed so that the style of the building is not an obvious departure from the style of the residential buildings on the same block and generally, in terms of cladding materials, color, scale, massing, height, street orientation, fenestration, roof pitch, and entryways.
        4. d.
          Off-street parking shall be provided behind the front building line of the principal building, and shall have a minimum setback of three feet from side yard property lines. Where parking in this configuration is not possible, the Director may approve alternative parking, provided that not more than 30 percent of the area between the front setback line and the street is paved.
        5. e.
          Parking bufferyards are required as provided in Section 18.08.03.06, Parking Bufferyards, except that the bufferyard shall not be installed between the front building line of the adjacent property and the public right-of-way, and trees are not required between the principal building and the side property line if the installation of trees would obstruct access to the parking lot.
    2. F.
      Office, Medical. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
      1. 1.
        I Zone. The use shall be on a subject property:
        1. a.
          Developed with a use that is listed under the heading “General Commercial” in Table 18.02.03.05, Commercial Land Use by Zone; or
        2. b.
          Located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.4.).
      2. 2.
        R3e and R3 Zones.
        1. a.
          The use shall be located along an arterial or collector street, unless approved as an adaptable use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.3.).
        2. b.
          A type B bufferyard shall be required along property lines adjacent to residential uses.
        3. c.
          Building additions and new development shall be designed so that the style of the building is not an obvious departure from the style of the residential buildings on the same block and generally, in terms of cladding materials, color, scale, massing, height, street orientation, fenestration, roof pitch, and entryways.
        4. d.
          Off-street parking shall be provided behind the front building line of the principal building, and shall have a minimum setback of three feet from side yard property lines. Where parking in this configuration is not possible, the Director may approve alternative parking, provided that not more than 30 percent of the area between the front setback line and the street is paved.
        5. e.
          Parking bufferyards are required as provided in Section 18.08.03.06, Parking Bufferyards, except that the bufferyard shall not be installed between the front building line of the adjacent property and the public right-of-way, and trees are not required between the principal building and the side property line if the installation of trees would obstruct access to the parking lot.
    3. G.
      Pawnbroker. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
      1. 1.
        All Zones (including DT Zone and I Zone). Pawnbroker uses shall (in addition to complying with all other applicable standards of this UDC) be spaced at least one mile from other pawnbroker uses, measured in a straight line between property lines, without regard to intervening structures, objects, or City limits. However, a pawnbroker that had a sales tax license issued by the City before February 21, 2012 may relocate one time to a new location without regard to the spacing requirement, provided that the pawnbroker notify the City Clerk regarding the address of the new location and the date of occupancy within 30 days after the occupancy of the new location.
      2. 2.
        DT Zone. The use is not allowed in the Fourth Street Character Area.
      3. 3.
        I Zone. The use shall be on a subject property:
        1. a.
          Developed with a use that is listed under the heading “General Commercial” in Table 18.02.03.05, Commercial Land Use by Zone; or
        2. b.
          Located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.4.).
    4. H.
      Personal Services. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
      1. 1.
        I Zone. The use shall be on a subject property:
        1. a.
          Developed with a use that is listed under the heading “General Commercial” in Table 18.02.03.05, Commercial Land Use by Zone; or
        2. b.
          Located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.4.).
      2. 2.
        R3e and R3 Zones.
        1. a.
          The use shall be located along an arterial or collector street, unless approved as an adaptable use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.3.).
        2. b.
          A type B bufferyard shall be required along property lines adjacent to residential uses.
        3. c.
          Building additions and new development shall be designed so that the style of the building is not an obvious departure from the style of the residential buildings on the same block and generally, in terms of cladding materials, color, scale, massing, height, street orientation, fenestration, roof pitch, and entryways.
        4. d.
          Off-street parking shall be provided behind the front building line of the principal building, and shall have a minimum setback of three feet from side yard property lines. Where parking in this configuration is not possible, the Director may approve alternative parking, provided that not more than 30 percent of the area between the front setback line and the street is paved.
        5. e.
          Parking bufferyards are required as provided in Section 18.08.03.06, Parking Bufferyards, except that the bufferyard shall not be installed between the front building line of the adjacent property and the public right-of-way, and trees are not required between the principal building and the side property line if the installation of trees would obstruct access to the parking lot.
    5. I.
      Recording or TV Studio. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
      1. 1.
        DT Zone. The uses are not allowed in the Fourth Street Character Area or Neighborhood Transition Character Area.
      2. 2.
        I Zone. The uses shall be on a subject property:
        1. a.
          Developed with a use that is listed under the heading “General Commercial” in Table 18.02.03.05, Commercial Land Use by Zone; or
        2. b.
          Located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.4.).
    6. J.
      Retail Sales and Services. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
      1. 1.
        All Zones. No outdoor display shall be located within bufferyards or parking lot landscape areas, occupy required parking spaces, or otherwise interfere with parking lot or pedestrian circulation. Permanent outdoor display areas shall be enclosed by a privacy fence or wall that is at least five feet in height.
      2. 2.
        All Zones Except B and I. The area used for outdoor display of products shall be limited to no more than 15 percent of the area used inside the principal building for display of products.
      3. 3.
        B Zone. The area used for outdoor display of products shall be limited to no more than 15 percent of the area used inside the principal building for display of products, unless:
        1. a.
          The area used for outdoor display is located behind the front building setback line and is screened from view from streets and neighboring properties with a six-foot tall fence or wall; or
        2. b.
          The use is approved as an adaptable use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.3.).
      4. 4.
        I Zone.
        1. a.
          The use shall be on a subject property:
          1. 1.
            Developed with a use that is listed under the heading “General Commercial” in Table 18.02.03.05, Commercial Land Use by Zone; or
          2. 2.
            Located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.4.); or
        2. b.
          The type of retail sales or service provided shall specifically support industrial, construction, landscaping, or agricultural uses, or engage principally in business-to-business support and services (e.g., agricultural supply, construction materials, lumber, landscaping materials and equipment, restaurant supply, linens service, uniforms, contractor's supply, and plumbing supply); or
        3. c.
          The use requires an outdoor display area of more than 15 percent of the area used inside the principal building for display of products, due to the nature of the products sold (e.g., lumber; landscape supplies; garden planters, fountains, and statuary; etc.).
    7. K.
      Commercial Equestrian Facilities. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards of this UDC:
      1. 1.
        ER Zone.
        1. a.
          The minimum area of the subject property shall be six acres or 1.5 acres per horse, whichever is larger.
        2. b.
          Barns and stables shall be located not less than 100 feet from property lines that adjoin residential uses.
        3. c.
          Riding arenas that host events are not allowed.
      2. 2.
        PP Zone.
        1. a.
          The minimum area of the subject property shall be 10 acres or 1.5 acres per horse, whichever is larger.
        2. b.
          Barns and stables shall be located not less than 100 feet from property lines that adjoin residential uses.
        3. c.
          Access to the use shall be from an arterial or collector street, or from a local street that does not provide frontage to residential uses between the subject property and the nearest arterial or collector street.
      3. 3.
        MAC and E Zones. In the MAC and E zones, the use is limited to enclosed riding arenas. Boarding, outdoor arenas, and paddocks are not allowed.
    8. L.
      Kennel (Indoor) or Pet Store. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
      1. 1.
        All Zones. Indoor kennel or pet store uses that are located less than 100 feet from lots that are used or zoned for residential uses shall (in addition to complying with all other applicable standards of this UDC) be located within soundproofed buildings so that barking dogs are not audible at the property line.
      2. 2.
        I Zone. In addition to the standards of subsection K.1., above, the use shall be on a subject property:
        1. a.
          Developed with a use that is listed under the heading “General Commercial” in Table 18.02.03.05, Commercial Land Use by Zone; or
        2. b.
          Located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use (see Section 18.14.03.01, Process Overview, subsection B.4.).
      3. 3.
        DT Zone. In addition to the standards of subsection K.1., above, the use is not allowed in the Neighborhood Transition Character Area.
    9. M.
      Kennel (Outdoor). The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
      1. 1.
        Limitations on Dog Runs. If the use includes one or more dog runs, then:
        1. a.
          The minimum lot or parcel area allocated to the use shall be one acre.
        2. b.
          The use shall be located at least 200 feet from lots used or zoned for residential uses.
        3. c.
          Fencing for dog runs shall not exceed six feet in height in the E zoning district and eight feet in height in the I zoning district.
        4. d.
          Dog runs shall not be used after 7:00 PM or before 7:00 AM.
      2. 2.
        Limitations on Noise. If the use is located less than 100 feet from lots used or zoned for residential uses, the building shall be soundproofed so that barking dogs are not audible at the property line.
    10. N.
      Veterinarian (Large Animal). In addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC, the use shall be located in a freestanding building and shall not adjoin a lot used or zoned for residential uses.
    11. O.
      Veterinarian (Small Animal). In addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC, the use is not allowed in the Fourth Street Character Area.

    Effective on: 12/30/2025

    18.02.04.07 Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Standards
  • A.
    Crematorium. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for any crematorium, the operator shall provide documentation of the issuance of all applicable federal, state and local permits and provide all the equipment manufacturers’ specifications for construction, installation, operation, and maintenance.
    2. 2.
      Crematoriums shall be constructed, installed, operated and maintained in accordance with all manufacturers’ specifications and all applicable federal, state and local permits, as amended. City inspectors shall have the right to enter and inspect the operations of the crematoriums to determine compliance with this provision.
    3. 3.
      Each incinerator within a crematorium shall have a modern automated control panel and a dedicated natural gas meter.
    4. 4.
      The height of the exhaust stack for each crematorium unit shall be a minimum of two feet above the roof line or other nearby obstruction to minimized downdrafts of the exhaust.
  • B.
    Cemetery. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Demonstration of Need. The need for the use to serve the City of Loveland shall be demonstrated.
    2. 2.
      Minimum Land Area. The minimum land area of the subject property shall be:
      1. a.
        Five acres for a cemetery; or
      2. b.
        One acre for a mausoleum.
    3. 3.
      Required Endowment. An endowment shall be provided for the perpetual maintenance of the cemetery or mausoleum, or a comparable irrevocable source of funding for such maintenance shall be in place.
    4. 4.
      Setbacks. All grave sites shall be set back at least 20 feet from public rights-of-way
  • C.
    Day Care Center, Adult or Child. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      The subject property shall conform to Division 18.05.03, Parking and Loading Calculations with respect to the number of required parking spaces.
    2. 2.
      R1, R1e, and R2 Zone. In the R1, R1e, and R2 zones:
      1. a.
        The use shall be allowed as accessory to an existing place of assembly.
    3. 3.
      R3 or R3e Zone.
      1. a.
        The subject property shall be either:
        1. 1.
          Accessed from a collector or arterial street, or a local street if access to the subject property is within 200 feet of an intersection with the collector or arterial street;
        2. 2.
          Within a neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood; or
        3. 3.
          An existing place of assembly.
      2. b.
        Outdoor play areas shall be enclosed with a type B bufferyard that includes a fence that is at least five feet in height.
    4. 4.
      DT Zone. In the DT zone, the use is allowed only within the general and transition character districts.
    5. 5.
      B, MAC, or E Zone. Outdoor play areas shall be enclosed with a type B bufferyard that includes a fence that is at least five feet in height.
  • D.
    Funeral Home. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      In the DT zone, funeral home uses are allowed only in the General and Transition character districts.
    2. 2.
      In addition to the standards of this subsection E., funeral home uses that include a crematorium shall be subject to the use standards in subsection A., above.
  • E.
    Homeless Shelter. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      The facility shall be operated by a governmental entity or a Federally recognized tax-exempt organization.
    2. 2.
      No facility shall be open for use by clients unless there is a representative of the facility on-site to supervise and oversee the clients.
    3. 3.
      There shall be a fence, wall, or other opaque barrier that is a minimum 6 feet in height between the facility and any adjacent residential use.
    4. 4.
      A safety and security plan shall be established for the use. If the facility is within five hundred feet from a school, the safety and security plan shall be developed in consultation with the school and the superintendent of the school district to address safety of the school's students. For the purpose of this requirement, school means a public, parochial, or nonpublic school that provides a basic academic education as defined in C.R.S. 22-33-104(2)(b).
  • F.
    Hospital. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      DT Zone. In the DT zone, the use are allowed in the core and general character districts.
    2. 2.
      B, MAC, and E Zones. In the B, MAC, and E zones, if the use includes an emergency room, primary access to the use shall be from an arterial street.
  • G.
    Library, Museum, or Gallery.  The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      DT Zone. In the DT zone, the use is allowed in the core, general, and fourth street character districts, unless approved as an adaptable use.
    2. 2.
      In All Zones. Vehicle access shall be from a collector or an arterial street.
  • H.
    Place of Assembly. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC unless approved as a conditional use:
    1. 1.
      All zones.
      1. a.
        Vehicular access shall be from a collector or an arterial street.
      2. b.
        If the use adjoins property that is used or zoned for residential purposes, the subject property shall be:
        1. 1.
          Buffered from said uses with a type B bufferyard that includes a noise barrier or fence; and
        2. 2.
          No outside activity shall occur between the hours  of 9:00 PM and 7:00 AM. 
      3. c.
        Exterior loudspeakers and noise from the interior of the building shall not be audible off-site between the hours of 11:00 PM and 6:30 AM, except that if the use adjoins any property that is used or zoned for residential purposes, such noise shall not be audible off-site between the hours of 9:00 PM and 7:00 AM.
      4. d.
        All parking shall be provided off-street, on the subject property.
      5. e.
        Building height and scale is limited by Section 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
    2. 2.
      ER Zone. The use is allowed within the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood. In all other areas:
      1. a.
        The minimum lot area is 2.5 acres.
    3. 3.
      R1, R1e, and R2 Zones. The use is allowed within the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood. In all other areas the use is allowed on an existing lot established for a place of assembly. 
    4. 4.
      R3e and R3 Zones. The use is allowed within the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood. In all other areas the property shall be situated such that it is:
      1. a.
        On an existing lot established for a place of assembly;
      2. b.
        Adjoins a nonresidential or mixed-use zone; or
      3. c.
        Located at the intersection of two arterial streets, an arterial and collector street or two collectors.
    5. 5.
      DT Zone. The use is not allowed at ground level in the Fourth Street character district.
    6. 6.
      PP Zone. The use is exempt from the standards in Table 18.03.03.01, Landscape Surface Ratio by Zone.
  • I.
    Prison or Jail. Prison or jail uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      DT, B, MAC, or E Zones. The prison or jail shall be connected to a courthouse facility and shall be used only as a holding facility for people awaiting hearing, trial, or transfer to another facility.
    2. 2.
      I Zone.
      1. a.
        Minimum Dimensions of Subject Property.
        1. 1.
          Minimum Area: 10 ac.
        2. 2.
          Minimum Lot Width: 500 ft.
      2. b.
        Minimum Setbacks. The use shall be set back from all property lines a minimum of 50 ft.
      3. c.
        Minimum Spacing. The use shall be spaced not less than 1,000 feet, measured in a straight line from property line to property line of the respective uses, from the following uses:
        1. 1.
          Residential uses;
        2. 2.
          Places of assembly;
        3. 3.
          Schools (any type); and
        4. 4.
          Libraries.
      4. d.
        Limitation on Location. No property line of a protective care use shall also be a boundary line of a zoning district, unless the boundary is:
        1. 1.
          A municipal boundary line; or
        2. 2.
          A boundary with an I zoning district.
      5. e.
        Bufferyards.
        1. 1.
          Bufferyards shall be provided along property lines as follows:
          1. a.
            Street Property Lines: Type B.
          2. b.
            Interior Property Lines: Type C.
        2. 2.
          Bufferyards shall be designed to mitigate the visual impacts of security fencing; however, the Director may approve plant substitutions as necessary to ensure that adequate surveillance of the subject property is not impeded by landscaping.
      6. f.
        Other Requirements. An emergency response plan shall be provided to the Development Services Department.
  • J.
    School, Elementary or Middle (private). The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Minimum Lot Area. The minimum land area of the subject property shall be:
      1. a.
        Elementary Schools. The greater of five acres or 1,200 sf. per student at design capacity.
      2. b.
        Middle Schools. The greater of 10 acres or 1,900 sf. per student at design capacity.
    2. 2.
      Access. Access to the subject property shall be provided based on the design capacity of the proposed use, as follows:
      1. a.
        More than 250 students design capacity. Arterial or collector street.
      2. b.
        50 to 250 students design capacity. Arterial or collector, or a local street, provided that the route between the access point and the nearest arterial or collector does not pass a single-family or duplex residential use.
      3. c.
        Less than 50 students design capacity. Any street type.
  • K.
    School, High (private). The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Minimum Lot Area. The minimum land area of the subject property shall be the greater of 20 acres or 2,000 sf. per student at design capacity.
    2. 2.
      Access. Access to the subject property shall be provided based on the design capacity of the proposed use, as follows:
      1. a.
        More than 250 students design capacity. Arterial or collector street.
      2. b.
        50 to 250 students design capacity. Arterial or collector, or a local street, provided that the route between the access point and the nearest arterial or collector does not pass a single-family or duplex residential use.
      3. c.
        Less than 50 students design capacity. Any street type.
    3. 3.
      Building Setbacks from Residential Uses. Buildings shall be set back not less than 100 feet from property lines that are shared with property that is used or zoned for residential purposes.
  • L.
    School, Vocational or Trade. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      All Zones. In all zones in which the use is allowed, if the use provides hands-on instruction, it shall meet the standards for the use that is most closely related to the hand-on instruction. If the use that is most closely related to the hands-on instruction is not allowed in the zone, then the vocational or trade school is not allowed in the zone. For example, heavy motor vehicle service is not allowed in the DT zone, so a vocational school that offered hands-on instruction in auto body repair would not be allowed in the DT zone.
    2. 2.
      Special Standards for DT Zone. In addition to the standard set out in subsection K.1., above, in the DT zone, the use is not allowed at ground level along primary pedestrian streets.
  • M.
    University or College. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      DT Zone. In the DT zone, the use is not allowed at ground level along primary pedestrian streets.
    2. 2.
      B, MAC, E, and I Zones. In the B, MAC, E, or I zones:
      1. a.
        Access to the subject property shall be provided based on the design capacity of the proposed use, as follows:
        1. 1.
          More than 250 students design capacity: Arterial or collector street.
        2. 2.
          50 to 250 students design capacity: Arterial or collector, or a local street, provided that the route between the access point and the nearest arterial or collector does not pass a single-family or duplex residential use.
        3. 3.
          Less than 50 students design capacity: Any street type.
      2. b.
        Buildings shall be set back not less than 100 feet from property lines that are shared with property that is used or zoned for residential purposes.

    • Ord. 6446 §10,12, 12/15/2020; Ord. 6709 §2, 07/16/2024

    Effective on: 7/30/2024

    18.02.04.08 Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Standards
  • A.
    Composting Facility. Composting facilities shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Limitations on Location. Composting facilities are not allowed within:
      1. a.
        Critical wildlife habitat.
      2. b.
        Areas of geologic hazard; or
      3. c.
        Areas of special flood hazard;
    2. 2.
      Minimum Lot Area. The minimum area of the subject property shall be five acres.
    3. 3.
      Minimum Setbacks. All composting operations, including storage of compostable wastes, shall be set back 200 feet from all property lines.
    4. 4.
      Spacing.
      1. a.
        The use shall be spaced not less than 1,320 feet, measured as the shortest distance from the principal entrance of the use to the nearest property line of the use from which spacing is required, from:
        1. 1.
          Lots that are developed with dwelling units;
        2. 2.
          Residential zone boundaries;
        3. 3.
          Parcel boundaries of schools, public parks, and child care centers; and
        4. 4.
          Places of assembly.
      2. b.
        Composting facilities that are located within 10,000 feet of the end of any airport runway used by turbojet aircraft or within 5,000 feet of the end of any airport runway used only by piston-type aircraft shall be designed and operated in a manner that will not result in bird hazards (including bird strike hazards) to aircraft.
    5. 5.
      Truck Routing Plan. A truck routing plan is required.
    6. 6.
      Operations.
      1. a.
        Piles of mulch or raw materials shall not exceed 40 feet in height.
      2. b.
        Use, processing, storage, or disposal of hazardous materials is not allowed.
    7. 7.
      Buffering. A type C bufferyard shall be installed along all property lines.
  • B.
    Disposal. No disposal site shall be developed or operated without a certificate of designation, as required by Title 30, Article 20, Part 1, Solid Wastes Disposal Sites and Facilities, Colorado Revised Statutes or Title 25, Article 15, Part 2, Hazardous Waste Disposal Sites, Colorado Revised Statutes, as applicable. All disposal uses shall also comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      State Review.
      1. a.
        Applications for approval of a disposal facility shall be reviewed by the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (“CDPHE”) pursuant to Title 30, Article 20, Part 1, Solid Wastes Disposal Sites and Facilities, Colorado Revised Statutes.
      2. b.
        The report and recommendation of CDPHE are required prior to the processing of the application by the City.
      3. c.
        No disposal site shall be approved without a recommendation of approval by CDPHE.
      4. d.
        Technical conditions of approval suggested by CDPHE shall be incorporated into the certificate of designation.
    2. 2.
      General Evaluation Criteria. No certificate of designation shall be issued unless the facility has a recommendation of approval by the CDPHE and the City Council finds that:
      1. a.
        There is no exclusive site for solid waste disposal (pursuant to C.R.S. § 30-20-107) with capacity to serve the City's needs;
      2. b.
        There is a demonstrated need for the facility to serve the residents and businesses of the City of Loveland;
      3. c.
        The facility conforms to any the objectives or policies set out in the Comprehensive Plan with respect to such facilities;
      4. d.
        The facility complies with all technical rules promulgated by CDPHE;
      5. e.
        The financial assurances provided pursuant to C.R.S. § 30-20-104.5, are adequate to serve their purposes; and
      6. f.
        The disposal facility would create a net public benefit to the region and the residents and property owners of the City of Loveland, taking into account:
        1. 1.
          The effect that the disposal site and facility will have on the surrounding property, taking into consideration the types of processing to be used, surrounding property uses and values, and wind and climatic conditions;
        2. 2.
          The convenience and accessibility of the solid wastes disposal site and facility to potential users;
        3. 3.
          The ability of the applicant to comply with the health standards and operating procedures provided for in Title 30, Article 20, Part 1, Solid Wastes Disposal Sites and Facilities, Colorado Revised Statutes, and such rules and regulations as may be promulgated thereunder; and
        4. 4.
          Recommendations by health departments that have jurisdiction within five miles of the facility.
    3. 3.
      Hazardous Waste Disposal Evaluation Criteria. No certificate of designation shall be issued unless the City Council finds all of the following:
      1. a.
        CDPHE has made a recommendation of approval pursuant to C.R.S. § 25-15-202(4)(c)(III);
      2. b.
        The site would not pose a significant threat to the safety of the public, taking into consideration:
        1. 1.
          The methods to be used for processing and disposal;
        2. 2.
          The existing density of population of the areas neighboring the site;
        3. 3.
          The anticipated density of population of the areas neighboring the site, based on planning and zoning designations;
        4. 4.
          The density of population of the areas adjacent to the delivery roads within a 50 mile radius of the site; and
        5. 5.
          The risk of accidents during the transportation of waste to or at the site.
      3. c.
        The applicant has demonstrated a need for the facility by Colorado hazardous waste generators.
      4. d.
        The applicant has documented its financial ability to operate the proposed site.
      5. e.
        The applicant, taking into account its prior performance record, if any, in the treatment, storage, or disposal of hazardous waste, has documented sufficient reliability, expertise, and competency to operate and manage the proposed facility.
      6. f.
        The facility conforms to any the objectives or policies set out in the Comprehensive Plan with respect to such facilities.
    4. 4.
      Truck Routing Plan. A truck routing plan is required.
    5. 5.
      Limitations on Location. Disposal facilities are not allowed within:
      1. a.
        Areas of special flood hazard;
      2. b.
        Areas of geologic hazard; or
      3. c.
        Critical wildlife habitat.
    6. 6.
      Minimum Lot Area. The minimum area of the subject property is 100 acres.
    7. 7.
      Minimum Setbacks. All disposal operations must be set back at least 300 feet from all property lines.
    8. 8.
      Spacing.
      1. a.
        The use shall be spaced not less than 1,320 feet (or such additional distance as may be necessary to protect public health and safety), measured as the shortest distance from the principal entrance of the use to the nearest property line of the use from which spacing is required, from:
        1. 1.
          Lots that are developed with dwelling units;
        2. 2.
          Residential zone boundaries;
        3. 3.
          Parcel boundaries of schools, public parks, and child care centers; and
        4. 4.
          Places of assembly.
      2. b.
        Disposal facilities that are located within 10,000 feet of any airport runway end used by turbojet aircraft or within 5,000 feet of any airport runway end used only by piston-type aircraft shall be designed and operated in a manner that will not result in bird hazards to aircraft.
    9. 9.
      Buffering.
      1. a.
        A type E bufferyard with a security fence is required between the use and abutting street frontages.
      2. b.
        A type D bufferyard with a security fence is required between the use and all other property lines.
  • C.
    Light Industry. Light industrial uses in the B zone shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Location. The light industrial building or activity shall be set back at least 100 feet from residential uses and zone boundaries, and:
    2. 2.
      Screening. The light industrial use shall be screened from arterial street rights-of-way as follows:
      1. a.
        A building that is used for commercial retail or wholesale use is located between the right-of-way and the light industrial use; or
      2. b.
        The light industrial use is located within the same building as a commercial retail or wholesale use and accessed via a service entrance that does not face the arterial street; or
      3. c.
        The light industrial use is located within a commercial retail or wholesale use, occupies less than 30 percent of the gross floor area of that use, and is not of a type that produces noise, dust, or fumes that are materially different than the retail or wholesale use.
    3. 3.
      Access. Access to the use may be from any classification of street, however, there shall be no residential use between the access point and the nearest intersection with an arterial or collector street.
    4. 4.
      Buffering. If the use is not integrated into a commercial retail or wholesale use according to Subsection C.2.b. or C.2.c., above, and one or more of the interior property lines of the subject property is a zone boundary, then a zone bufferyard shall be provided along zone boundaries as if the subject property were zoned I.
  • D.
    Heavy Logistics Center. Heavy logistics center uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Location. The subject property shall not adjoin a property that is zoned or used for residential purposes.
    2. 2.
      Access. The use shall be located such that trucks have direct access to an arterial or collector street, or to a local street that is only used for industrial purposes.
    3. 3.
      Buffering. A type C bufferyard shall be installed along arterial street or state or federal highway frontages.
    4. 4.
      Truck Routing Plan. A truck routing plan is required.
  • E.
    Heavy Industry. Heavy industry uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Minimum Lot Area. The minimum area of the subject property is five acres.
    2. 2.
      Setbacks. Heavy industrial buildings and activities shall be set back 100 feet from all property lines.
    3. 3.
      Hazardous Materials. Heavy industries shall not dispose of hazardous materials on-site.
    4. 4.
      Outdoor Storage. Outdoor storage areas shall comply with the standards for storage yards (see subsection J, below).
    5. 5.
      Truck Routing Plan. A truck routing plan may be required.
  • F.
    Recycling Collection Center (Attended). Attended recycling collection center uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Access. Access to the use shall be provided as follows:
      1. a.
        From an arterial or collector street; or
      2. b.
        From a local street if there is no residential use between the access point and the nearest intersection with an arterial or collector street.
    2. 2.
      Spacing. Attended recycling collection and / or processing facilities shall be spaced at least 200 feet from residential zone boundaries, measured as the nearest distance from property line to zone boundary line.
    3. 3.
      Limitations on Use.
      1. a.
        A processing facility may accept household hazardous wastes for recycling from the generator in accordance with applicable state health and safety regulations.
      2. b.
        All drop-off and storage of recyclable materials shall be:
        1. 1.
          Within enclosed buildings; or
        2. 2.
          In durable, rust-proof, water-tight containers that are stored under shelters, such that the containers are not visible from the street or adjoining properties.
      3. c.
        Storage containers for combustible materials shall be approved by the Loveland Fire Rescue Authority.
      4. d.
        All containers shall be clearly marked to:
        1. 1.
          Identify the types of material to be deposited, and, if needed, operating instructions; and
        2. 2.
          Notify users that no material shall be left outside the recycling enclosure or containers.
      5. e.
        Processing facilities are limited to bailing, briquette, crushing, compacting, grinding, shredding, and sorting recyclable materials. All processing of recyclable materials shall take place within an enclosed building. If the use is located within 500 ft. of a residential use or zone boundary, any power-driven processing equipment shall not operate between 7:00 PM and 7:00 AM.
      6. f.
        Facilities shall be secured from scavenging, and shall have a capacity that is sufficient to accommodate materials collected and the collection schedule proposed.
      7. g.
        The operation of the facility and the storage and handling of materials shall be practiced so as to prevent the attraction, harborage, or breeding of wildlife or insects, rodents, and other vectors (e.g., flies, maggots, roaches, rats, mice, and similar vermin) and to eliminate conditions which cause or may potentially cause:
        1. 1.
          Harm to the public health and the environment;
        2. 2.
          Congregation of birds;
        3. 3.
          Safety hazards to individuals and surrounding property;
        4. 4.
          Excessive odor problems;
        5. 5.
          Unsightliness; and
        6. 6.
          Other nuisances.
    4. 4.
      Maintenance. The use shall be maintained free of litter and any other undesirable materials, and must be cleaned of loose debris before the close of business each day.
    5. 5.
      Truck Routing Plan. A truck routing plan is required.
    6. 6.
      Buffering. The use shall be buffered on all sides by a type C bufferyard that includes a security fence.
  • G.
    Resource Extraction (Minerals). Extraction of minerals may be allowed as a conditional use in the DR and I zones if in addition to the other applicable standards of this UDC, it is demonstrated that:
    1. 1.
      Master Plan for Extraction. All extraction activities shall be in accordance with an approved Master Plan for Extraction.
    2. 2.
      Buffering. Extraction operations shall be buffered from adjacent land uses and public rights-of-way by a type E bufferyard with a security fence installed along the inside edge of the bufferyard.
    3. 3.
      Truck Routing Plan. A truck routing plan is required.
  • H.
    Salvage Yard. Salvage yards shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Location. The subject property shall not have frontage upon a state highway or arterial roadway.
    2. 2.
      Buffering. Salvage yards shall be surrounded by a type D bufferyard that includes a noise barrier, configured so that inoperable vehicles and other junk are not visible from:
      1. a.
        Adjoining public rights-of-way; and
      2. b.
        State highways that are located within 1,000 feet of any property line of the use.
    3. 3.
      Spacing. Salvage yards shall be spaced not less than 1,000 feet from residential zones.
    4. 4.
      Hazardous Waste or Hazardous Materials. No hazardous wastes or hazardous materials shall be accepted or deposited at any salvage yard, except as incidental to the salvage operation. Salvage operations shall be conducted to remove hazardous wastes and materials and dispose of them according to state and federal requirements.
    5. 5.
      Truck Routing Plan. A truck routing plan is required.
  • I.
    Self-Storage. Self-storage uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      All Zones. The operator/owner of a self-storage facility shall ensure that the following requirements are met, and shall provide notice to tenants or purchasers of the following requirements:
      1. a.
        Climate controlled self-storage facilities are permitted. In no event, however, shall a self-storage facility be refrigerated (climate controlled at a temperature below 55 degrees Fahrenheit for more than one hour per day).
      2. b.
        The self-storage facility shall be secured so that access is limited to tenants (or owners) and fire, police, or emergency service officials.
      3. c.
        No self-storage unit shall be used for the storage of explosives, ammunition, hazardous, or flammable materials.
      4. d.
        Self-storage units shall be used solely for the purpose of storage of goods and possessions and shall not be used for operation of a business, hobby, band rehearsal, or any type of activity not related to the storage of personal property of the owner or tenant of the unit. However, a garage sale of goods located within a self-storage unit is allowed upon the termination of the rental contract for that unit.
    2. 2.
      B, MAC, and E Zones. Self-storage is allowed in the B, MAC, or E zones if, in addition to the standards set out in subsection I.1., above:
      1. a.
        The self-storage use shall be located such that:
        1. 1.
          The area of the subject property that is used for self-storage facilities (including parking, loading, and landscape areas) shall not exceed five acres.
        2. 2.
          A building that is used for commercial land uses as specified in Section 18.02.03.05 Commercial Land Use by Zone, or a hospitality, recreation, and entertainment land use as specified in Section 18.02.03.04, Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use by Zone, that screens the use from arterial rights-of-way.
      2. b.
        No outdoor storage is permitted on the site of the self-storage facility.
      3. c.
        If the subject property adjoins a residential use or zone boundary, it shall be closed and secured between the hours of 9:00 PM and 7:00 AM.
      4. d.
        The facility provides convenient, attractive, and protected pedestrian pathways and entries.
  • J.
    Storage Yard. Storage yard uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Location. The subject property shall not have frontage upon a state highway or arterial roadway.
    2. 2.
      Fencing. Storage yards shall be enclosed by an opaque fence or wall and a type C bufferyard. The bufferyard requirements along interior property lines may be waived by the Director based on a determination that sufficient screening has been demonstrated and that the screening is consistent with the character of the area.  
    3. 3.
      Storage Height. The following standards apply to the heights of stored material based on the adjacent street classification:
      1. a.
        Collector Street: if the subject property has frontage on a collector street, the storage yard materials may not exceed eight feet in height.
      2. b.
        Local Street: if the subject property has frontage on a local street, storage items or materials shall not exceed 20 feet in height. Storage materials exceeding 8 feet in height shall be screened by an opaque fence or wall and a Type D bufferyard. 
    4. 4.
      Prohibited Materials. The following materials shall not be stored in outside storage yards:
      1. a.
        Liquids, gels, pastes (e.g., paints, sealers, etc.); or
      2. b.
        Explosives or motor fuels.
      3. c.
        Any materials that create a Public Nuisance as defined in Chapter 16.04.040. 
    5. 5.
      Disposal Prohibited. Storage yards shall not be used to dispose of inoperable machines or wastes. Temporary storage of non-hazardous construction wastes generated by the contractor who operates the storage yard is permitted, provided that:
      1. a.
        The materials are not stored for more than 48 hours;
      2. b.
        The materials do not generate dust;
      3. c.
        The materials are of types that will not become wind-blown debris.
    6. 6.
      Property Maintenance. Storage yards shall be maintained at all times in an orderly manner.
  • K.
    Waste Transfer Station. Waste transfer station uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      State Review. The City shall request a technical review of the site and facility documents and operation plan from CDPHE pursuant to 6 CCR 1007-2 § 7.1 for all applications for approval of a waste transfer station.
    2. 2.
      Location Requirements.
      1. a.
        Waste transfer stations shall be located so that truck traffic generated by the station can access an arterial street without need for travel upon a public street within or adjacent to any residential use or zone, or along thoroughfares adjacent to any public park or public recreational area or facility.
      2. b.
        Setbacks. No building or area in which the unloading, storage, processing, or transfer of wastes or recyclable materials takes place shall be located within:
        1. 1.
          100 feet of the lot line on which the waste transfer station is located; or
        2. 2.
          500 feet of:
          1. a.
            Any nonresidential structure located on property that is not owned or leased by the owner of the waste transfer station;
          2. b.
            Any area of special flood hazard;
          3. c.
            Any wetland;
          4. d.
            Any water well;
          5. e.
            Any natural or artificial pond (including a detention or retention pond or facility), stream, irrigation ditch or canal, water way, or water course; and
        3. 3.
          1,000 feet of a lot line of a residential use or zone.
    3. 3.
      Minimum Lot Area. The minimum area of a subject property proposed for use as a waste transfer station shall be five acres.
    4. 4.
      Required Enclosure. The site shall be designed such that all activities associated with waste transfer, such as tipping, sorting, storage, compaction, transfer, reloading, and related activities are conducted in a fully enclosed building. No outdoor storage of materials or equipment shall be allowed.
    5. 5.
      Administration and Restroom Facilities. Appropriate enclosed office / and plumbed employee restroom facilities shall be provided on-site.
    6. 6.
      Snow Storage. Adequate snow storage areas shall be provided within the site of the waste transfer station. Snow storage areas shall be made accessible and available at all times for exclusive use for snow storage from October 1 to April 30 of each year.
    7. 7.
      Mitigation of Hazards to Aircraft. Waste transfer stations handling putrescible wastes within 10,000 feet of the end of any airport runway used by turbojet aircraft or within 5,000 feet of the end of any airport runway used only by piston-type aircraft shall be designed and operated in a manner that will not result in hazards (including bird strike hazards) to aircraft.
    8. 8.
      On-Site Parking and Roads.
      1. a.
        The facility shall be designed with sufficient off-street parking and stacking areas to accommodate all employees, visitors, and trucks. Public streets shall not be utilized at any time for parking, stacking, or storage of employee vehicles, visitor vehicles, or trucks.
      2. b.
        The facility shall be designed with sufficient drive aisles and parking areas to avoid potential conflicts between facility operations by trucks and passenger vehicles (e.g., for drop-off of household wastes), and the use of emergency access easements and fire lanes.
      3. c.
        The road surface design shall be suitable for heavy vehicles and the road base shall be capable of withstanding all expected loads.
      4. d.
        On-site roads shall be passable by loaded collection and transfer vehicles in all weather conditions.
      5. e.
        The road system shall be designed to eliminate the need for the backing of truck traffic.
    9. 9.
      Duration of Storage. Solid wastes shall not remain at the transfer station for more than 72 hours.
    10. 10.
      Unloading and Loading Areas.
      1. a.
        The unloading area shall be adequate in size and design to facilitate efficient ingress, unloading, loading, and egress from the collection and long-range transport vehicles, and the unobstructed movement of vehicles through the site.
      2. b.
        Drive aisles shall be constructed of concrete or asphalt paving material and equipped with adequate drainage structures and systems.
      3. c.
        Processing, tipping, sorting, storage, compaction, and loading areas shall be located within an enclosed building.
      4. d.
        Provisions shall be made for weighing or measuring all solid wastes transferred through the facility.
    11. 11.
      Buffering. Waste transfer stations shall be enclosed by a type D bufferyard that includes a six foot tall security fence, interrupted only by necessary access and maintenance gates. If the facility is visible from an arterial or collector street, then fencing shall be constructed of brick, block, stone, or other materials with similar aesthetic and quality characteristics.
    12. 12.
      Waste Liquid Collection and Disposal.
      1. a.
        All waste transfer stations shall be designed and constructed to include a collection and disposal system that will prevent liquids contained in waste materials and generated by normal operations, such as wash-out and cleaning of equipment, trucks, and floors (“waste liquids”), from contaminating the soil, surface water, or ground water.
      2. b.
        Tipping, loading, and unloading areas shall be constructed of impervious material and equipped with drains connected to either:
        1. 1.
          A wastewater system if approved by Loveland Water and Power; or
        2. 2.
          A corrosion-resistant holding tank; or
        3. 3.
          An alternative system, if the applicant demonstrates that the alternate design will prevent waste liquids from contaminating the soil, surface water, and ground water.
    13. 13.
      Limitation on Wastes. Only household wastes, commercial, and industrial wastes and recyclable materials shall be accepted at any waste transfer station. Unless otherwise collected in accordance with a plan approved by the City, no wastes classified as hazardous in accordance with C.R.S. § 25-15-101 et seq. shall be knowingly accepted. No asbestos wastes shall be knowingly accepted at a transfer station facility. The operator shall employ a plan for proper identification, control, and disposal of hazardous and asbestos wastes.
    14. 14.
      Overnight Truck Parking. Any vehicle maintenance services shall be a secondary and subordinate use of the site and shall be limited to maintenance of vehicles associated with trash collection and transfer at the waste transfer station. Junked or inoperable vehicles shall not be stored at a waste transfer station.
    15. 15.
      Emergency Access. Emergency access easements and fire lanes shall be maintained at all times in an unobstructed and fully accessible condition.
    16. 16.
      Supervision of Facility. The waste transfer station or recycling center shall have an on-site operator on duty at all times that the facility is open. Such operator shall be licensed and/or certified if licensure or certification is required by state law. Suitable security measures and signage shall be provided to limit unauthorized persons from access to the facility when the station is closed.
    17. 17.
      Control of Litter, Insects, Odors, and Vectors. The operation of the waste transfer station and the storage and handling of all solid wastes shall be practiced so as to prevent the attraction, harborage, or breeding of wildlife or insects, rodents, and other vectors (e.g., flies, maggots, roaches, rats, mice, and similar vermin), and to eliminate conditions which cause or may potentially cause:
      1. a.
        Harm to the public health and the environment;
      2. b.
        Congregation of birds;
      3. c.
        Safety hazards to individuals and surrounding property; and
      4. d.
        Excessive odor problems, unsightliness, and other nuisances.
    18. 18.
      Facility Maintenance.
      1. a.
        Waste transfer stations shall be maintained in a neat and orderly appearance at all times through the control of uncontained waste, trash, and litter. Operators shall cause periodic monitoring not less than once every day (or more often as needed) of the entire waste transfer station or recycling center site.
      2. b.
        Sanitary conditions shall be maintained through the periodic wash-down or other appropriate cleaning method of the transfer station and transfer vehicles. Frequency of cleaning shall be sufficient to prevent odors and other nuisance conditions from developing. All residuals shall be properly disposed of following cleaning operations.
    19. 19.
      Other Operational Requirements and Prohibitions.
      1. a.
        No liquids, other than those used to disinfect, to suppress dust, or to absorb or cover odors from the solid waste, shall be added to the solid waste.
      2. b.
        Open burning is prohibited.
      3. c.
        Scavenging is prohibited.
    20. 20.
      Operations Plan Requirements. The Operations Plan shall describe all activities to be conducted at the waste transfer station and describe programs and requirements to be imposed to ensure compliance with the provisions of this subsection K. The Operations Plan shall be maintained and be made readily available for reference and inspection at the waste transfer station, and shall be updated and re-approved by the City, as necessary, to reflect changes in operations. The Operations Plan shall, at a minimum, describe:
      1. a.
        How the requirements of this subsection will be satisfied;
      2. b.
        The schedule of operations including the days and hours that the facility will be open;
      3. c.
        Personnel required and their training and responsibilities;
      4. d.
        A description of measures that will be taken to identify and control undesirable wastes received that could either contaminate other wastes or pose unusual health hazards and risks to employees, such as infectious medical waste and hazardous wastes;
      5. e.
        Equipment provided at the facility and its operation;
      6. f.
        Site access control method;
      7. g.
        A description of potential safety hazards and the safety equipment and protective gear to be available on site, including, but not limited to, showers, eye wash stations, fire extinguishers, hoses, hard hats, safety goggles, respirators, hearing protection devices, and personal hygiene facilities;
      8. h.
        Fire fighting procedures, including availability of water for fire fighting;
      9. i.
        A contingency plan outlining the corrective or remedial measures that will be taken if unapproved wastes are delivered to the facility and in the event of odors, surface or ground water contamination, spills, equipment breakdown, and other undesirable conditions such as fires, dust, and noise; and
      10. j.
        Other information as required by the City that is appropriate to the facility Operations Plan.
    21. 21.
      Truck Routing Plan. A truck routing plan is required.
  • L.
    Workshop.
    1. 1.
      DT, B, MAC, and E Zones. Workshop uses are allowed if, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC, any noise, odor, smoke, heat, glare, or vibration resulting from the production or repair of goods at the workshop is confined within the building.
    2. 2.
      PP Zone. The use is exempt from the standards in Table 18.03.03.01, Landscape Surface Ratio by Zone. The use shall be subject to a minimum landscape surface ratio of 15 percent.

    • Ord. 6446 §15, 16, 12/15/2020

    Effective on: 12/29/2020

    18.02.04.09 Motor Vehicle and Transportation Standards
  • A.
     Electric Vehicle Charging Project: EV Charging Projects shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      The location of screening materials including landscaping and screen walls, shall comply with the electrical equipment safety and access distances from national electrical safety standards, including National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) standards, the National Electric Safety Code (NESC), and other relevant national safety standards.
    2. 2.
      EV Charging Stations and Equipment installed within pedestrian walkways shall maintain a minimum unobstructed clear width of 3 feet along all accessible routes.
    3. 3.
      Digital advertising screens that exceed 2 square feet and bright lighting that is stylistic rather than functional shall be prohibited on EV Charging Stations and Equipment located in or adjacent to residential zones and residential uses. 
    4. 4.
      EV Charging Equipment shall be screened along perimeter streets for the length of the EV Charging Equipment, in accordance with Section 18.04.07.16.D Ground-Mounted Equipment.
    5. 5.
      The use shall comply with the standards in Section 18.02.04.09.C Surface Parking, Section 18.08.03.06 Parking Bufferyards, Section 18.08.04.03 Parking Lots, and Division 18.09.02 Lighting, unless waived by the Director through an administrative variation.
    6. 6.
      Parking shelters for EV Charging Projects shall comply with the canopy height and lighting criteria in Section 18.02.04.09.B Fueling or Service Station, subsections 3.c and 5.  
    7. 7.
      Special Standards for DT Zone: In addition to the other standards of this subsection D:
    8.  
      1.  
        1. a.
          The use is not allowed in the Core, Neighborhood Transition, and Fourth Street Character Districts within the DT zone.
        2. b.
          The use is an adaptable use in the General Character District within the DT zone.
  • B.
    Fueling or Service Station. Fueling, charging, or service station uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Reverse-Mode Design Standards. Reverse-mode designs, if used, shall incorporate a pedestrian route to the entrance to the principal building that is accessible from the street-facing side of the building, and shall provide transparency along street-facing building elevations such that not less than 25 percent of the building elevation between a height of two feet and seven feet above adjacent grade is occupied by windows or glass doors.
    2. 2.
      Location. Fueling, charging, or service station uses shall be located along arterials or major collectors. On a corner lot, access to the subject property shall be provided from adjacent properties or service roads if feasible, rather than directly from the adjoining streets.
    3. 3.
      Canopy Design.
      1. a.
        Canopies and all other accessory structures shall be architecturally comparable to the principal building by use of the same or complementary materials, design motif, and colors.
      2. b.
        Structural supports for the canopy shall incorporate masonry elements as used on the principal building.
      3. c.
        Total canopy height shall not exceed 17 feet 6 inches unless the roof structure has a pitched form that matches the principal building. Canopy fascia width (measured vertically) shall not exceed 3 feet.
    4. 4.
      Lighting.
      1. a.
        Any lighting fixtures or sources of light that are a part of the underside of the canopy shall be recessed into the underside of the canopy so as not to protrude below the canopy ceiling surface more than two inches.
      2. b.
        The material and color used on the underside of the canopy shall not be highly reflective, with the intent of minimizing the amount and intensity of light which reaches beyond the site boundary.
    5. 5.
      Bufferyards.
      1. a.
        Parking lot buffers shall be required along all street frontages.
      2. b.
        All bufferyards shall be designed to screen from view the gasoline service islands and pumps and any other product dispensing areas from all abutting street and residentially zoned properties.
    6. 6.
      Adjacency to Residentially Zoned Property. The following standards shall apply to sites that are adjacent to property zoned ER, R1e, R3e, R1, R2, and R3 (“Residentially Zoned Property”):
      1. a.
        Delivery and vendor vehicles, including fuel delivery trucks and refuse pick-up trucks shall be on site only during the hours of between 9 am to 5 pm.
      2. b.
        No part of the canopy fascia shall be illuminated
      3. c.
        Signs oriented towards residentially zoned properties shall be non-illuminated.
      4. d.
        A Type C bufferyard shall be provided along the zone boundary, unless a larger bufferyard is required by Section 18.08.03.04, Zone Boundary Bufferyards. The bufferyard shall include a noise barrier.
    7. 7.
      Special Standards for I Zone. In addition to the other standards of this subsection A., the use shall be located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use.
    8. 8.
      Special Standards for DT Zone. In addition to the other standards of this subsection A.:
      1. a.
        The use is an Adaptable Use in the General Character District within the DT zone.
      2. b.
        The use is not allowed in the Core, Neighborhood Transition, and Fourth Street Character Districts within the DT zone.
  • C.
    Motor Vehicle Wash. Motor vehicle wash uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Design. Ingress to and egress from automated and full-service vehicle wash facilities shall be oriented to side lot lines, unless a type B bufferyard is provided at the front lot line.
    2. 2.
      Hours of Operation. Vehicle wash facilities adjacent to residential zones shall not be open for business between the hours of 9:00 PM and 6:00 AM.
    3. 3.
      Detailing, Finishing, and Vacuum Stations.
      1. a.
        Detailing and finishing operations shall not block required parking spaces.
      2. b.
        Vacuum stations shall be screened from view from the street and located to minimize noise impacts on residential uses.
    4. 4.
      Bufferyards. A type C bufferyard with a noise barrier shall be installed along residential zone boundaries.
    5. 5.
      Special Standards for I Zone. In addition to the other standards of this subsection B., the use shall be located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use.
    6. 6.
      Special Standards for DT Zone. In addition to the other standards of this subsection B.:
      1. a.
        The use is an Adaptable Use in the General Character District within the DT zone.
      2. b.
        The use is not allowed in the Core, Neighborhood Transition, and Fourth Street Character Districts within the DT zone.
  • D.
    Surface Parking. Surface parking shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      A type C bufferyard including a sound barrier is required along all property lines that adjoin residential uses.
    2. 2.
      A type B bufferyard is required along all other property lines that are not street frontages.
  • E.
    Structured Parking. Structured parking shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Architectural Elements.
      1. a.
        Exterior building elevations shall be compatible with the architecture found in the DT zone in terms of style, material, architectural rhythm, and other exterior elements.
      2. b.
        Parking garages shall include a minimum of three of the following elements on any facade facing a public street or plaza space:
        1. 1.
          Window and door openings comprising a minimum of twenty-five percent of the ground floor facade;
        2. 2.
          Awnings;
        3. 3.
          Sill details;
        4. 4.
          Columns;
        5. 5.
          Recessed horizontal panels or similar features to encourage pedestrian activity at the street level.
    2. 2.
      Integration of Commercial Uses. Along arterial or collector streets, commercial uses shall be provided along the ground level, where feasible, to create pedestrian activity.
    3. 3.
      Vehicular Ingress and Egress. Vehicle ingress and egress points shall be located to minimize pedestrian/auto conflicts.
  • F.
    Passenger Motor Vehicle Sales or Rental. Passenger motor vehicle sales or rental uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Access. Access to the use shall not be from a local street, unless there is no residential use between the access point for the uses and the nearest intersection with the local street and an arterial or collector street.
    2. 2.
      Setbacks and Spacing.
      1. a.
        If repair and maintenance of rented equipment occurs on site, such accessory use shall be located behind the principal building, and at least 100 feet away from a residential zone boundary.
      2. b.
        All vehicle maintenance activities shall take place in an enclosed building that is located at least 100 feet away from a residential zone boundary.
      3. c.
        Vehicle inventory shall not be stored in on-street parking spaces, nor in off-street parking spaces that apply toward the parking requirement.
    3. 3.
      Bufferyards. The following bufferyards shall be provided along property lines:
      1. a.
        If the use includes repairs and service to motor vehicles, a type C bufferyard with a noise barrier shall be installed along residential zone boundaries.
      2. b.
        A type B bufferyard shall be installed along all other property lines. The bufferyard may be interrupted for a distance of not more than 15 feet at intervals of not less than 30 feet for the display of inventory. If the principal building screens the inventory from the street, a parking lot bufferyard may be used instead of a type B bufferyard along the principal street frontage.
      3. c.
        All paved areas used for vehicle storage that are within 100 feet of a street right-of-way line shall be landscaped and buffered as required for parking lots.
      4. d.
        Paved areas used for vehicle storage may be covered with canopy structures, including but not limited to photovoltaic panels.
    4. 4.
      Special Standards for I Zone. In addition to the other standards of this subsection E., the use shall be located along an arterial or a collector street, unless approved as a conditional use.
    5. 5.
      Special Standards for DT Zone. In addition to the other standards of this subsection E.:
      1. a.
        The use is an Adaptable Use in the General Character District within the DT zone.
      2. b.
        The use is not allowed in the Core, Neighborhood Transition, and Fourth Street Character Districts within the DT zone.
  • G.
    Heavy Motor Vehicle Sales or Rental. Heavy motor vehicle sales or rentals shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Spacing. The use shall be located not less than 300 feet, measured as the shortest distance from property line to property line, from a residential use or zoning district.
    2. 2.
      Access. Access to the use shall be from an arterial, major collector street, or local industrial street.
    3. 3.
      Repair and Maintenance. If repair or maintenance activities occur on the subject property, such accessory use shall be located in an enclosed building located behind the principal building.
    4. 4.
      Bufferyards.
      1. a.
        A type B bufferyard shall be installed along street frontages.
      2. b.
        A type C bufferyard shall be installed along all property lines that are not street frontages.
    5. 5.
      Inventory Storage. Vehicle inventory shall not be stored in on-street parking spaces, nor in off-street parking spaces that apply toward the parking requirement.
  • H.
    Heavy Motor Vehicle Service. Heavy motor vehicle service uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Bay Doors. Bay door access to service buildings shall be provided on interior side or rear building elevations.
    2. 2.
      Hours of Operation. If the subject property adjoins a residential zone, the use shall not be open for business between the hours of 9:00 PM and 6:00 AM.
    3. 3.
      Spacing. Motor vehicle service shall be performed within an enclosed building that is set back at least 100 feet from residential zone boundaries.
    4. 4.
      Bufferyards. A Type C bufferyard with a noise barrier shall be installed along residential zone boundaries.
  • I.
    Motorcycle, Scooter, or ATV Sales or Rental. Motorcycle, scooter, or ATV sales or rental uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Spacing from Residential Uses and Zones. The use shall be located not less than 300 feet, measured as the shortest distance from property line to property line, from a residential use or zoning district.
    2. 2.
      Access. Access to the use shall be from an arterial, major collector street, or local industrial street in an industrial zone.
    3. 3.
      Repairs and Maintenance. If repair and maintenance occurs on the subject property, such accessory use shall be located in an enclosed building, and access to such use shall be on a side or rear elevation of the principal building, or in an accessory building located behind the principal building.
    4. 4.
      Bufferyards. A type B bufferyard shall be installed along all other property lines that are not street frontages. A parking lot bufferyard shall be installed along street frontages.
    5. 5.
      Inventory Storage. Vehicle inventory will not be stored in on-street parking spaces, nor in off-street parking spaces that apply toward the parking requirement.
    6. 6.
      Special Standards for DT Zone. In addition to the other standards of this subsection H.:
      1. a.
        The use is an Adaptable Use in the General Character District within the DT zone.
      2. b.
        The use is not allowed in the Core, Neighborhood Transition, and Fourth Street Character Districts within the DT zone.
  • J.
    Airport. Airport uses shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. 1.
      Minimum Land Area. The minimum land area for a new airport shall be 300 acres. Any application for a new airport shall conclusively demonstrate that its operation will not interfere with the operation of the Northern Colorado Regional Airport. The Northern Colorado Regional Airport may be expanded or reconfigured according to the standards of this subsection.
    2. 2.
      Legal and Technical Compliance. All applications for new or expanded airport development shall demonstrate compliance with all applicable federal and state regulations that apply to airport expansion or reconfiguration.
    3. 3.
      Noise Impact Assessment Required. All applications for new or expanded airport development that will involve additional airport traffic shall include a noise impact assessment. The assessment shall identify the initial and 20-year projected Day Night Level (“DNL”) noise contour lines beginning with 50 DNL and proceeding to 65 DNL. The following standards shall be met:
      1. a.
        The 20-year 65 DNL line shall lie completely within airport property or property zoned I that is subject to an easement for noise and avigation.
      2. b.
        55 DNL Limited Development Area.
    4. 4.
      Noise Mitigation; New Airports. If the application is for a new airport, no land that is in a residential zone shall be located within the 55 DNL line, unless noise and avigation easements have been granted to the airport.
    5. 5.
      Noise Mitigation; Airport Expansions. If the application is to expand an existing airport, and the proposal would expand the 55 DNL area, a zoning and land use map for all land within the 55 DNL noise contour shall be provided, along with a plan to restrict such land to nonresidential uses, and / or to minimize noise intrusion into existing residential zones and to prohibit new residential development that would hinder anticipated future airport expansion.
  • K.
    Heliport. In addition to generally applicable zoning standards, the following use-specific standards apply.
    1. 1.
      Minimum Land Area. The minimum land area for a new heliport shall be 300 acres. Any application for a new heliport shall conclusively demonstrate that its operation will not interfere with the operation of the Northern Colorado Regional Airport. The Northern Colorado Regional Airport may be expanded or reconfigured for heliport operations according to the standards of this subsection.
    2. 2.
      Legal and Technical Compliance.
      1. a.
        All applications for new or expanded heliport development shall demonstrate compliance with all applicable federal and state regulations that apply to heliport expansion or reconfiguration.
      2. b.
        Heliports shall be designed according the applicable design standards set out in U.S. Department of Transportation Advisory Circular No. 150/5390-2B, dated September 30, 2004, as may be amended or supplemented from time to time; and shall meet all Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”) requirements.
    3. 3.
      Noise Impact Assessment Required. All applications for new or expanded heliport development that will involve additional helicopter traffic shall include a noise impact assessment. The assessment shall identify the initial and 20-year projected Day Night Level (“DNL”) noise contour lines beginning with 50 DNL and proceeding to 65 DNL. The following standards shall be met:
      1. a.
        The 20-year 65 DNL line shall lie completely within airport property or property zoned I that is subject to an easement for noise and avigation.
      2. b.
        55 DNL Limited Development Area.
    4. 4.
      Noise Mitigation; New Airports. If the application is for a new heliport, no land that is in a residential zone shall be located within the 55 DNL line, unless noise and avigation easements have been granted to the heliport.
    5. 5.
      Noise Mitigation; Airport Expansions. If the application is to expand an existing heliport, and the proposal would expand the 55 DNL area, a zoning and land use map for all land within the 55 DNL noise contour shall be provided, along with a plan to restrict such land to nonresidential uses, and / or to minimize noise intrusion into existing residential zones and to prohibit new residential development that would hinder anticipated future heliport expansion.
  • L.
    Helistop. In addition to generally applicable zoning standards, the following use-specific standards apply.
    1. 1.
      Spacing. Helistops shall be spaced, measured as the shortest distance from the boundary of the touchdown and lift-off area to the nearest property line of the use from which spacing is required, at least 1,000 feet (horizontal distance) from residential uses and all types of schools.
    2. 2.
      Accessory Helistops. In the interest of public safety, police stations, fire stations, hospitals, and trauma centers uses may be developed with an accessory helistop regardless of noise limitations.
    3. 3.
      No Interference with Airport or Heliport Operations. No helistop shall be located or operated in a manner that would interfere with the aviation operations of an existing airport or heliport.
    4. 4.
      Legal and Technical Compliance. All applications for helistop development shall demonstrate compliance with all applicable federal and state regulations that apply to heliports.
  • M.
    Bus and Taxi Terminal. In addition to generally applicable zoning standards, the following use-specific standards apply.
    1. 1.
      Spacing. Bus terminals shall be located not less than 150 feet, measured as the shortest distance from property line to property line, from a residential zone. Taxi terminals are not subject to this limitation.
    2. 2.
      Access. Access to the use shall be from an arterial or major collector street. For bus terminal, bus ingress and egress shall be separated from passenger motor vehicle ingress and egress, with such access points designed to avoid bus-passenger vehicle conflicts.
    3. 3.
      Maintenance Buildings. All vehicle maintenance activities shall take place in an enclosed building. Service bay doors shall not face street frontages.
    4. 4.
      Special Standards for B Zone. In addition to the other standards of this subsection L.,
      1. a.
        For bus terminals in the B zone, a Type C bufferyard shall be installed along all property lines that are not street frontages, and a Type B bufferyard shall be installed along street frontages.
      2. b.
        For taxi terminals in the B zone, a Type B bufferyard shall be installed along all property lines that are not street frontages, and a parking lot bufferyard shall be installed along street frontages.
    5. 5.
      Special Standards for DT Zone. In addition to the other standards of this subsection L., the use is allowed only in the General Character District.

    • (Ord. 6753 §1, 02/08/2025; Ord. 6805 § 01/06/2026)

    Effective on: 1/20/2026

    18.02.04.10 Utility Standards
  • Data Center. The use is allowed if, in addition to compliance with all other applicable standards in the UDC, the use complies with the following standards;
    1. B, MAC, E, and I Zones. Building elevations shall be screened from view from adjoining streets with a type C bufferyard if both:
      1. The elevation is comprised of less than 15 percent windows and doors; and
      2. The elevation is visible from the street.
    2. DT Zone. The use is not allowed in the Fourth Street Character Area or the Neighborhood Transition Character Area.
  • Overhead Power Lines (110 kV or more). Overhead power lines (110 kV or more) shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. State Requirements. If required by the Colorado Public Utilities Commission (“PUC”), no new transmission lines shall be installed without a certificate of need from the PUC, or an exemption certification.
    2. Use of Existing Easements. To the extent practicable, new transmission lines shall be located within existing transmission easements or routed outside of the City.
    3. Location Priorities. New transmission lines that are not located within existing transmission easements shall be routed to minimize the impact of poles and lines on existing development through spacing between the transmission line and the following uses or infrastructure:
      1. 300 feet from dwelling units, schools (all types), and places of assembly; and
      2. 500 feet from arterial streets.
  • Minor Utilities. Minor utilities shall comply with the standards set out in Section 18.02.04.12, General Standards for Adaptable Uses.
  • Major Utilities. Major utilities shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. The utility provider finds that there is a need for the major utility in order to serve residents of the City of Loveland;
    2. The use is enclosed with a type B bufferyard that includes a security fence;
    3. The major utility use is not located in a special flood hazard area; and
    4. If the utility is a sewer plant, the subject property is situated in a location that will tend to minimize the impacts of odors on nearby residential uses and zones.

    • Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.04.11 Agricultural Land Use Standards
  • Community Gardens. The use shall comply with the following standards, in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC:
    1. Location. The use is allowed in the locations set out in Table 18.02.04.11, Community Garden Locations.
    • Table 18.02.04.11
    Community Garden Locations
    LocationZone
    ER, R1e, R1, R2, R3e, or R3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Public ParksAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed-AllowedAllowed
    Common Open SpaceAllowedAllowedAllowed-----
    Private LotsAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed--
    Roof Tops-AllowedAllowed-----
    Table 18.02.04.11
    Community Garden Locations
    LocationZone
    ER, R1e, R1, R2, R3e, or R3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Public ParksAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed-AllowedAllowed
    Common Open SpaceAllowedAllowedAllowed-----
    Private LotsAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed--
    Roof Tops-AllowedAllowed-----
    Table 18.02.04.11
    Community Garden Locations
    LocationZone
    ER, R1e, R1, R2, R3e, or R3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Public ParksAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed-AllowedAllowed
    Common Open SpaceAllowedAllowedAllowed-----
    Private LotsAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed--
    Roof Tops-AllowedAllowed-----
    Table 18.02.04.11
    Community Garden Locations
    LocationZone
    ER, R1e, R1, R2, R3e, or R3DTBMACEIPPDR
    Public ParksAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed-AllowedAllowed
    Common Open SpaceAllowedAllowedAllowed-----
    Private LotsAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed--
    Roof Tops-AllowedAllowed-----
      1. Setbacks. Garden plots that are located at ground level shall be set back at least 10 feet from all property lines.
      2. Composting Facilities. Composting facilities are allowed, provided that:
        1. They are of a type that minimizes odors and fire risks; and
        2. They are used to compost only organic wastes that are generated by the community garden.
      3. Storage Buildings. Secured storage buildings for gardening equipment are allowed. However, if the garden is counted towards common open space requirements, then individual storage buildings shall not exceed 200 square feet in gross floor area, and the total gross floor area of storage buildings shall not exceed one percent of the land area used for community garden.
      4. Buffering. Generally, buffering is not required. However, in the ER, R1e, R1, R2, R3e, and R3 zones, community gardens that are located on private lots and that are situated closer than 30 feet to the side or rear lot line of an adjoining residential lot shall be buffered from side or rear property lines with a five-foot tall opaque fence.
    1. Farm or Ranch.
      1. All Zones.
        1. In addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC, the uses shall comply with the following standards:
          1. Access to the farm or ranch shall be from an arterial street; and
          2. The farm or ranch shall not grow crops that require controlled burning or the aerial application of pesticides.
        2. In recognition of the protected right to farm (C.R.S. § 35-3.5-101, et seq.), the standards of this subsection do not apply to farms or ranches that existed on the effective date of this UDC, or that are annexed into the City after the effective date of this UDC, provided that the standards of C.R.S. § 35-3.5-102 are met.
      2. PP Zone. The use is exempt from the standards in Table 18.03.03.01, Landscape Surface Ratio by Zone. The use shall be subject to a minimum landscape surface ratio of 15 percent.
    2. Nursery or Greenhouse, Wholesale. In addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC, the uses shall comply with the following standards:
      1. Required Access. Access to the use shall be provided as follows:
        1. From an arterial or collector street; or
        2. From a local street if there is no residential use between the access point and the nearest intersection with an arterial or collector street.
      2. Setbacks. Greenhouses and nursery storage buildings shall be set back according to the requirements that apply to principal buildings of the applicable zone.
      3. Spacing. Active areas of open air nurseries shall be spaced not less than 200 feet from residential zones and uses, measured as the shortest distance from the nearest edge of the part of the nursery that is used to grow plants for sale to the property line of the residential zone or use.

    Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.04.12 General Standards for Adaptable Uses
  • Generally. All uses that are listed in the tables of Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone, as adaptable uses (“A”) shall meet the standards of this Section in addition to the standards of this Division 18.02.04, Use Standards, that apply to the proposed use.
  • Review Standards. An application for adaptable use approval may be approved if, in addition to the specific standards of this Division 18.02.04, Use Standards, that apply to the proposed use (except as provided in subsection C., below), it is demonstrated that, in its proposed location and with its proposed design:
    1. The proposed adaptable use will not tend to frustrate the implementation of any current, adopted plans of the City, including, but not limited to, the Comprehensive Plan;
    2. The location, size, design and operating characteristics of the proposed adaptable use will be consistent with and / or complementary to the existing and future land uses within the surrounding neighborhood, and will not create significant additional amounts of noise, traffic, or other conditions, compared to those other uses, that may be objectionable or detrimental to other permitted uses in the vicinity;
    3. The proposed adaptable use will not negatively impact the land use patterns of existing or approved development within the neighborhood or discourage permitted uses or reinvestment in permitted uses by making the vicinity less desirable for them; and
    4. The proposed adaptable use is otherwise consistent with the standards in the UDC, as amended, and meets the requirements in Chapter 18.15, Adequate Community Facilities.
  • Use Standard Modification. The Director may approve variations to the use-specific standards of this Division 18.02.04, Use Standards, that apply to the proposed use through the adaptable use process, provided that the variation substantially meets the intent of the use standard, results in equivalent or greater benefits to the community as would compliance with the  use standard, and complies with the review standards in subsection B., above.
  • Conditions of Approval. The Director may approve an adaptable use with conditions to mitigate its impacts, in order to ensure continuing compliance with the review standards set out in subsection B., above. Conditions may relate to:
    1. Type, size, amount, and placement of landscaping;
    2. Use, location, number, height, size, architectural design, material, and color of buildings;
    3. Configuration and placement of vehicular and pedestrian access and circulation;
    4. Amount and configuration of off-street parking;
    5. Amount, placement, and intensity of lighting;
    6. Operational characteristics of the use, including hours of operation; and
    7. Emissions of noise, dust, fumes, glare and other pollutants.

    • Ord. 6445 §13, 12/15/2020

    Effective on: 12/29/2020

    18.02.04.13 General Standards for Conditional Uses
  • Generally. All uses that are listed in the tables of Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone, as conditional uses (“C”) shall meet the standards of this Section in addition to the standards of this Division 18.02.04, Use Standards, that apply to the proposed use.
  • Review Standards. An application for conditional use approval may be approved if, in addition to the specific standards of this Division 18.02.04, Use Standards, that apply to the proposed use, it is demonstrated that:
    1. The proposed conditional use in its proposed location will not tend to frustrate the implementation of current adopted plans of the City, including, but not limited to, the Comprehensive Plan;
    2. The location, size, design and operating characteristics of the proposed conditional use will be consistent with or complementary to the existing and future land uses within the surrounding neighborhood and will not create significant noise, traffic, or other conditions that may be objectionable or detrimental to other permitted uses in the vicinity;
    3. The proposed conditional use will not negatively impact the land use patterns of existing or approved development within the neighborhood or discourage permitted uses or reinvestment in permitted uses by making the vicinity less desirable for them;
    4. The proposed conditional use is consistent with the standards in the UDC, as amended, and meets the requirements in Chapter 18.15 Adequate Community Facilities;
    5. The design, operation, location, and buffering of the use mitigates its impacts with regard to:
      1. Risks associated with the use and storage of hazardous materials; or
      2. Potentially hazardous conditions, such as projectiles leaving the subject property; and
      3. Odors;
      4. Dust;
      5. Lighting;
      6. Vibration; and
      7. Noise; and
    6. There is a demonstrated need in the City for the conditional use, in order to serve demands created by City residents.
  • Use Standard Modification. The Planning Commission may approve variations to the specific standards of this Division 18.02.04, Use Standards, that apply to the proposed use through the conditional use process, provided that the variation substantially meets the intent of the use standard and the review standards in subsection B, above.
  • Conditions of Approval. The Planning Commission may approve a conditional use with conditions to mitigate its impacts, in order to ensure continuing compliance with the review standards set out in subsection B., above. Conditions may include standards for:
    1. Type, size, amount, and placement of landscaping;
    2. Use, location, number, height, size, architectural design, material, and color of buildings;
    3. Configuration and placement of vehicular and pedestrian access and circulation;
    4. Amount and configuration of off-street parking;
    5. Amount, placement, and intensity of lighting;
    6. Operational characteristics, including hours of operation;
    7. Emissions of noise, dust, fumes, glare and other pollutants; and
    8. Such other conditions as the Planning Commission determines are necessary to mitigate impacts and roughly proportional to the significance of the impact.

    • Effective on: 5/13/2019

    18.02.05.01 Purpose and Application of Division
  • Purpose. The purpose of this Division is to promote and protect the public health, safety and welfare by establishing a process and standards for allowing temporary uses and associated structures to operate in a safe manner and without impacting adjacent properties or the surrounding area.
  • Applicability. This Division does not apply to temporary uses that:
    1. Are customary and accessory to an existing permanent use on the same site;
    2. Operate in close proximity to an entrance of a commercial building, without obstructing parking, and within a footprint of 100 sf. or less;
    3. Occur on residential properties; or
    4. Are required to obtain a Special Event, Vendor or Peddler approval, or Mobile Vending Permit under the Loveland Municipal Code.

    • Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.05.02 Allowable Temporary Uses and Duration Permitted
    The uses specified in Table 18.02.05.02, Temporary Uses, are allowable temporary uses for not more than the specified maximum duration.

    Table 18.02.05.02
    Temporary Uses
    Temporary UsesMaximum Duration1Level 1Level 2Level 3
     Uses lasting longer than the maximum time below are not eligible for a temporary use permit.
    • One day/over the counter review
    • Limited DRT review to address public safety
    For uses that move locations, the times listed below are inclusive of all locations. If the total use duration in one or more locations exceeds the times below, a Level 2 or 3 permit is needed.
    • One week review period2
    • Full DRT review
    Uses that move locations but are in one location no longer than the times listed below are eligible for a Level 2 review. The duration at all locations cannot exceed the maximum listed in Column 2.
    • One week review period2
    • Full DRT review
    • Posted notice (see Division 2.14.05)
    • Public comment (see Sec. 2.14.311)
    Agricultural produce sales, farmer’s markets. Including fruits, vegetables, garden plants, prepared agricultural products including salsa & roasted corn. A sales location may change what is sold as the season changes.7 months annuallyUses lasting up to 3 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 30 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 7 months in a calendar year, consecutive or not; however, there can be no more than 7 months between the first and last day of use
    Retail goods, seasonal goods, prepared meals, truckload sales. Including sunglasses, rugs & domestic items; seasonal goods including Christmas trees, pumpkins & fireworks; vehicle sales.60 days annually3Uses lasting up to 3 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 30 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 60 days in a calendar year, consecutive or not3
    Services and associated sales. Including windshield repair.60 days annuallyUses lasting up to 3 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 30 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 60 days in a calendar year, consecutive or not
    Arts and craft fairs, flea markets. Multi-vendor sales of agricultural, retail, and/or services.60 days annuallyUses lasting up to 3 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 30 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 60 days in a calendar year, consecutive or not
    Table Notes:
    1 Duration is exclusive of set-up and teardown time.
    2 Permit applications shall be reviewed in a one week time period except in situations, as determined by the Director, where the volume of development review applications significantly exceeds normal levels or where staffing levels are reduced. During such situations the application review shall be completed in a two week time period.
    3 Vehicle sales (auto, boat, RV, and motorcycle) are limited to 30 days annually and ineligible for a Level 3 permit.
    Table 18.02.05.02
    Temporary Uses
    Temporary UsesMaximum Duration1Level 1Level 2Level 3
     Uses lasting longer than the maximum time below are not eligible for a temporary use permit.
    • One day/over the counter review
    • Limited DRT review to address public safety
    For uses that move locations, the times listed below are inclusive of all locations. If the total use duration in one or more locations exceeds the times below, a Level 2 or 3 permit is needed.
    • One week review period2
    • Full DRT review
    Uses that move locations but are in one location no longer than the times listed below are eligible for a Level 2 review. The duration at all locations cannot exceed the maximum listed in Column 2.
    • One week review period2
    • Full DRT review
    • Posted notice (see Division 2.14.05)
    • Public comment (see Sec. 2.14.311)
    Agricultural produce sales, farmer’s markets. Including fruits, vegetables, garden plants, prepared agricultural products including salsa & roasted corn. A sales location may change what is sold as the season changes.7 months annuallyUses lasting up to 3 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 30 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 7 months in a calendar year, consecutive or not; however, there can be no more than 7 months between the first and last day of use
    Retail goods, seasonal goods, prepared meals, truckload sales. Including sunglasses, rugs & domestic items; seasonal goods including Christmas trees, pumpkins & fireworks; vehicle sales.60 days annually3Uses lasting up to 3 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 30 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 60 days in a calendar year, consecutive or not3
    Services and associated sales. Including windshield repair.60 days annuallyUses lasting up to 3 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 30 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 60 days in a calendar year, consecutive or not
    Arts and craft fairs, flea markets. Multi-vendor sales of agricultural, retail, and/or services.60 days annuallyUses lasting up to 3 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 30 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 60 days in a calendar year, consecutive or not
    Table Notes:
    1 Duration is exclusive of set-up and teardown time.
    2 Permit applications shall be reviewed in a one week time period except in situations, as determined by the Director, where the volume of development review applications significantly exceeds normal levels or where staffing levels are reduced. During such situations the application review shall be completed in a two week time period.
    3 Vehicle sales (auto, boat, RV, and motorcycle) are limited to 30 days annually and ineligible for a Level 3 permit.
    Table 18.02.05.02
    Temporary Uses
    Temporary UsesMaximum Duration1Level 1Level 2Level 3
     Uses lasting longer than the maximum time below are not eligible for a temporary use permit.
    • One day/over the counter review
    • Limited DRT review to address public safety
    For uses that move locations, the times listed below are inclusive of all locations. If the total use duration in one or more locations exceeds the times below, a Level 2 or 3 permit is needed.
    • One week review period2
    • Full DRT review
    Uses that move locations but are in one location no longer than the times listed below are eligible for a Level 2 review. The duration at all locations cannot exceed the maximum listed in Column 2.
    • One week review period2
    • Full DRT review
    • Posted notice (see Division 2.14.05)
    • Public comment (see Sec. 2.14.311)
    Agricultural produce sales, farmer’s markets. Including fruits, vegetables, garden plants, prepared agricultural products including salsa & roasted corn. A sales location may change what is sold as the season changes.7 months annuallyUses lasting up to 3 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 30 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 7 months in a calendar year, consecutive or not; however, there can be no more than 7 months between the first and last day of use
    Retail goods, seasonal goods, prepared meals, truckload sales. Including sunglasses, rugs & domestic items; seasonal goods including Christmas trees, pumpkins & fireworks; vehicle sales.60 days annually3Uses lasting up to 3 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 30 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 60 days in a calendar year, consecutive or not3
    Services and associated sales. Including windshield repair.60 days annuallyUses lasting up to 3 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 30 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 60 days in a calendar year, consecutive or not
    Arts and craft fairs, flea markets. Multi-vendor sales of agricultural, retail, and/or services.60 days annuallyUses lasting up to 3 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 30 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 60 days in a calendar year, consecutive or not
    Table Notes:
    1 Duration is exclusive of set-up and teardown time.
    2 Permit applications shall be reviewed in a one week time period except in situations, as determined by the Director, where the volume of development review applications significantly exceeds normal levels or where staffing levels are reduced. During such situations the application review shall be completed in a two week time period.
    3 Vehicle sales (auto, boat, RV, and motorcycle) are limited to 30 days annually and ineligible for a Level 3 permit.
    Table 18.02.05.02
    Temporary Uses
    Temporary UsesMaximum Duration1Level 1Level 2Level 3
     Uses lasting longer than the maximum time below are not eligible for a temporary use permit.
    • One day/over the counter review
    • Limited DRT review to address public safety
    For uses that move locations, the times listed below are inclusive of all locations. If the total use duration in one or more locations exceeds the times below, a Level 2 or 3 permit is needed.
    • One week review period2
    • Full DRT review
    Uses that move locations but are in one location no longer than the times listed below are eligible for a Level 2 review. The duration at all locations cannot exceed the maximum listed in Column 2.
    • One week review period2
    • Full DRT review
    • Posted notice (see Division 2.14.05)
    • Public comment (see Sec. 2.14.311)
    Agricultural produce sales, farmer’s markets. Including fruits, vegetables, garden plants, prepared agricultural products including salsa & roasted corn. A sales location may change what is sold as the season changes.7 months annuallyUses lasting up to 3 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 30 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 7 months in a calendar year, consecutive or not; however, there can be no more than 7 months between the first and last day of use
    Retail goods, seasonal goods, prepared meals, truckload sales. Including sunglasses, rugs & domestic items; seasonal goods including Christmas trees, pumpkins & fireworks; vehicle sales.60 days annually3Uses lasting up to 3 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 30 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 60 days in a calendar year, consecutive or not3
    Services and associated sales. Including windshield repair.60 days annuallyUses lasting up to 3 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 30 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 60 days in a calendar year, consecutive or not
    Arts and craft fairs, flea markets. Multi-vendor sales of agricultural, retail, and/or services.60 days annuallyUses lasting up to 3 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 30 days in a calendar year, consecutive or notUses lasting up to 60 days in a calendar year, consecutive or not
    Table Notes:
    1 Duration is exclusive of set-up and teardown time.
    2 Permit applications shall be reviewed in a one week time period except in situations, as determined by the Director, where the volume of development review applications significantly exceeds normal levels or where staffing levels are reduced. During such situations the application review shall be completed in a two week time period.
    3 Vehicle sales (auto, boat, RV, and motorcycle) are limited to 30 days annually and ineligible for a Level 3 permit.

    Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.05.03 Standards for Temporary Uses
  • Generally. Temporary uses shall be subject to the use standards of the applicable zoning district as set forth below:
    1. Any “by-right” use in the applicable zoning district may operate as a temporary use in such district.
    2. Any limited or adaptable use in the applicable zoning district may operate as a temporary use in such district under the same temporary use standards and review procedures as a use by-right.
  • Modification of Development Standards. Temporary uses shall be subject to the development standards of this UDC.
    1. The following standards may be modified or waived by the Director for temporary uses provided that such modification or waiver will not be detrimental to the public welfare or injurious to other property in the vicinity of the location of the temporary use:
      1. Bufferyards
      2. Building elevation standards
      3. Minimum parking
    2. A request to modify or waive any other UDC development standard may be requested by an applicant through the submittal of a written appeal to the Director. The Director may modify or waive such requirements if the following findings are met with respect to the particular location or operation:
      1. The modification or waiver of such requirements is necessary to avoid an undue hardship on the applicant due to special circumstances or conditions; and
      2. Granting such modification or waiver will not be detrimental to the public welfare or injurious to other property in the vicinity of the location subject to the temporary use permit.
  • Conditions of Approval. Conditions may be attached to the approval of a temporary use permit to:
    1. Prevent harm to the public welfare or to other property in the vicinity in which said property is situated; or
    2. Ensure compatibility between the temporary use and surrounding land uses, including but not limited to unique character areas such as the downtown and arterial roadways; or
    3. Ensure compliance with modifications or waivers pursuant to subsection B., above.
  • Relationship to Other Ordinances.
    1. Temporary uses and associated structures shall be subject to all other applicable requirements of the Municipal Code, including but not limited to:
      1. Sales tax license
      2. Tent permit
      3. Building permit
    2. Prior to initiating operation pursuant to a temporary use permit, the applicant for such permit shall obtain all associated, required and applicable approvals, permits, and licenses from outside agencies.
  • Restoration of Subject Property. The subject property shall be restored to its original condition upon the earlier of the expiration of such permit or the date operations related to such permit cease, except that permanent improvements made to the location may remain with the property owner's written consent.

    • Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.05.04 Term of Temporary Use Permit
    The temporary use permit shall be valid for a period of one year. After the issuance of the first temporary use permit, renewal temporary use permits for the same applicant are valid for a period of two years, provided that the temporary use operation is not substantively altered from that of the previous year(s).

    Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.05.05 Model Homes and Temporary Sales Offices
  • Generally. Model homes and sales offices shall be allowed as a temporary use within a residential subdivision so long as the provisions of this Section are met.
  • Number of Model Homes. Each subdivision shall be allowed one model home for each unit type or style offered for sale within the subdivision.
  • Number of Sales Offices. Each subdivision shall be allowed one sales office for purposes of sale of lots or dwelling units within the subdivision, so long as the sales office is located within a model home or temporary building in a location that is approved by the Director.
  • Duration of Use.
    1. The use of a temporary building for a sales office shall cease upon construction of a model home in which the sales office may be located.
    2. The use of a building for a model home or sales office shall cease upon sale of all residential units or lots located within the boundaries of the subdivision.
    3. Upon termination of use of the model home or sales office for the subdivision, the unit shall be restored for residential use, including, but not limited to, restoration of the garage for auto storage and installation of a driveway

    • Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.06.01 Home Occupations, Generally
  • Generally.
    1. The purpose of this Section is to ensure that an occupation or business that is conducted within a residential dwelling unit is incidental to or secondary to the residential use, and does not disrupt the physical character or quality of life of the neighborhood.
    2. It is the intent of this Section to permit only those home occupations that do not adversely affect the residential character and quality of the neighborhood and the premises on which the home occupation is located. It is the further intent of this section to limit the types of business that will be allowed as home occupations, because locating certain businesses within residential neighborhoods tend to have adverse effects upon the physical character or quality of life of the neighborhoods in which they are located.
    3. This Section applies to all business uses of dwelling units, except:
      1. The use of dwelling units for child care (see Section 18.02.06.03, Home Child Care); and
      2. Uses that involve dwelling units but are otherwise identified as principal uses (e.g., live-work unit or bed and breakfast).
  • General Limitations on Home Occupations. The following standards apply to all home occupations:
    1. The home occupation shall not result in an increase in the life safety hazard rating of the subject property as defined in the building code.
    2. No chemicals or substances that are physical or health hazards as defined in the fire code shall be used, sold or stored in conjunction with a home occupation in quantities that are larger than typical for household use.
    3. The operation of any wholesale or retail business is prohibited unless it is conducted entirely by mail or parcel delivery service, or sales are transacted on the premises no more than one time per calendar month. However, this restriction does not apply to incidental sales of products in conjunction with the provision of services (e.g., hair care products sold in conjunction with a beauty salon, or instructional books sold in conjunction with music lessons).
    4. There shall be no deliveries to or from the subject property using a vehicle longer than 16 feet or rated over 8,000 pounds gross vehicle weight (a standard United Parcel Service truck), except that larger vehicles are permitted for the purpose of delivering or removing household or office furnishings.
    5. No clients, customers, pupils, employees shall be on the premises for business purposes between the hours of 10:00 PM and 7:00 AM.
    6. No additional off-street parking shall be created on the subject property for the home occupation.
    7. The home occupation shall not generate, in excess of levels customarily found in residential neighborhoods, any vibration, smoke, dust, odors, noise, electrical interference with radio or television transmission or reception, or heat or glare that is noticeable at or beyond the property line of the subject property.
    8. There shall be no exterior activity, or exterior alteration of the home that would in any way indicate that the subject property is being used for a home occupation, except that in the Adaptive Re-Use Overlay Zone (see Division 18.06.08, Standards for North Cleveland Overlay Zone), one sign that complies with the standards of Section 18.04.08.10, Permanent Building Mounted Signs, is allowed.
    9. The home occupation shall occupy not more than 25 percent of the combined total floor area of the dwelling unit and any accessory buildings, included but not limited to the basement, garage, and upper floors of the dwelling unit.
    10. A person who is involved in the conduct of the home occupation shall reside on the subject property.
    11. Home occupations shall be conducted entirely within the dwelling unit or associated accessory building.
  • Prohibited Home Occupations. The following uses, regardless of whether they meet the performance standards of subsection B., above, are not permitted as home occupations:
    1. Veterinary offices or clinics, animal hospitals or kennels;
    2. Equipment rental;
    3. Funeral chapels, mortuaries, or funeral homes;
    4. Wedding chapels;
    5. Medical or dental clinics;
    6. Repair or painting of automobiles, motorcycles, trailers, boats, or other vehicles;
    7. Repair of large appliances (e.g., stoves, refrigerators, washers, and dryers);
    8. Repair of power equipment (e.g., lawn mowers, snow blowers, chain saws, string trimmers, and the like);
    9. Restaurants;
    10. Welding or metal fabrication shops;
    11. Dispatching of vehicles to and from residential premises (e.g., taxi services or towing services); and
    12. The retail sale of firearms.
  • Minor Home Occupations. A home occupation shall be classified as a minor home occupation and allowed without a business occupancy permit in all residential districts, provided that the home occupation complies with the requirements and limitations of subsections B. and C., and the following standards are met:
    1. Only persons who reside on the premises are involved in the conduct of the home occupation.
    2. No commercial vehicle shall be used in conjunction with the home occupation.
    3. No more than one client or pupil shall be served at one time on the subject property.
    4. Business deliveries and business shipments (other than by mail or comparable parcel delivery services), on the average, may not occur more than once per month, and such deliveries and shipments shall occur only on weekdays between the hours of 8:00 AM and 5:00 PM.
    5. Any minor home occupation involving the preparation, sale or handling of foodstuffs shall obtain approval from the Larimer County Health Department prior to commencing business.
  • Major Home Occupations.
    1. A use shall be classified as a major home occupation, and allowed by business occupancy permit in all residential districts, provided that the home occupation complies with the requirements and limitations of subsections B. and C., and the following standards are met:
      1. The home occupation employs not more than one person who works at the subject property but does not live on the subject property.
      2. Business deliveries and business shipments (other than by mail or comparable parcel delivery services), on the average, may not occur more than once per week, and such deliveries and shipments shall occur only on weekdays between the hours of 8:00 AM and 5:00 PM.
      3. No more than one commercial vehicle that is stored or parked on the subject property shall be used in conjunction with the home occupation.
      4. The addition of a secondary entrance to the home shall be the only permitted exterior alteration to accommodate the home occupation.
      5. No more than four persons at one time may avail themselves of the services provided by the home occupation, or more than 12 people during a 24-hour period. Barber and beauty shops shall have no more than two stations.
    2. Any major home occupation involving the preparation, sale or handling of foodstuffs shall obtain approval from the Larimer County Health Department prior to commencing business. Proof of health department approval must be furnished to the City at the time of application for a business occupancy permit.

    • Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.06.02 Medical Marijuana Caregivers
  • Generally. Medical marijuana caregivers are subject to the standards for minor home occupations in Section 18.02.06.01, Home Occupations, Generally, and the standards of this Section.
  • Limitations. Medical marijuana caregivers are subject to the following limitations:
    1. There shall not be more than one primary caregiver per dwelling unit cultivating, storing, manufacturing, or providing medical marijuana in any form to patients in accordance with Article XVIII, Section 14 of the Colorado Constitution and C.R.S. § 25-1.5-106.
    2. The primary caregiver shall not have more than 30 medical marijuana plants being grown on the subject property at any given time. Areas of the subject property that are used for marijuana cultivation shall be secured as required by Colorado law.
    3. A primary caregiver providing medical marijuana in any form to patients in accordance with Article XVIII, Section 14 of the Colorado Constitution and C.R.S. § 25-1.5-106, shall not provide such medical marijuana to patients in or on the subject property, except for those patients who reside on the subject property.

    • Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.06.03 Home Child Care
  • A.
    Generally. The following child care uses are allowed without a permit in all dwelling units, provided that all licenses (if any) that are required by state law (see 12 CCR 2509-8) are obtained prior to establishment of the use, and thereafter maintained:
    1. 1.
      Family child care homes, as defined in § 7.707.22.A. and B., 12 CCR 2509-8, and including:
      1. a.
        Three (3) under two (2) family child care homes, as defined in § 7.707.22.C., 12 CCR 2509-8;
      2. b.
        Family child care homes with infant/toddler licenses, as defined in § 7.707.22.D., 12 CCR 2509-8
      3. c.
        Experienced child care provider, as defined in § 7.707.22.F., 12 CCR 2509-8; and
      4. d.
        Large child care homes, as defined in § 7.707.22.E., 12 CCR 2509-8.
    2. 2.
      Specialized group homes that are licensed to provide care for three or more children pursuant to C.R.S. § 26-6-102(10), but that are providing care for three or fewer children who are determined to have a developmental disability by a community centered board or who are diagnosed with a serious emotional disturbance.
    3. 3.
      Exempt family child care home providers, as defined in C.R.S. § 26-6-102(12);
    4. 4.
      Foster care homes, as defined in C.R.S. § 26-6-102(14); and
    5. 5.
      Licensed host family homes, as defined in § 7.701.21., 12 CCR 2509-8.
  • B.
    Large Child Care Homes. In addition to any state regulatory requirements, large child care homes, as defined in § 7.707.22.E., 12 CCR 2509-8, shall be spaced from each other so that that there are not two or more such facilities located immediately adjacent and fronting on the same street segment. 

    •  

    Ord. 6446 §8, 12/15/2020; Ord. 6636 §9, 09/05/2023

    Effective on: 9/19/2023

    18.02.07.01 Purpose of Division
  • Generally. The purpose of this Division is to establish standards within the Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone. The regulations in this Division are intended to apply to specific areas of the City that recognize benefits and potentially adverse impacts that may occur within certain distances from an airport, and to provide regulations that both minimize these impacts and protect aircraft operations.
  • Noise-Sensitive Uses. These regulations are intended to minimize exposure of residential and other noise-sensitive land uses from uncontrollable aircraft noise and high numbers of aircraft overflights; to minimize risks to public safety from potential aircraft accidents; to discourage traffic congestion within these areas by regulating land use densities; and to restrict incompatible land uses within the Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone.
  • Interagency Coordination. These regulations recognize the efforts of other agencies and show the City’s willingness to cooperate with these agencies in the administration of these regulations.

    • Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.07.02 Interpretation and Disclaimer
  • Interpretation. In the event a lot is located within more than one noise contour, the entire lot shall be subject to the restrictions of the noise contour that most restricts development of the lot. This provision shall not be applied to prevent or discourage subdivision of a subject property to minimize encroachment into noise contours or to prevent straddling the boundary between noise contours.
  • Disclaimer. The degree of protection provided by this Division is considered reasonable for regulatory purposes and is based on planning, engineering and scientific methods of study, and in coordination with aviation agencies. This Division does not imply that areas outside of the Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone will be totally free from aircraft hazards, and, therefore, shall not create a liability on the part of the City or any of its officers or employees for any damages resulting from reliance on this Division.

    • Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.07.03 Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone Boundaries
  • Generally.
    1. The boundaries of the Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone and its noise contours, are based in part upon predictions of day to day noise levels that are perceptible at ground level. These predictions are based upon acoustical modeling techniques that are accepted as accurate and reliable by the Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”) and by hundreds of airport operators and municipalities nationwide, but are difficult for property owners to test or confirm.
    2. The City Council has determined that the noise contours and critical zones that are relied upon in part as the basis for the Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone regulations are accurate and reliable for the purposes of land use planning. The City Council has also determined that, based upon the usage patterns of the airport, the contours and the restrictions associated therewith reflect sound land planning principles and are justified based upon the current airport traffic regardless of whether the noise predictions are accurate.
    3. The boundaries of the Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone and its associated noise contours and critical zones shall be reviewed and amended when appropriate, either in conjunction with adoption of updated studies by the airport, or based upon other credible information and studies as determined by the City Council.
  • Boundaries and Mapping. The Director shall maintain maps of the vicinity of the airport, depicting the Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone; the 55 DNL, 60 DNL, and 65 DNL noise contours, and the critical zones within and around the airport.

    •  

    Ord. 6471 §4, 06/15/2021

    Effective on: 8/1/2021

    18.02.07.04 Interference with Airport Operations Prohibited
    No use may be made of land within an Airport Influence Area that:

    1. Creates electrical interference with radio communication between an Air Traffic Control (“ATC”) facility and an aircraft;
    2. Makes it difficult for pilots to distinguish between airport lights and other lights;
    3. Causes glare in the eyes of pilots using the airport;
    4. Impairs visibility in the vicinity of the airport; or
    5. Otherwise endangers the landing, taking off, or maneuvering of aircraft at an airport or in the vicinity of the airport.

    Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.07.05 Airport Influence Area Restrictions
  • Generally. The regulations of this Section apply to the Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone.
  • Avigation Easement Required. All development approvals within the Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone shall be conditioned upon the grant of an avigation easement over the subject property. The easement shall:
    1. Be in a form approved by the City Council and City Attorney;
    2. Permit flight operations above the subject property;
    3. Release the aircraft operator, the airport owner and operators, and the City from liability or responsibility for the effects of their flight operations;
    4. Run with the land with a perpetual term, unless released by the City Manager upon the permanent cessation of operations of the airport;
    5. Include language stating that, where applicable, noise mitigation construction techniques are required to mitigate the noise to which the property is exposed; and
    6. Be recorded in the office of the County Clerk and Recorder.
  • Compliance with Federal Regulations. All features of property within the Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone shall comply with the requirements of 14 C.F.R. Part 77 (“FAR Part 77”). The City shall require a study establishing compliance at time of a rezoning request, and may also require a similar study at the time of application for development approval. The City’s standard note requiring compliance with FAR Part 77 criteria shall be required on all recorded development approvals. Where structures are permitted, the maximum height must comply with the minimum requirements of FAR Part 77 in effect at the time of permit issuance. The City Council may require additional height restrictions be placed on any proposal within the Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone, consistent with sound planning principles.
  • Construction Requirements. Buildings that are required to be constructed using noise mitigation construction techniques shall comply with applicable building code requirements for noise mitigation construction, and shall include a central air conditioning and ventilation system that is sufficient to enable occupancy of the building without the need for ventilation from open windows or doors.
  • Requirements Within 55 DNL Noise Contour.  Residential, educational, or adult or child day care center uses are not allowed without a super-majority vote of the City Council. Upon such approval, buildings containing residential, educational or adult or child day care  center uses shall be constructed using noise mitigation construction requirements, to achieve an expected interior noise level of no greater than 45 DNL. All other noise-sensitive uses may be permitted if constructed using noise mitigation construction techniques to achieve an expected interior noise level of no greater than 45 DNL.
  • Requirements Within Critical Zones.  Residential, educational uses not associated with the airport, adult or child day care center, commercial lodging, outdoor stadium, arena, amphitheater, drive-in theater, hospital, place of assembly, and prison or jail uses are not allowed within the critical zones.

    • Ord. 6471 §5, 06/15/2021

    Effective on: 8/1/2021

    18.02.07.06 Annotation Requirements
  • Generally. The requirements of this Section apply in all cases where noise mitigation construction is required by Section 18.02.07.05, Airport Influence Area Restrictions.
  • Required Annotations on Applications for Development Approval. Applications for development approval within the Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone shall depict the boundaries of the Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone and all noise contours on or in the vicinity of the subject property.
  • Required Annotations on Development Approvals.
    1. Generally. A specific note indicating the reception number of the avigation easement required by Section 18.02.07.05, Airport Influence Area Restrictions, shall be required on all development approvals.
    2. Site Plans and Plats. A note in a form approved by the City Attorney shall be included on each site plan and each plat that is subject to this Section, disclosing the existence of the noise mitigation construction technique requirement and stating that the applicant and its successors-in-interest consent to the requirements and to the City’s enforcement of the requirements.
    3. Additional Requirements. The City may also require any of the following annotations or disclosures on site plans or plats:
      1. Excerpts of the regulations of this Division (transcribed or summarized);
      2. Noise disclosure text; or
      3. Other notes that are intended to ensure full and adequate disclosure of the hazards and the development conditions applicable to the parcel proposed for development.

    • Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.08.01 Purpose and Application of Division
  • Purpose. The purpose of the North Cleveland Overlay Zone is to preserve and maintain the existing physical character of certain areas that were originally constructed as residential streets, but which, due to changes in the form and use of the street, have become suitable for nonresidential uses. The North Cleveland Overlay Zone is intended to allow for the conversion of residential structures into low-intensity nonresidential uses and to promote physical and functional integration of differing land uses within designated areas of the R3e Zone.
  • Application. In addition to the standards that apply within the R3e Zone, the supplemental standards in Division 18.06.08, Standards for North Cleveland Overlay Zone, shall apply to all properties that are located within the North Cleveland Overlay Zone.
  • Designation as Redevelopment Area. The North Cleveland Overlay Zone is designated as a redevelopment area that is subject to Section 1.13, City of Loveland Street Standards.

    • Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.08.02 Overlay Zone Boundaries
    The boundaries of the North Cleveland Overlay Zone are shown in Appendix E: Overlay Zone Maps.

    Effective on: 11/20/2018

    18.02.09.01 Purpose and Application of Division
  • Purpose. The purpose of the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone (“ECOZ”) is to:
    1. Provide development alternatives and regulatory incentives for new development, redevelopment, and infill development along major transportation corridors as specified on the Zoning Map;
    2. Address transitions between parcels that front on the corridors and adjacent residential neighborhoods, while simultaneously improving connectivity between residential development and highway-oriented uses;
    3. Implement the policies set out in the Comprehensive Plan, for the ECOZ and the All Zones Action Plan set forth in the Highway 287 Strategic Plan and other corridor plans of the City, as appropriate. Plan policies and Action Plan elements include:
      1. Encouraging redevelopment patterns and densities sufficient to leverage new private re-investment along established commercial corridors;
      2. Promoting a mix of land uses that includes high-density residential, commercial, employment, and civic uses;
      3. Creating a highly connected multimodal transportation network;
      4. Encouraging places for neighborhood activity;
      5. Maximizing transit investment and transit readiness; and
      6. Promoting high quality architecture.
  • Application.
    1. The ECOZ provides an option for applicants to apply an alternative to the underlying zoning with respect to land use and development form.
    2. ECOZ standards are applied to applications for development approval when the subject property is located within the ECOZ as designated in Appendix E: Overlay Zone Maps, and the property is zoned B-Business or I-Industrial. Properties located within the designated ECOZ in zone districts other than B-Business and I-Industrial must be rezoned prior to application of the ECOZ standards.
    3. The election to use the ECOZ standards shall be shown on the proposed and approved sketch site development plan and site development plans.
  • Application of ECOZ to Existing Development. The ECOZ may be applied to a subject property that includes existing development that was constructed prior to the effective date of this Division, regardless of whether the existing development strictly complies with the standards of this Division, provided that:
    1. All new development that occurs after the request to apply the ECOZ conforms to the standards of this Division; and
    2. All improvements to existing buildings or site features conform to the standards of this Division to the extent practicable.

      3. Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.02.09.02 Request for Inclusion in ECOZ Boundaries
    3. Generally. Owners of property that is located outside of the designated ECOZ boundaries may request that their property be included within the ECOZ, provided that the property is located adjacent to Highway 287 or Highway 34, or adjacent to property designated within the ECOZ.
    4. Planning Commission Approval Required. Application for inclusion in the ECOZ must be approved by Planning Commission.

      5. Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.02.10.01 Purpose and Application of Division
    5. A.
      Purpose. The purpose of the Wildland Urban Interface Overlay Zone (“WUI”) is to:
      1. 1.
        Strengthen the City’s wildfire resiliency by increasing the likelihood of citizens, first responders, and structures surviving a wildfire.
      2. 2.
        Reduce the wildfire risk in a cost-efficient manner, while maintaining the aesthetic qualities of the wildland urban interface area.
    6. B.
      Application and Requirements.
      1. 1.
        Wildfire risk reduction requirements are applied to property within the Wildland Urban Interface Overlay Zone as designated in Appendix E: Overlay Zone Maps.
      2. 2.
         Wildfire risk reduction requirements are set forth in Appendix O of the adopted Fire Code.

      7. Ord. 6636 §10, 09/05/2023

      Effective on: 9/19/2023

      18.03.01.01 Purpose of Chapter
      The purpose of this Chapter is to set out the standards for calculating the maximum development yield of a subject property in terms of density or floor area.

      Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.03.01.02 Application of Chapter
    7. Generally. This Chapter provides standards to calculate the development yield of a subject property. Individual sections of this Chapter contain applicability provisions that exempt certain types of development.
    8. Residential Development. Residential density is calculated based on the type of residential development (e.g., standard neighborhood, complete neighborhood, or Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone). Standards for these calculations are set out in Division 18.03.02, Residential Density.
    9. Mixed-Use and Nonresidential Development. Division 18.03.03, Mixed-Use and Nonresidential Development Yield, provides a minimum landscape surface ratio for nonresidential and mixed-use development in each zone.
    10. Limitations. Not all properties will be able to achieve the maximum development yield due to factors such as parcel geometry; physical conditions such as ditches, soils, or natural hazards; infrastructure limitations; or restrictions on proposed uses. Accordingly, the application of the other standards of this UDC may, in some cases, limit the development potential of a subject property to less than what is provided by this Chapter.

      11. Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.03.02.01 Residential Development Types
    11. Generally. New residential neighborhoods are classified into three types:
      1. Standard Neighborhoods;
      2. Complete Neighborhoods; and
      3. Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone Neighborhoods.
    12. Density. The maximum density for each of the neighborhood types is established by application of Section 18.03.02.02, Residential Density.

      13. Effective on: 1/1/1901

      18.03.02.02 Residential Density
    13. A.
      Generally.
      1. 1.
        The maximum number of dwelling units that may be constructed in a residential development is based on the type of development and the zone (or overlay zone) in which it is proposed. The maximum density of new residential development in each zone is established by this Section.
      2. 2.
        Once the maximum number of dwelling units is determined, the specifications for individual lots or building types shall comply with the requirements of Division 18.04.02, Housing Palette, for the type(s) of housing that will be developed (which must be allowable housing types pursuant to Section 18.02.03.02, Residential Land Use by Zone.
    14. B.
      Applicability.
      1. 1.
        All subdivisions or re-subdivisions of property that create at least three buildable residential lots, or developments with at least three dwelling units on a subject property, shall comply with the standards of this Section.
      2. 2.
        Development that is exempt from this Section due to the number of lots created or the number of dwelling units proposed is subject to the requirements of Division 18.04.02, Housing Palette.
      3. 3.
        Affordable housing developments may exceed the densities established in this Section, as provided in Section 18.17.15.04, Affordable Housing Flexibility.   
    15. C.
      Density. The maximum gross density for each residential development type in each zone shall be as set out in Table 18.03.02.02, Maximum Gross Density, below.
      16. Table 18.03.02.02
      Maximum Gross Density
      Residential Development TypeZones
      ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
      ERR1R1eR2R3R3eDTBMACEIPPDR
      Standard2 u/a4 u/a5 u/a10 u/a17 u/a20 u/anot limited20 u/a28 u/a28 u/a---
      Complete Neighborhood1,24 u/a7 u/a7 u/a24 u/a24 u/a24 u/a--32 u/a32 u/a---
      Enhanced Corridor OverlayIf the subject property is within a Complete Neighborhood, then the densities for a Complete Neighborhood apply. If not, then the densities for Standard apply.-40 u/a3-----
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 Residential density shall not limit the number of dwelling units that are located in vertically mixed-use buildings in neighborhood activity centers within Complete Neighborhoods.
      2 In MAC and E zones, the calculation of gross density in Table 18.03.02.02 shall apply only to areas designated for residential use.
      3 Density may be increased to 60 u/a if a transit stop is located within 660 feet of the boundary of the subject property.
      Table 18.03.02.02
      Maximum Gross Density
      Residential Development TypeZones
      ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
      ERR1R1eR2R3R3eDTBMACEIPPDR
      Standard2 u/a4 u/a5 u/a10 u/a17 u/a20 u/anot limited20 u/a28 u/a28 u/a---
      Complete Neighborhood1,24 u/a7 u/a7 u/a24 u/a24 u/a24 u/a--32 u/a32 u/a---
      Enhanced Corridor OverlayIf the subject property is within a Complete Neighborhood, then the densities for a Complete Neighborhood apply. If not, then the densities for Standard apply.-40 u/a3-----
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 Residential density shall not limit the number of dwelling units that are located in vertically mixed-use buildings in neighborhood activity centers within Complete Neighborhoods.
      2 In MAC and E zones, the calculation of gross density in Table 18.03.02.02 shall apply only to areas designated for residential use.
      3 Density may be increased to 60 u/a if a transit stop is located within 660 feet of the boundary of the subject property.
      Table 18.03.02.02
      Maximum Gross Density
      Residential Development TypeZones
      ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
      ERR1R1eR2R3R3eDTBMACEIPPDR
      Standard2 u/a4 u/a5 u/a10 u/a17 u/a20 u/anot limited20 u/a28 u/a28 u/a---
      Complete Neighborhood1,24 u/a7 u/a7 u/a24 u/a24 u/a24 u/a--32 u/a32 u/a---
      Enhanced Corridor OverlayIf the subject property is within a Complete Neighborhood, then the densities for a Complete Neighborhood apply. If not, then the densities for Standard apply.-40 u/a3-----
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 Residential density shall not limit the number of dwelling units that are located in vertically mixed-use buildings in neighborhood activity centers within Complete Neighborhoods.
      2 In MAC and E zones, the calculation of gross density in Table 18.03.02.02 shall apply only to areas designated for residential use.
      3 Density may be increased to 60 u/a if a transit stop is located within 660 feet of the boundary of the subject property.
      Table 18.03.02.02
      Maximum Gross Density
      Residential Development TypeZones
      ResidentialMixed-UseIndustrialParks and Resource
      ERR1R1eR2R3R3eDTBMACEIPPDR
      Standard2 u/a4 u/a5 u/a10 u/a17 u/a20 u/anot limited20 u/a28 u/a28 u/a---
      Complete Neighborhood1,24 u/a7 u/a7 u/a24 u/a24 u/a24 u/a--32 u/a32 u/a---
      Enhanced Corridor OverlayIf the subject property is within a Complete Neighborhood, then the densities for a Complete Neighborhood apply. If not, then the densities for Standard apply.-40 u/a3-----
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 Residential density shall not limit the number of dwelling units that are located in vertically mixed-use buildings in neighborhood activity centers within Complete Neighborhoods.
      2 In MAC and E zones, the calculation of gross density in Table 18.03.02.02 shall apply only to areas designated for residential use.
      3 Density may be increased to 60 u/a if a transit stop is located within 660 feet of the boundary of the subject property.

      Ord. 6636 §11, 09/05/2023

      Effective on: 9/19/2023

      18.03.03.01 Landscape Surface Ratio by Zone
      The minimum landscape surface ratio for nonresidential or vertically mixed-use development in each zone is set out in Table 18.03.03.01, Nonresidential and Vertically Mixed-Use LSR by Zone.

      Table 18.03.03.01
      Nonresidential and Vertically Mixed-Use LSR by Zone
      ZoneMinimum Landscape Surface Ratio (“LSR”)

      ER

      		40%

      R1e

      		25%

      R1

      		25%

      R2

      		15%

      R3e

      		10%

      R3

      		10%

      DT

      		N/A

      B

      		10%

      MAC

      		10%

      E

      		10%1

      I

      		10%
      PP70%

      DR

      		90%
      TABLE NOTES:
      1Applies to individual lots; additional common open space is also required as set out in Section 18.06.11.03, Campus-Like Character
      Table 18.03.03.01
      Nonresidential and Vertically Mixed-Use LSR by Zone
      ZoneMinimum Landscape Surface Ratio (“LSR”)

      ER

      		40%

      R1e

      		25%

      R1

      		25%

      R2

      		15%

      R3e

      		10%

      R3

      		10%

      DT

      		N/A

      B

      		10%

      MAC

      		10%

      E

      		10%1

      I

      		10%
      PP70%

      DR

      		90%
      TABLE NOTES:
      1Applies to individual lots; additional common open space is also required as set out in Section 18.06.11.03, Campus-Like Character
      Table 18.03.03.01
      Nonresidential and Vertically Mixed-Use LSR by Zone
      ZoneMinimum Landscape Surface Ratio (“LSR”)

      ER

      		40%

      R1e

      		25%

      R1

      		25%

      R2

      		15%

      R3e

      		10%

      R3

      		10%

      DT

      		N/A

      B

      		10%

      MAC

      		10%

      E

      		10%1

      I

      		10%
      PP70%

      DR

      		90%
      TABLE NOTES:
      1Applies to individual lots; additional common open space is also required as set out in Section 18.06.11.03, Campus-Like Character
      Table 18.03.03.01
      Nonresidential and Vertically Mixed-Use LSR by Zone
      ZoneMinimum Landscape Surface Ratio (“LSR”)

      ER

      		40%

      R1e

      		25%

      R1

      		25%

      R2

      		15%

      R3e

      		10%

      R3

      		10%

      DT

      		N/A

      B

      		10%

      MAC

      		10%

      E

      		10%1

      I

      		10%
      PP70%

      DR

      		90%
      TABLE NOTES:
      1Applies to individual lots; additional common open space is also required as set out in Section 18.06.11.03, Campus-Like Character

      Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.01.01 Purpose of Chapter
      The purpose of this Chapter is to provide standards for:

      1. The creation of new lots and the adjustment of lot boundaries;
      2. The design and placement of buildings on individual lots;
      3. The design and placement of other improvements on individual lots (e.g., fences, garden walls, etc.); and
      4. The type, size, placement, display, and illumination of signs.

      Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.01.02 Application of Chapter
    16. A.
      Generally. This Chapter provides standards related to individual lots, buildings, and structures.
    17. B.
      Housing Palette. Division 18.04.02, Housing Palette, provides standards for a variety of housing types, including single-family detached, duplex, townhome, multiplex, multifamily, manufactured homes, and clustered housing types. The housing types that are described in the housing palette are allowed in each zone as provided in Section 18.02.03.02, Residential Land Use by Zone.
    18. C.
      Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Lots. Division 18.04.03, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Bulk Standards, provides standards for the creation of new nonresidential or mixed-use lots, the adjustment of their lot boundaries, and the placement of buildings within them.
    19. D.
      Exceptions and Adjustments to Bulk Standards. Division 18.04.04, Exceptions and Adjustments to Bulk Standards, sets out the types of improvements that may encroach into required setbacks, and special setback requirements along alleys, easements, ditches, and waterbodies.
    20. E.
      Building Design Standards. Division 18.04.05, Building Design Standards, establishes minimum standards for the design of various types of buildings.
    21. F.
      Downtown Design Standards. Division 18.04.06, Downtown Design Standards, establishes building and site design standards for buildings in the DT zone.
    22. G.
      Supplemental Standards. Division 18.04.07, Supplemental Standards, sets out standards for accessory buildings; accessory dwelling units; accessory structures; apiaries; fences, garden walls, and hedges; outdoor displays of merchandise; outdoor storage; refuse, recycling, and compost containers; renewable energy systems; retaining walls; satellite dishes and antennae; swimming pools, hot tubs, and spas; unattended donation drop-off boxes; and vending and reverse vending machines.
    23. H.
      Signs. Division 18.04.08, Signs, sets out standards for the construction, installation, display, and maintenance of permanent and temporary signs.
    24. I.
      Modification of Bulk Standards. The bulk standards that are set out in this Chapter may be modified as provided in Division 18.17.06, Complete Neighborhoods; Division 18.17.08, Planned Unit Development, and Division 18.17.15, Administrative Variations, Design Flexibility, Reasonable Accommodations, Height Exceptions, and Variances.

      25. Ord. 6636 §12, 09/05/2023

       

      Effective on: 9/19/2023

      18.04.02.01 Using the Housing Palette
    25. A.
      Generally.
      1. 1.
        The housing palette provides lot and building standards so that a variety of different housing types may be constructed. The housing palette allows an applicant to provide a variety of lot sizes and product types, but does not require a minimum floor area for any particular building (minimum floor area is set by the applicable building code).
      2. 2.
        After the number of dwelling units that are allowed on a subject property is calculated pursuant to Division 18.03.02, Residential Density, and after required dedications and open spaces are set aside, the applicant may design the buildable areas of the property to include any of the housing types that are allowable for the subject property pursuant to Section 18.02.03.02, Residential Land Use by Zone.
      3. 3.
        The design of the development is subject to the applicable provisions of PART 3: Site Design and Environmental Quality.
    26. B.
      Differentiating Among Single-Family Detached Housing Types.
      1. 1.
        Section 18.04.02.03, Single-Family Detached, sets out eight lot types for single-family detached housing. To meet the requirements for any lot type, both the lot area and the lot width minimums must be met.
      2. 2.
        For example:
        1. a.
          If a developer proposes a 4,000 sf. lot that is 45 ft. wide, the lot would be classified as an “urban” lot.
        2. b.
          If a developer proposes a 7,000 sf. lot that is 50 ft. wide, the lot would be classified as a “general” lot.
    27. C.
      Classifications that Include Floor Area Thresholds. Cottages and cluster duplexes are defined by their floor area as follows:
      1. 1.
        Cottages. Cottages are detached dwelling units with a floor area that is 1,150 sf. or less.
      2. 2.
        Cluster Duplexes. Cluster duplexes are duplex buildings in which individual dwelling units have a floor area that is 1,150  sf. or less.

      28. A cottage may be constructed as the principal dwelling unit on any single-family detached lot, and a cluster duplex may be constructed as the principal building on any duplex lot (or pair of lots, as applicable). Unlike their larger single-family detached or duplex counterparts, these “cluster housing types” may also be constructed as allowed in Section 18.04.02.07, Manufactured Homes and Cottages in Manufactured Home Parks and Manufactured Home Subdivisions, and Section 18.04.02.08, Clustered Housing Types.

      1. D.
        Alternative Standards for Condominium Ownership or Alternative Lotting Patterns.
        1. 1.
          The standards of this Division with respect to lot area, lot width, and setbacks relate to the development of residential buildings on conventional lots that are intended to be owned in fee-simple by the owners of the buildings. However, the standards are not intended to preclude other ownership types, such as condominiums (in which the land is owned in common by the owners of the condominium units), or common maintenance communities (in which fee simple ownership is limited to the land under the building, and, in some cases, a small area around it).
        2. 2.
          Alternative standards for lot area, lot width, and setbacks may be approved, provided that the proposed development could be approved pursuant to this UDC using conventional fee-simple ownership arrangements. That applicant must demonstrate that it would comply with the density, open space, and applicable setback requirements of this UDC if the proposed development was platted with lots that meet the minimum requirements of this Division for each of the proposed housing types.
      2. E.
        Alternative Lot Type for Existing Subdivisions. For subdivisions that were platted and developed prior to the adoption of the UDC, the Director may establish a lot type category for the existing homes and any remaining vacant lots based on the established setback pattern in the subdivision.

      Ord. 6446 §18, 12/15/2020; Ord. 6636 §13, 09/05/2023

      Effective on: 9/19/2023

      18.04.02.02 Lot Averaging Option
    28. Generally. Lot averaging allows for flexibility with regard to lot width and lot area when property is subdivided for residential uses.
    29. Applicability. Applicants may apply lot averaging to the housing types described in Section 18.04.02.03, Single-Family Detached, Section 18.04.02.04, Duplexes, or Section 18.04.02.05, Townhomes, as follows:
      1. Lot width and lot depth may be reduced by up to 10 percent from the standards set out in the applicable table for lots up to 50 feet in width and 15 percent for lots 50 feet in width or more, provided that the average lot width and lot depth for each housing type within the subdivision is at least that which is set out in the applicable table; and
      2. Each individual block in the subdivision that includes one or more lots that are modified pursuant to this Section includes:
        1. More than one housing type; or
        2. A mix of lot sizes such that smaller-than-average lots occupy not more than 40 percent of the block.

      30. Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.02.03 Single-Family Detached
    30. A.
      Generally. Single-family detached homes are residences for one household that are typically located on a privately-owned lot, with private yards on each side of the unit. Single-family detached homes may also be located on property that is covered by a condominium declaration, surrounded by limited common elements for use by residents of the single-family detached home, which would serve the same purpose as a private yard. See Figure 18.04.02.03.A., Illustrative Single-Family Detached Home.
      31. Figure 18.04.02.03.A.
      Illustrative Single-Family Detached Home
      Illustrative Single-Family Detached Building
      1. B.
        Lot and Building Standards. The lot and building standards for single-family detached homes are set out in Table 18.04.02.03.A., Single-Family Detached Lot and Building Standards. There are eight lot types, which are classified based on their area, width, and location of vehicular access.
      Table 18.04.02.03.A.
      Single-Family Detached Lot and Building Standards
      Lot TypeVehicular AccessMinimumMaximum
      Height1
      Lot AreaLot WidthFront Setback (Building / Garage Door)Interior Side SetbackStreet Side SetbackRear Setback
      Urban CottageAlleyLess than 3,500 sf.25 ft.10 ft. , 15 ft.2 / N/A5 ft. 38 ft.15 ft.426/45 ft.5
      UrbanAlley3,500 sf.35 ft.10 ft. / N/A5 ft.8 ft.15 ft. 426/35 ft.
      Street3,500 sf.35 ft.15 ft. / 20 ft.65 ft.8 ft.15 ft.26/35 ft.
      Large UrbanAlley4,500 sf.45 ft.10 ft. / N/A5 ft.8 ft.15 ft. 426/35 ft.
      Street4,500 sf.45 ft.15 ft. / 20 ft.65 ft.8 ft.15 ft.26/35 ft.
      GeneralAny5,500 sf.50 ft.15 ft. / 20 ft.65 ft.15 ft.15 ft. 426/35 ft.
      SuburbanAny7,000 sf.65 ft.15 ft. / 20 ft.66 ft.15 ft.15 ft.426/35 ft.
      Large SuburbanAny10,800 sf.80 ft.15 ft. / 20 ft.66 ft.15 ft.15 ft.426/35 ft.
      EstateAny18,500 sf.100 ft.30 ft. / 30 ft.610 ft.20 ft.25 ft. 426/35 ft.
      Large EstateAny2.5 ac.300 ft.30 ft. / 30 ft.630 ft.30 ft.30 ft. 426/35 ft.
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 Maximum height (and maximum building coverage) may vary based on the zone in which the subject property is located, and whether it is within a complete neighborhood. See Sec. 18.02.03.02, Residential Land Use by Zone (which for some zones or development types refers to Sec.
      18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones).
      2 The first setback is the minimum setback; the second setback is the maximum setback. The Director may approve an alternative front setback in an established neighborhood to be consistent with the setback pattern of the block.
      3 The Director may approve variations to the interior side setbacks to accommodate a zero lot line home as described in Section 18.04.02.03.C, if site design standards and access and maintenance easements are provided.  
      4 Setbacks for alley-loaded garages shall be subject to Sec. 18.04.04.03, Setbacks Along Alleys, Sidewalks, Trail or Access Easements, Ditches, and Waterbodies. Garages that are accessed across front or side lot lines are subject to the same setbacks as the principal building.
      5The first height is permitted by-right; the second height is an adaptable use.
      6 Setback is measured from the property line or the back of the sidewalk, whichever provides a greater setback.

      Ord. 6636 §14, 09/05/2023; Ord. 6762 §3, 04/01/2025

       

      1. C.
        Zero Lot Line Home.
        1. 1.
          Zero lot-line homes are a single-family detached housing type that differs from the typical single-family detached form in that they are situated on the lot such that one side building wall is located on a side lot line and the other side is designed to provide an expanded and useable private side yard. Lot line homes are subject to the standards of this subsection.
        2. 2.
           Subdivision Layout. Lots that are designated for lot-line homes must be configured such that the zero setback (the “zero lot line”) is on the same side of the lot for all of the lots on each street face. Street side setbacks are required where the side lot line borders a public right-of-way or a lot or tract that is not approved for use as a lot-line home.
        3. 3.
          Design Standards. To provide a reasonable level of privacy in the adjoining side yard, the following design standards apply to all lot-line homes:
          1. a.
            No window shall be permitted on the zero lot line side of the house unless:
            1. 1.
              It opens into an enclosed light court;
            2. 2.
              The window sill is framed at a minimum of six foot four inches above the room floor so as to not provide a line of sight into the neighboring yard; or
            3. 3.
              It is composed of glass block, frosted glass, or similar treatment, and is inoperable.
          2. b.
            The lot shall include a usable combined side and rear yard on the opposite of the zero-lot line.
        4. 4.
          Access and Maintenance Easements. Appropriate access and maintenance easements shall be provided to ensure that each lot owner is able to access and maintain the side of the building that is constructed upon the lot line. Easements for overhanging eaves may also be required, as appropriate to the design of the buildings.
        5. 5.
          Lot and Building Standards. The lot and building standards for lot-line homes are set out in Table 18.04.02.03.B., Lot-Line Home Lot and Building Standards.
      Table 18.04.02.03.B.
      Lot-Line Home Lot and Building Standards
      Lot TypeVehicular AccessMinimumMaximum
      Lot AreaLot WidthFront SetbackInterior Side SetbackArea of Useable Side / Rear YardStreet Side SetbackRear SetbackHeight2Building Coverage2
      Lot-Line HomeAlley4,500 sf.45 ft.10 ft.6 ft.900 sf., no less than 15 ft. in any dimension8 ft.15 ft.126/35 ft.40%
      Street5,000 sf.50 ft.20 ft.6 ft.1,000 sf., no less than 20 ft. in any dimension8 ft.15 ft.26/35 ft.35%
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 Setbacks for alley-loaded garages shall comply with Section 18.04.04.03, Setbacks Along Alleys, Sidewalks, Trail or Access Easements, Ditches, and Waterbodies.
      2 Maximum height and maximum building coverage may vary based on the zone in which the subject property is located. See Sec. 18.02.03.02, Residential Land Use by Zone and Sec. 18.02.04.03, Residential Standards.
      Table 18.04.02.03.B.
      Lot-Line Home Lot and Building Standards
      Lot TypeVehicular AccessMinimumMaximum
      Lot AreaLot WidthFront SetbackInterior Side SetbackArea of Useable Side / Rear YardStreet Side SetbackRear SetbackHeight2Building Coverage2
      Lot-Line HomeAlley4,500 sf.45 ft.10 ft.6 ft.900 sf., no less than 15 ft. in any dimension8 ft.15 ft.126/35 ft.40%
      Street5,000 sf.50 ft.20 ft.6 ft.1,000 sf., no less than 20 ft. in any dimension8 ft.15 ft.26/35 ft.35%
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 Setbacks for alley-loaded garages shall comply with Section 18.04.04.03, Setbacks Along Alleys, Sidewalks, Trail or Access Easements, Ditches, and Waterbodies.
      2 Maximum height and maximum building coverage may vary based on the zone in which the subject property is located. See Sec. 18.02.03.02, Residential Land Use by Zone and Sec. 18.02.04.03, Residential Standards.
      Table 18.04.02.03.B.
      Lot-Line Home Lot and Building Standards
      Lot TypeVehicular AccessMinimumMaximum
      Lot AreaLot WidthFront SetbackInterior Side SetbackArea of Useable Side / Rear YardStreet Side SetbackRear SetbackHeight2Building Coverage2
      Lot-Line HomeAlley4,500 sf.45 ft.10 ft.6 ft.900 sf., no less than 15 ft. in any dimension8 ft.15 ft.126/35 ft.40%
      Street5,000 sf.50 ft.20 ft.6 ft.1,000 sf., no less than 20 ft. in any dimension8 ft.15 ft.26/35 ft.35%
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 Setbacks for alley-loaded garages shall comply with Section 18.04.04.03, Setbacks Along Alleys, Sidewalks, Trail or Access Easements, Ditches, and Waterbodies.
      2 Maximum height and maximum building coverage may vary based on the zone in which the subject property is located. See Sec. 18.02.03.02, Residential Land Use by Zone and Sec. 18.02.04.03, Residential Standards.
      Table 18.04.02.03.B.
      Lot-Line Home Lot and Building Standards
      Lot TypeVehicular AccessMinimumMaximum
      Lot AreaLot WidthFront SetbackInterior Side SetbackArea of Useable Side / Rear YardStreet Side SetbackRear SetbackHeight2Building Coverage2
      Lot-Line HomeAlley4,500 sf.45 ft.10 ft.6 ft.900 sf., no less than 15 ft. in any dimension8 ft.15 ft.126/35 ft.40%
      Street5,000 sf.50 ft.20 ft.6 ft.1,000 sf., no less than 20 ft. in any dimension8 ft.15 ft.26/35 ft.35%
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 Setbacks for alley-loaded garages shall comply with Section 18.04.04.03, Setbacks Along Alleys, Sidewalks, Trail or Access Easements, Ditches, and Waterbodies.
      2 Maximum height and maximum building coverage may vary based on the zone in which the subject property is located. See Sec. 18.02.03.02, Residential Land Use by Zone and Sec. 18.02.04.03, Residential Standards.

      Effective on: 4/15/2025

      18.04.02.04 Duplexes
    31. A.
      Generally. There are two types of duplex houses: side-by-side duplexes and over-under duplexes:
      1. 1.
        In the side-by-side duplex, the dwelling units are separated by a shared wall with no penetrations, and each unit has a separate outside door.
      2. 2.
        In the over-under duplex, units are separated by a floor, and units may be accessed from an interior foyer with a staircase, or units may have separate front doors at street level. Exterior stair access to the principal entrance to the second floor unit shall only be allowed in the rear yard.
      1. B.
        Lot and Building Standards. Table 18.04.02.04, Duplex Lot and Building Standards, sets out the lot and building requirements for duplexes.
      Table 18.04.02.04
      Duplex Lot and Building Standards
      Lot TypeVehicular AccessMinimumMaximum
      Lot AreaLot WidthFront SetbackInterior Side Setback1Street Side SetbackRear SetbackHeight2Building Coverage
      Side-by-Side DuplexAlley2,000 sf.320 ft.310 ft. / 15 ft.45 ft.8 ft.15 ft.526 ft. / 35 ft.85%
      Street3,500 sf.345 ft.320 ft.5 ft.10 ft.15 ft.26 ft. / 35 ft.65%
      Over-Under DuplexAlley4,000 sf.640 ft.610 ft. / 15 ft.45 ft.8 ft.15 ft.526 ft. / 35 ft.85%
      Street5,500 sf.655 ft.620 ft.5 ft.10 ft.15 ft.26 ft. / 35 ft.65%
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 For outer building walls (does not apply to common wall)
      2       The first height is by -right; the second height is an adaptable use.
      3       Per unit
      4 The first setback is the minimum setback; the second setback is the maximum setback. The Director may approve an alternative front setback in an established neighborhood to be consistent with the setback pattern of the block.
      5 Setbacks for alley-loaded garages shall be subject to Section 18.04.04.03, Setbacks Along Alleys, Sidewalks, Trail or Access Easements, Ditches, and Waterbodies
      6 Per building  

      Figure 18.04.02.04

       Illustrative Over-Under Duplex

       Illustrative over-under duplex

      Ord. 6636 §15, 09/05/2023

      Effective on: 9/19/2023

      18.04.02.05 Townhomes
    32. A.
      Generally. Townhomes are an attached housing type in which units are attached to each other in groups of three to 12, with common side walls that do not have penetrations, and ground floor exterior access to each unit. See Figure 18.04.02.05, Illustrative Townhome Building.
      33. Figure 18.04.02.05
      Illustrative Townhome Building
      Illustrative Townhome Building
      1. B.
        Lot and Building Standards. Table 18.04.02.05, Townhome Lot and Building Standards, sets out the lot and building requirements for townhomes.
      Table 18.04.02.05
      Townhome Lot and Building Standards
      Lot TypeVehicular AccessMinimumMaximum
      Lot AreaLot WidthFront SetbackStreet Side SetbackRear SetbackBuilding SeparationUnits Per BuildingHeight1Building Coverage
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 The first height is by-right adjacent to single family detached.  The second height is an adaptable use adjacent to single family detached or by-right adjacent to all other land uses. 
      2 Setbacks for alley-loaded garages shall be subject to Section 18.04.04.03, Setbacks Along Alleys, Sidewalks, Trail or Access Easements, Ditches, and Waterbodies.
      3 Per unit.
      Standard TownhomeAlley 1,360 sf.318 ft.10 ft.8 ft.10 ft.210 ft.1226 ft. / 40 ft.85%
      Street1,650 sf.320 ft.Principal Buildings: 15 ft.
      Garage Doors: 20 ft.      		8 ft.10 ft.10 ft.1226 ft. / 40 ft.70%

      Ord. 6636 §16, 09/05/2023

      Effective on: 9/19/2023

      18.04.02.06 Multiplex and Multifamily
    33. A.
      Generally.
      1. 1.
        Multiplex and multifamily are both multiple-family building types. Multiplex buildings are constructed to look like large single-family homes. See Figure 18.04.02.06.A., Illustrative Multiplex Building. Typically, multifamily takes the form of structures that are two or more stories in height, in walk-up or elevator-access configurations. Multifamily units may be apartments, condominiums, or cooperative buildings where tenants jointly own the entire building. Multifamily may also be located in mixed-use buildings, but mixed-use buildings are subject to the standards that apply to nonresidential and mixed use buildings and not the standards of this Section.
      2. 2.
        For the purposes of this Code, multifamily is classified as “General Multifamily,” “Infill Multifamily,” and “Downtown Multifamily.” These classifications relate to the anticipated location, scale, and density of the housing type.
        1. a.
          General multifamily refers to a development that contains two or more multifamily buildings that, together, contain more than 30 dwelling units.
        2. b.
          Infill multifamily refers to a development that contains one or two multifamily buildings that, together, contain 30 or fewer dwelling units.
        3. c.
          Downtown multifamily refers to “urban” multifamily development, with any number of dwelling units. This type is different from general multifamily and infill multifamily in that it is constructed next to the street right-of-way, it is generally more dense, and dwelling units that are located on upper floors are accessed from inside the building.

      34. Ord. 6445 §14, 12/15/2020; Ord. 6636 §17, 09/05/2023

      Figure 18.04.02.06.A.
      Illustrative Multiplex Building
      Illustrative Multiplex Building
      1. B.
        Lot and Building Standards. Table 18.04.02.06, Multiplex and Multifamily Lot and Building Standards, sets out the lot and building requirements for multiplex and multifamily.
      Table 18.04.02.06
      Multiplex and Multifamily Lot and Building Standards
      Lot TypeVehicular AccessMinimumMaximum
      Lot Area (per building)Lot WidthFront SetbackInterior Side SetbackStreet Side SetbackRear SetbackUnits Per BuildingHeightBuilding Coverage
      Res Zone3Non-Res Zone4
      MultiplexAlley or Parking Court3 unit bldg.: 8,000 sf.
      4 unit bldg.: 10,000 sf.
      5 unit bldg.: 12,000 sf.      		3 unit bldg.: 80 ft.
      4 unit bldg.: 100 ft.
      5 unit bldg.: 120 ft.      		10 ft.76 ft.8 ft.0 ft.1526/35  ft.26/35 ft.50%
      Street3 unit bldg.: 8,000 sf.
      4 unit bldg.: 10,000 sf.      		3 unit bldg.: 80 ft.
      4 unit bldg.: 100 ft.      		25 ft.6 ft.15 ft.15 ft.interior lot: 3
      corner lot: 4      		26/35 ft.26/35 ft.50%
      General MultifamilyAlley 10,000 sf.100 ft.10 ft.6 ft.10 ft.0 ft.1not limited2

      26/35 ft.

      		by zoning35%
      Street10,000 sf.100 ft.25 ft.6 ft.15 ft.15 ft.not limited226/35 ft.by zoning35%
      Infill MultifamilyAlley 10,000 sf.470 ft.10 ft.5 ft.58 ft.0 ft.1not limited226/35 ft.by zoning40%
      Street10,000 sf.470 ft.25 ft.5 ft.515 ft.15 ft.not limited226/35 ft.by zoning40%
      Downtown MultifamilySee Division 18.04.06, Downtown Design Standards
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 May be increased as provided in Section 18.04.04.03, Setbacks Along Alleys, Sidewalks, Trail or Access Easements, Ditches, and Waterbodies.
      2 The total number of units allowed on the lot is limited by the density of the zoning district in which the property is located (if the zoning district limits density), but the number of units in any individual building is not specifically limited.
      3 Maximum height is subject to Sec. 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in the DT and Residential Zones. 
      4 Maximum height for General Multifamily and Infill Multifamily is subject to Table 18.04.03.01.B. Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Setback and Building Standards. 
      5 The maximum lot area for this housing type is 65,000 sf.
      6 Stepback rules may apply, see Section 18.06.07.04, Infill Multifamily. 
      7 If a parking court is located between a building façade and a street, the front setback is measured from the property line to the edge of the court enclosure. 

      Ord. 6445 §14, 12/15/2020; Ord. 6636 §17, 09/05/2023

      Effective on: 9/19/2023

      18.04.02.07 Manufactured Homes and Cottages in Manufactured Home Parks and Manufactured Home Subdivisions
    34. A.
      Generally.
      1. 1.
        Manufactured homes are a special type of single-family detached dwelling unit, in that they are constructed in factories according to federal standards, and are designed to be moved. See Figure 18.04.02.07.A., Illustrative Manufactured Homes. There are three types of manufactured homes:
        1. a.
          Single-wide (transported in one section);
        2. b.
          Double-wide (transported in two sections); and
        3. c.
          Triple-wide (transported in three or more sections).
      35. Figure 18.04.02.07.A.
      Illustrative Manufactured Homes
      Illustrative Manufactured Home
        1. 2.
          Cottages are detached, building code compliant dwelling units with a floor area of 1,150 sf. or less.
      1. B.
        Lot and Building Standards.
        1. 1.
          The lot and building standards for manufactured and cottages are set out in Table 18.04.02.07, Manufactured Home Lot and Building Standards. The standards of this section apply to cottages and manufactured homes that are located in new manufactured home parks and manufactured home subdivisions, or expanded areas of existing manufactured home parks and manufactured home subdivisions.
        2. 2.
          In existing manufactured home parks and subdivisions, manufactured homes or cottages may be placed on existing lots or spaces that do not comply with this section, provided that they are spaced a minimum of 10 feet apart and 10 feet from property lines.
      Table 18.04.02.07
      Manufactured Home and Micro Home Lot and Building Standards
      Lot TypeParking LocationMinimumMaximum
      Lot AreaLot WidthFront SetbackInterior Side SetbackStreet Side SetbackRear SetbackHeightBuilding Coverage
      Micro Homes
      Cottages side of unit2,500 sf.30 ft.15 ft.5 ft.10 ft.10 ft.1.5 storiesN/A
      front of unit2,500 sf.25 ft.20 ft.5 ft.10 ft.10 ft.1.5 storiesN/A
      off-lot (centralized)2,300 sf.25 ft.15 ft.5 ft.10 ft.10 ft.1.5 storiesN/A
      Manufactured Homes
      Single-Wideside of unit4,000 sf.40 ft.10 ft.6 ft.10 ft.10 ft.20 ft.50%
      front of unit4,000 sf.30 ft.25 ft.5 ft.10 ft.10 ft.20 ft.50%
      off-lot (centralized)3,750 sf.30 ft.10 ft.5 ft.10 ft.10 ft.20 ft.50%
      Double-Wideside of unit5,000 sf.50 ft.10 ft.6 ft.10 ft.10 ft.20 ft.50%
      front of unit5,000 sf.40 ft.25 ft.5 ft.10 ft.10 ft.20 ft.50%
      off-lot (centralized)5,000 sf.40 ft.10 ft.5 ft.10 ft.10 ft.20 ft.50%
      Triple-Wideside of unit6,000 sf.66 ft.10 ft.6 ft.10 ft.10 ft.20 ft.50%
      front of unit6,600 sf.60 ft.25 ft.5 ft.10 ft.10 ft.20 ft.50%
      off-lot (centralized)6,000 sf.60 ft.10 ft.5 ft.10 ft.10 ft.20 ft.50%

      Ord. 6636 §18, 09/05/2023

      Effective on: 9/19/2023

      18.04.02.08 Clustered Housing Types
    35. A.
      Generally. Clustered housing types are small homes that are arranged in clusters with common parking areas, common open spaces, and in some cases, a common building that includes amenities such as a shared kitchen, conference room, game room, or up to two guest rooms.  There are two clustered housing building types: cottages and cluster duplexes.
    36. B.
      Housing Type Equivalencies. The clustered housing types may be mixed within a single cluster. For the purposes of the application of density standards and the minimum and maximum number of dwelling units in Table 18.04.02.08, Clustered Housing Types Site and Building Standards:
      1. 1.
        Cottages. Within a cluster development a cottage that is 800 sf. or less is counted as one-half of a dwelling unit and a cottage that is more than 800 sf. is counted as one dwelling unit, and
      2. 2.
        A cluster duplex building is counted as two dwelling units

      37. For example, for the purposes of compliance with this Section, a cluster than includes two duplex buildings, two 800 sf. cottages, and two 1,150 sf. cottages would be counted as including 7 dwelling units ((2 x 2)+(2 x 0.5)+(2 x 1)).

      1. C.

        Site and Building Standards. The site and building standards for clustered housing types are set out in Table 18.04.02.08, Clustered Housing Types Site and Building Standards. Standards apply to the subject property upon which the cluster will be developed. Standards for individual lots in a cluster (if the cluster is divided into lots) are not specified.

      Table 18.04.02.08
      Clustered Housing Types Site and Building Standards
      StandardLocation of Housing Cluster
      Complete NeighborhoodAll Other Locations1
      Cluster Size
      Min. Number of Dwelling Units242
      Max. Number of Dwelling Units21412
      Land Area and Open Space for Each Cluster
      Min. Cluster Width75 ft.75 ft.
      Min. Open Space Ratio35%35%
      Setbacks from Perimeter of Cluster Boundaries
      Street (public or private) or Other Property Line15 ft.15 ft.
      Parking Setbacks from Perimeter of Cluster Boundaries3
      Street (public or private)15 ft.15 ft.
      All Other5 ft.5 ft.
      Building Height and Spacing within Each Cluster
      Max. Building Height (Dwelling Units)1.5 stories1.5 stories
      Max. Building Height (Common Building)26 ft.26 ft.
      Min. Spacing Between Buildings10 ft.10 ft.
      Min. Front Setback (to common area)5 ft.5 ft.
      Min. Rear Setback410 ft.10 ft.
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 Except manufactured home parks. For manufactured home parks and manufactured home subdivisions, see Sec. 18.04.02.07, Manufactured Homes and Cottages in Manufactured Home Parks and Manufactured Home Subdivisions
      2 See subsection B., above.
      3 Measured to parking aisle or spaces in a shared parking area; does not include driveways that provide access from the parking area to the street.
      4 Setbacks for alley-loaded garages or carports shall be subject to Sec. 18.04.04.03, Setbacks Along Alleys, Sidewalks, Trail or Access Easements, Ditches, and Waterbodies.

      Ord. 6636 §19, 09/05/2023

      Effective on: 9/19/2023

      18.04.03.01 Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Lot and Building Standards
    37. A.
      Generally. The standards of this Section apply to nonresidential or mixed-use development, except within Neighborhood Activity Centers in Complete Neighborhoods, which are subject to the standards of Section 18.06.04.05, Neighborhood Activity Centers.
    38. B.
      Lot Area and Lot Width.
      1. 1.
        The minimum lot area and minimum lot width for nonresidential and mixed-use lots is set out in Table 18.04.03.01.A., Standards for New Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Lots.
      39. Table 18.04.03.01.A.
      Standards for New Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Lots
      ZoneMinimum Lot AreaMinimum Lot Width
      ER18,500 sf.100 ft.
      R1e6,000 sf.65 ft.
      R17,000 sf.65 ft.
      R28,000 sf.65 ft.
      R3e6,000 sf.50 ft.
      R37,000 sf.65 ft.
      DTSee Division 18.04.06, Downtown Design Standards
      B1/2 acre100 ft.
      MAC1/2 acre100 ft.
      E1/2 acre100 ft.
      I1 acre100 ft.
      PPN/AN/A
      DRN/AN/A
      Table 18.04.03.01.A.
      Standards for New Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Lots
      ZoneMinimum Lot AreaMinimum Lot Width
      ER18,500 sf.100 ft.
      R1e6,000 sf.65 ft.
      R17,000 sf.65 ft.
      R28,000 sf.65 ft.
      R3e6,000 sf.50 ft.
      R37,000 sf.65 ft.
      DTSee Division 18.04.06, Downtown Design Standards
      B1/2 acre100 ft.
      MAC1/2 acre100 ft.
      E1/2 acre100 ft.
      I1 acre100 ft.
      PPN/AN/A
      DRN/AN/A
      Table 18.04.03.01.A.
      Standards for New Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Lots
      ZoneMinimum Lot AreaMinimum Lot Width
      ER18,500 sf.100 ft.
      R1e6,000 sf.65 ft.
      R17,000 sf.65 ft.
      R28,000 sf.65 ft.
      R3e6,000 sf.50 ft.
      R37,000 sf.65 ft.
      DTSee Division 18.04.06, Downtown Design Standards
      B1/2 acre100 ft.
      MAC1/2 acre100 ft.
      E1/2 acre100 ft.
      I1 acre100 ft.
      PPN/AN/A
      DRN/AN/A
      Table 18.04.03.01.A.
      Standards for New Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Lots
      ZoneMinimum Lot AreaMinimum Lot Width
      ER18,500 sf.100 ft.
      R1e6,000 sf.65 ft.
      R17,000 sf.65 ft.
      R28,000 sf.65 ft.
      R3e6,000 sf.50 ft.
      R37,000 sf.65 ft.
      DTSee Division 18.04.06, Downtown Design Standards
      B1/2 acre100 ft.
      MAC1/2 acre100 ft.
      E1/2 acre100 ft.
      I1 acre100 ft.
      PPN/AN/A
      DRN/AN/A
      1.   
        1. 2.
          The Director may require additional lot area and lot width:
          1. a.
            To provide for safe ingress or egress;
          2. b.
            To implement access management plans or Colorado Department of Transportation (“CDOT”) access management requirements;
          3. c.
            To ensure that adequate area is available on the lot for the proposed development;
          4. d.
            If required by Division 18.02.04, Use Standards.
        2. 3.
          The Director may allow reduction in lot area and lot width:
          1. a.
            If the affected lots are part of a nonresidential or mixed-use development that:
            1. 1.
              In the aggregate, meets the minimum lot area and minimum lot width requirements of Table 18.04.03.01, Standards for New Nonresidential and Mixed Use Lots; and
            2. 2.
              Utilizes shared access to limit curb cuts to the number that would be allowed for a single parcel; or
          2. b.
            To allow existing uses to be platted on separate lots; or
          3. c.
            In order to provide locations for essential services.
      1. C.
        Setbacks and Height.
        1. 1.
          The standards for setbacks and building height for nonresidential and mixed-use buildings in each zone are set out in Table 18.04.03.01.B., Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Lot and Building Standards.
        2. 2.
          The standards set out Division 18.06.09, Standards for the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone, and Division 18.02.04, Use Standards, supersede the standards of this Section where such standards are in direct conflict.
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 Certain limitations apply to accessory buildings. See Section 18.04.07.02, Accessory Structures.
      2 Setbacks may vary depending on compliance with bufferyards and building and fire codes.
      3 Within the North Cleveland Sub-Area, as defined in Section 18.06.08.01, Operational Standards, +/- 3 ft. from average setback on block face.
      4 The first distance is from rear lot lines where no alley adjoins the rear lot line; the second distance is from rear lot lines where an alley adjoins the rear lot line, the third distance is from rear lot lines that adjoin a residential zone or residential PUD.
      5 The first distance is in relation to I-25; the second distance is in relation to arterial streets; the third distance is in relation to non-arterial streets.
      6 The first height is for office, research, commercial lodging, or vertically mixed-use buildings that include residential uses; the second height is for all other land uses
      7 See Section 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones.
      Table 18.04.03.01.B.
      Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Setback and Building Standards2
      ZoneMin. Building Setbacks (Principal )1Max. Height
      FrontInterior SideStreet SideRearPrincipal BuildingsAccessory Buildings
      ER30 ft.20 ft.20 ft.25 ft.35 ft.20 ft.
      R1e20 ft.25 ft.15 ft.15 ft.26/35 ft.720 ft.
      R120 ft.25 ft.15 ft.15 ft.26/35 ft.720 ft.
      R220 ft.25 ft.15 ft.15 ft.26/35 ft.720 ft.
      R3e15 ft.35 ft.15 ft.15 ft.26/35 ft.720 ft.
      R315 ft.5 ft.15 ft.15 ft.26/35 ft.720 ft.
      DTSee Division 18.04.06, Downtown Design Standards
      B25 ft.0 ft.225 ft.

      0 ft. / 15 ft. /

      25 ft.4

      		40 ft.40 ft.
      MAC80 ft. / 35 ft. / 25 ft.5width of buffer, if required80 ft. / 35 ft. / 25 ft.5width of buffer, if required120 ft. / 50 ft.650 ft.
      E80 ft. / 35 ft. / 25 ft.5width of buffer, if required80 ft. / 35 ft. / 25 ft.5width of buffer, if required120 ft. / 50 ft.650 ft.
      I25 ft.0 ft.225 ft.0 ft.250 ft.40 ft.
      PP10 ft.10 ft.10 ft.10 ft.40 ft.40 ft.
      DR30 ft.30 ft.30 ft.30 ft.40 ft.40 ft.

      Ord. 6636 §20, 09/05/2023

      Effective on: 9/19/2023

      18.04.04.01 Supplementary Building Height Standards
    39. Generally. Building height is subject to the applicable standards of this Section.
    40. Height Limitation within 50 feet of Residential Uses. Any nonresidential building, vertically mixed-use building, or multifamily building, or portion thereof, that is located closer than 50 feet from the property boundary of a residential use (excluding multifamily), shall be limited to the maximum height allowed for the residential use. This standard shall not apply within the DT Zone or the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone.
    41. Dwelling Units. All dwelling units shall be constructed with at least 50 percent of the roof surface higher than seven feet from grade.
    42. No Interference with Avigation. It is unlawful to construct, build, install, or establish any building, tree, smokestack, chimney, flagpole, wire, tower or other structure or appurtenance thereto that may constitute a hazard or obstruction to the safe navigation, landing, or take-off of aircraft at a publicly used airport.

      43. Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.04.02 Setback Encroachments
    43. Generally. Certain encroachments into required setbacks are allowed, pursuant to the standards of this Section.
    44. Exceptions to Setback Requirements. The following architectural elements and structures are not subject to the setback requirements of this UDC.
      1. Fences and walls including trellises and arbors that meet the requirements of Section 18.04.07.06, Fences and Walls.
      2. Retaining walls that meet the requirements of Section 18.04.07.11, Retaining Walls.
    45. Allowed Encroachments. Architectural elements and structures may encroach into required setback areas as provided in Table 18.04.04.02, Setback Reductions for Building Elements, Equipment, and Structures. Encroachments into drainage easements shall be subject to approval by the City’s Stormwater Engineer.
      46. Table 18.04.04.02
      Setback Encroachments for Building Elements, Equipment, and Structures
      Architectural Elements and StructuresSetback Areas In Which Encroachments Are AllowedAmount of Encroachment Allowed
      (Measured From Setback Line
      Towards Property Line)
      FrontInterior SideStreet SideRear
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 Shelter shall not extend in front of the front wall plane of the principal dwelling.
      2 The rear setback shall not be less than five feet and the street side set back not less than eight feet. These setback encroachments shall not apply in the ER Zone.
      3 This standard does not apply to lots that are developed with single-family detached dwelling units, but does apply to parking shelters in shared parking areas of clustered housing arrangements.
      4 The City Engineer may approve a revocable right-of-way encroachment permit for a fire escape if necessary for a safe design.
      Air conditioning unitsNoYesYesYes3 ft.
      Awnings and canopies without supports that extend to groundYesYesYesYes3 ft.
      BalconiesNoNoYesYes1.5 ft.
      Chimneys and fireplace insertsYesYesYesYes2 ft.
      At grade decks, porches, or patios which are not coveredNoNoYesYesAny distance2
      One-story bay windowsYesNoYesYes3 ft.
      Overhanging eaves and guttersYesYesYesYes3 ft.
      Parking shelters for multifamily uses, detached from the principal building and open on all sides3No1NoNoYes25% of the required setback
      Parking shelters for single family detached, duplexes, and townhomes detached from the principal building and open on all sidesNo1NoNoYesAny distance2
      Window wellsYesYesYesYes3 ft.
      Cantilevered walls up to 50 percent of the elevation lengthYesNoYesYes2 ft.
      Stairways which are necessary for access to a permitted building or for access to property; fire escapesNoNoYesYes6 ft.4
      Table 18.04.04.02
      Setback Encroachments for Building Elements, Equipment, and Structures
      Architectural Elements and StructuresSetback Areas In Which Encroachments Are AllowedAmount of Encroachment Allowed
      (Measured From Setback Line
      Towards Property Line)
      FrontInterior SideStreet SideRear
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 Shelter shall not extend in front of the front wall plane of the principal dwelling.
      2 The rear setback shall not be less than five feet and the street side set back not less than eight feet. These setback encroachments shall not apply in the ER Zone.
      3 This standard does not apply to lots that are developed with single-family detached dwelling units, but does apply to parking shelters in shared parking areas of clustered housing arrangements.
      4 The City Engineer may approve a revocable right-of-way encroachment permit for a fire escape if necessary for a safe design.
      Air conditioning unitsNoYesYesYes3 ft.
      Awnings and canopies without supports that extend to groundYesYesYesYes3 ft.
      BalconiesNoNoYesYes1.5 ft.
      Chimneys and fireplace insertsYesYesYesYes2 ft.
      At grade decks, porches, or patios which are not coveredNoNoYesYesAny distance2
      One-story bay windowsYesNoYesYes3 ft.
      Overhanging eaves and guttersYesYesYesYes3 ft.
      Parking shelters for multifamily uses, detached from the principal building and open on all sides3No1NoNoYes25% of the required setback
      Parking shelters for single family detached, duplexes, and townhomes detached from the principal building and open on all sidesNo1NoNoYesAny distance2
      Window wellsYesYesYesYes3 ft.
      Cantilevered walls up to 50 percent of the elevation lengthYesNoYesYes2 ft.
      Stairways which are necessary for access to a permitted building or for access to property; fire escapesNoNoYesYes6 ft.4
      Table 18.04.04.02
      Setback Encroachments for Building Elements, Equipment, and Structures
      Architectural Elements and StructuresSetback Areas In Which Encroachments Are AllowedAmount of Encroachment Allowed
      (Measured From Setback Line
      Towards Property Line)
      FrontInterior SideStreet SideRear
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 Shelter shall not extend in front of the front wall plane of the principal dwelling.
      2 The rear setback shall not be less than five feet and the street side set back not less than eight feet. These setback encroachments shall not apply in the ER Zone.
      3 This standard does not apply to lots that are developed with single-family detached dwelling units, but does apply to parking shelters in shared parking areas of clustered housing arrangements.
      4 The City Engineer may approve a revocable right-of-way encroachment permit for a fire escape if necessary for a safe design.
      Air conditioning unitsNoYesYesYes3 ft.
      Awnings and canopies without supports that extend to groundYesYesYesYes3 ft.
      BalconiesNoNoYesYes1.5 ft.
      Chimneys and fireplace insertsYesYesYesYes2 ft.
      At grade decks, porches, or patios which are not coveredNoNoYesYesAny distance2
      One-story bay windowsYesNoYesYes3 ft.
      Overhanging eaves and guttersYesYesYesYes3 ft.
      Parking shelters for multifamily uses, detached from the principal building and open on all sides3No1NoNoYes25% of the required setback
      Parking shelters for single family detached, duplexes, and townhomes detached from the principal building and open on all sidesNo1NoNoYesAny distance2
      Window wellsYesYesYesYes3 ft.
      Cantilevered walls up to 50 percent of the elevation lengthYesNoYesYes2 ft.
      Stairways which are necessary for access to a permitted building or for access to property; fire escapesNoNoYesYes6 ft.4
      Table 18.04.04.02
      Setback Encroachments for Building Elements, Equipment, and Structures
      Architectural Elements and StructuresSetback Areas In Which Encroachments Are AllowedAmount of Encroachment Allowed
      (Measured From Setback Line
      Towards Property Line)
      FrontInterior SideStreet SideRear
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 Shelter shall not extend in front of the front wall plane of the principal dwelling.
      2 The rear setback shall not be less than five feet and the street side set back not less than eight feet. These setback encroachments shall not apply in the ER Zone.
      3 This standard does not apply to lots that are developed with single-family detached dwelling units, but does apply to parking shelters in shared parking areas of clustered housing arrangements.
      4 The City Engineer may approve a revocable right-of-way encroachment permit for a fire escape if necessary for a safe design.
      Air conditioning unitsNoYesYesYes3 ft.
      Awnings and canopies without supports that extend to groundYesYesYesYes3 ft.
      BalconiesNoNoYesYes1.5 ft.
      Chimneys and fireplace insertsYesYesYesYes2 ft.
      At grade decks, porches, or patios which are not coveredNoNoYesYesAny distance2
      One-story bay windowsYesNoYesYes3 ft.
      Overhanging eaves and guttersYesYesYesYes3 ft.
      Parking shelters for multifamily uses, detached from the principal building and open on all sides3No1NoNoYes25% of the required setback
      Parking shelters for single family detached, duplexes, and townhomes detached from the principal building and open on all sidesNo1NoNoYesAny distance2
      Window wellsYesYesYesYes3 ft.
      Cantilevered walls up to 50 percent of the elevation lengthYesNoYesYes2 ft.
      Stairways which are necessary for access to a permitted building or for access to property; fire escapesNoNoYesYes6 ft.4
      1. Limitations.
        1. No building, building element, or structure shall encroach:
          1. Into separately owned property, unless a recorded document provides for access to and maintenance of the projection;
          2. Into public property or rights-of-way, unless a revocable encroachment permit is issued by the City Engineer;
          3. Into a ditch easement, unless the ditch company or irrigation district consents to the encroachment in writing;
          4. Into access easements;
          5. Into conservation easements, unless the encroachment is consistent with the terms of the easement; or
          6. Into utility easements, unless the design of the improvement and a recorded agreement allows access to the utility and allows the utility or the City to efficiently remove the encroachment at the property owner’s expense.
        2. The encroachments that are allowed by this Section shall not be allowed if the result would be encroachment into a required bufferyard, unless the Director approves the encroachment pursuant to Section 18.08.03.07, Variations from Bufferyard Standards.

      Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.04.03 Setbacks Along Alleys, Sidewalks, Trail or Trail Easements, Ditches, and Waterbodies
    46. Generally. This Section provides standards for adjusting setbacks near certain infrastructure and natural features.
    47. Alleys.
      1. Increased Setback. Where this Code specifies a zero setback along an alley, the City Engineer may establish a greater setback for a subject property if the City Engineer determines that such setback is required in order to provide safe passage along the alley for passenger vehicles and service trucks (e.g., trash removal, utility trucks, etc.), adequate access for the maintenance of existing utility lines, safe movement between the alley and an intersecting street, or safe and adequate maneuvering areas from the alley to adjoining lots.
      2. Garage Access. No garage door that faces an alley shall be located in the area that is between five feet from the edge of pavement of the alley and the area that is 20 feet from the edge of pavement of the alley.
    48. Trail or Trail Easements.  All structures shall be set back 20 feet from the nearest edge of a public trail or 15 feet from the edge of the trail easement, whichever provides for a greater setback. The Director, after consultation with the Parks and Recreation Director, may modify or waive the setback requirement upon a determination that the placement  of the structure will not create detrimental impacts  on the use and maintenance of the trail.
    49. Ditches.
      1. Ditch Boundaries. Notwithstanding the described width of a ditch in a recorded ditch easement or ditch right-of-way owned in fee simple by a ditch company, the ditch company may have rights to an easement or right-of-way that are larger in width, either under the rules of adverse possession, prescription, or irrevocable license, or other applicable state or federal law. The City does not adjudicate rights that are not recorded, but in the event of a good faith dispute, the County may withhold approvals until the shared boundaries are agreed to or adjudicated.
      2. Required Setbacks. For the purposes of evaluating building and structure setbacks, the boundaries of a ditch easement or ditch right-of-way that is owned in fee simple by a ditch company shall be considered property lines.
        1. Drainage features, such as detention ponds, swales, and underdrains, shall be set back a sufficient distance from irrigation ditches to ensure that they will not affect the hydrology of the ditch.
        2. Buildings and structures shall be set back a sufficient distance from the ditch bank to ensure that maintenance access is not impeded.
    50. Natural Water Courses and Waterbodies. Buildings and structures (except fences and water-dependent structures) shall be set back from the ordinary high water mark of natural water courses and waterbodies, the greater of:
      1. 25 feet; or
      2. The distance required to ensure that the development is outside of the boundary of the FP overlay zone; or
      3. The distance necessary to meet the requirements of Section 18.09.06.02, Environmentally-Sensitive Areas.
    51. Sidewalks. Garage doors that face sidewalks shall be setback a minimum of 20 feet from the closest edge of that sidewalk.

      52. Ord. 6445 §16, 12/15/2020

      Effective on: 12/29/2020

      18.04.05.01 Application of Division
    52. Generally. The standards that are set out in this Division apply as set out in this Section.
    53. New Construction. The standards of this Division shall apply to new construction of buildings of the types that are addressed in this Division, unless the subject property is located within a PUD, MAC, or E zone in which building design standards are established by approved development plans. Where an approved development plan does not contain design standards, the provisions in this Division shall apply. 
    54. Expansions of Existing Buildings. The standards of this Division apply to expansions of existing buildings as follows:
      1. The standards shall apply to expansions of existing buildings after an “Application Threshold” is crossed, as follows:
        1. The floor area of the existing building as of the effective date of this UDC is the “Base Floor Area.”
        2. Expansions of the Base Floor Area are exempt from this Division provided that, cumulatively, they do not increase the Base Floor Area by more than 25 percent (25 percent is the “Application Threshold”).
        3. When the Application Threshold is crossed, all applications for expansions of the existing building must meet the standards of this Division. See Figure 18.04.05.01, Illustrative Application.
      55. Figure 18.04.05.01
      Illustrative Application
      1. Building A had 10,000 square feet of floor area at the time this UDC was adopted. As such:
        1. The Base Floor Area is 10,000 square feet, and
        2. The Application Threshold (25 percent of the Base Floor Area) is 2,500 square feet.
      2. Two years after the UDC was adopted, the owner of Building A obtains a permit to add 1,500 square feet of floor area.
        1. 1,500 square feet is less than the Application Threshold, so this Division does not apply.
      3. Five years after the UDC was adopted, the owner of Building A seeks another permit to add 1,500 square feet of floor area.
        1. Since 1,500 square feet had already been added, the new application, if approved, would result in 3,000 square feet of cumulative expansion.
        2. The application thus crosses the Application Threshold (2,500 square feet), and is therefore subject to the standards of this Division.
        1. It is intended that a building expansion that is subject to these standards be reasonably integrated with the existing building or site condition in a manner that is consistent with the applicable standards of this Division.
        2. The standards of this Division shall not be construed to necessitate improvements to existing buildings or site conditions beyond those necessary to integrate the proposed improvement with existing conditions in a manner that is consistent with these standards.
      1. Exemption for Historic Buildings. The standards of this Division shall not apply to designated historic buildings or structures that are proposed to be altered or restored in compliance with a building alteration certificate authorized pursuant to Chapter 15.56, Loveland Municipal Code.

      Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.05.02 Residential Buildings with Four or Fewer Dwelling Units
    55. A.
      Generally. These standards are intended to minimize the extent to which overhead garage doors dominate residential streetscapes, and to add visual variety in building design. The standards in this Division apply to public and private streets.
    56. B.
      Building Entrances. All buildings shall be designed such that a primary entrance and windows face a street. On double-frontage lots, the primary entrance must face the street from which the property takes access.
    57. C.
      Garage Doors.
      1. 1.
        Recessed Design.
        1. a.
          On at least 75 percent of the dwelling units on a block face, garage doors that face the street shall be recessed a minimum of four feet behind either the living portion of the house or from the front of a covered porch measuring at least six feet in depth by eight feet in length.
        2. b.
          No more than 25 percent of the dwelling units on a block face shall have garage doors that face the street that do not meet the provision in subsection C.1.a., above.
        3. c.
          No two homes with garage doors facing the street that do not meet the standards in subsection C.1.a., above, shall be constructed on lots that share a side property line.
        4. d.
          For buildings with garages that are designed to accommodate three or more cars, the third or fourth car garage bay shall be recessed a minimum of one foot from the vertical plane of the two-car garage bay, or shall not have the same orientation as the two-car garage bay.
      2. 2.
        Visual Mitigation.
        1. a.
          Garages that extend not more than 10 feet in front of the living portion of the house shall incorporate at least one of the following mitigation measures:
          1. 1.
            A defined outdoor space such as a patio or courtyard surrounded by a masonry wall or fence no more than 42 inches in height that is designed to include the entire front yard space between the front façade of the living portion of the house and the front façade of the garage, developed to extend outward to be at least flush with the garage door opening. As an alternative to the masonry wall or fence, the outdoor space may contain a permanent covered feature such as a pergola, veranda, or patio cover that integrates with the colors, materials and design of the house and is located flush with the garage door opening; or
          2. 2.
            A second story living area shall be constructed directly above the garage that contains architectural details and features such as dormers, windows, brackets, and roof variations, that integrate the garage into the front façade and covers a minimum of 50-percent of that portion of the garage in front of the front façade of the living unit. As an alternative for one-car garages, a second story porch that covers five feet of the 10-foot extension may substitute for a second story living area.
        2. b.
          Garages that extend more than 10 feet in front of the living portion of the house shall have garage doors located perpendicular to the street.
      3. 3.
        Perpendicular Orientation. Garages that are adjacent to the street but that have side-facing garage doors (perpendicular to the street) shall be clad with the same predominant materials, architectural detail, and windows that mimic the features of the living portion of the dwelling on the side of the garage facing the street.
      4. 4.
        Percentage of Building Façade. Garage door openings that face a street shall not comprise more than 50 percent of the linear street-facing building façade, except that garages on lots greater than 50 feet in lot width that are designed to accommodate three or more cars may comprise up to 60 percent of the street-facing building façade.

      58.  Figure 18.04.05.02

      Garage Doors

       Garage Doors

      FIGURE NOTE: 

      Garage door openings shall not comprise more than 50 percent of the overall street facing linear length of the façade.

        1. 5.
          Alley Exemption. Overhead doors facing alleys are exempt from the provisions in this subsection C.
        2. 6.
          Alternative Treatments. Alternative overhead garage door treatments may be approved by the Director if:
          1. a.
            The configuration of the lot or other existing physical constraints make the application of the standards of this subsection C. impractical; or
          2. b.
            The proposed design substantially meets the intent of this subsection to line streets with active living spaces, create pedestrian-oriented streetscapes, and provide variety and visual interest in the exterior design of residential buildings.
      2. D.
        Roof Design. The maximum length of a continuous street facing roof ridge is 40 feet, unless the roof is punctuated by dormers or intersections with perpendicular roof systems.
      3. E.
        Housing Model Variety. Single family detached, duplex, or multiplex building developments that contain more than 10 dwelling units shall comply with the following standards:
        1. 1.
          Distinguishing Features. Each housing model shall have at least three characteristics which clearly and obviously distinguish it from the other housing models, which characteristics may include, without limitation, differences in exterior materials, changes in roof lines, garage placement, placement of the footprint on the lot, and / or building fenestration.
        2. 2.
          Differentiation of Models. Any development of 100 or more housing units shall have at least four different types of housing models. Any development containing fewer than 100 housing units shall have at least three different types of housing models. The applicant shall include documentation on how the development will comply with this requirement with the submittal of their housing palette.
      4. F.
        Architectural Diversity Standard. The standards of this subsection apply to each new development that contains 20 or more single-family detached, duplex, or multiplex dwelling units (not including clustered housing types). The standards are applied to “proximate lots,” which are lots that adjoin or share side property lines, or lots that, although separated by a street, face each other such that the extension of side lot lines across the street creates an overlap along the front lot line of more than 30 percent.
        1. 1.
          General Standards. No two buildings of similar front elevation shall be constructed or located on more than three proximate lots. Front elevations shall be deemed to be similar if there is no substantial difference in the:
          1. a.
            Roof lines (see subsection F.2., below);
          2. b.
            Fenestration (see subsection F.3., below); and
          3. c.
            Color or type of cladding materials (see subsection F.4., below).
        2. 2.
          Roof Lines. For the purpose of this subsection F., the following differences in roof lines that are visible on the front building elevation are sufficient to meet the requirements of subsection F.1.a., above:
          1. a.
            Changing gable roofs to hip roofs or vice-versa;
          2. b.
            Providing an intersecting roof ridge or dormer on the main roof, provided that the height of the intersecting roof or dormer is at least 50 percent of the height of the main roof;
          3. c.
            Rotating gable roof systems 90 degrees; or
          4. d.
            Other comparable changes that are approved by the Director.
        3. 3.
          Fenestration. For the purpose of this subsection F., the following differences in the size, location, or type of windows that are visible on the front building elevation are sufficient to meet the requirements of subsection F.1.b., above:
          1. a.
            Changing from single windows to a multiple window arrangement or vice-versa;
          2. b.
            Changing the types of windows (e.g., casement to double hung); or
          3. c.
            In the event that because of its size, location or design, one window is the predominant window on the front building elevation, if the size, location, or type of that window is changed, then no other window need be changed.
        4. 4.
          Cladding and Color. For the purpose of this subsection F., the following differences are sufficient to meet the requirements of subsection F.1.c., above:
          1. a.
            Changes in cladding materials or cladding patterns on street facing façades for a minimum of one story in height; or
          2. b.
            Changes in color (rather than merely shade).
      5. G.
        Urban Cottage Lots. In addition to the architecture diversity standards in Section F, the following design standards apply to single family detached units developed on an urban cottage lot, unless an alternative standard meeting the intent of these provisions is approved by the Director. 
        1.  
          1. a.
            Each home shall have a covered porch oriented towards the street measuring at least 5 feet in depth by 8 feet in length;
          2. b.
            A sidewalk connection must be provided from the front porch to the public walk;
          3. c.
            Windows shall comprise of at least 20% of the street-facing facades;
          4. d.
            Diversity in color (rather than merely shade) shall be provided on proximate lots to enhance the character and quality of the block face.

      Ord. 6636 §21, 09/05/2023

      Effective on: 9/19/2023

      18.04.05.03 Residential Buildings with More than Four Dwelling Units
    58. Generally. The standards of this Section apply to all residential buildings that contain more than four dwelling units (including multiplex, multifamily (all types), and townhomes), except those that are located in the DT Zone.
    59. Horizontal Articulation.
      1. Buildings that are three or more stories in height shall include elements that provide meaningful horizontal articulation on building elevations facing public streets, street-like private drives, or open space, including at least one change in cladding materials (e.g., from brick to siding, or from stone to stucco), and any combination of two or more of the following:
        1. Awnings that are aligned on a horizontal plane;
        2. Balconies;
        3. Belt courses, score lines, or other relief, combined with a change in color; or
        4. Stepbacks or cantilevered projections from the building wall.
      2. Townhomes shall include elements that differentiate the townhome units from each other. Such elements may include:
        1. Offsetting wall planes on the front building elevation at common walls, or at other locations on the front building elevation that highlight the differentiation among the individual dwelling units;
        2. Changes in cladding materials and color from dwelling unit to dwelling unit; or
        3. Changes in roofline or parapet height from dwelling unit to dwelling unit.
    60. Offsets and Variation of Wall Planes. Building elevations that are 60 feet or longer (except townhome elevations that comply with subsection B., above) shall include offsets according to the standards of this Subsection.
      1. Maximum Distance Between Offsets. 50 feet
      2. Minimum Offset Distance (measured perpendicularly to the wall plane from which the offset is taken).
        1. Two feet; or
        2. Partially recessed balconies that meet the requirements of this subsection C. may be used to meet the offset requirement, if the balcony extends at least two feet from the building wall plane and the total depth of the balcony is at least six feet.
      3. Minimum Width of Offset. 10 feet
      4. Minimum Height of Offset. The minimum vertical distance of each offset shall be as follows (the vertical distance may be interrupted for elements such as a recessed portion of a balcony):
        1. One-story buildings: 90 percent of the height of the wall that establishes the plane from which the offset is taken.
        2. Two or more story buildings: 70 percent of the height of the wall that establishes the plane from which the offset is taken.
      5. Materials. Offsets shall be incorporated into the architecture and materials of the principal building (e.g., wood decking with wood post supports that are mounted on a ledgerboard on a continuous wall plane is not sufficient to achieve the offset required by this Subsection).

      61. Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.05.04 General Building Design Standards
    61. A.
      Generally. The standards of this Section are intended to promote high-quality buildings. Accordingly, the City may require prototypical or franchise architecture to be modified to meet these standards. Such changes may include, but are not limited to, modifications to roofs, windows, doors, building mass, materials, building colors, and placement of architectural features and details. Franchise architectural styles found to meet the standards of this Section and other applicable standards of this UDC will not require modification.
    62. B.
      Applicability. The standards of this section shall apply to all buildings, including buildings in commercially-designated areas of a PUD and buildings that are subject to Division 18.11.05, Other Physical Nonconformities, except that the standards in this Section shall not apply to:
      1. 1.
        Buildings in the DT Zone;
      2. 2.
        The uses in Table 18.02.03.02, Residential Land Use by Zone;
      3. 3.
        The uses in Table 18.02.03.07, Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Use by Zone, except as set forth in subsection C., below;
      4. 4.
        The uses in Table 18.02.03.09, Utility and Wireless Communications Land Use by Zone, except the standards in this section shall apply to Date Center uses;
      5. 5.
        The uses in Table 18.02.03.10, Agricultural Land Use by Zone; and
      6. 6.
        The following uses in Table 18.02.03.03, Special Residential Land Use by Zone:
        1. a.
          Group Home; and
        2. b.
          Shelter for Victims of Domestic Violence.
      7. 7.
        The following uses in Table 18.02.03.04, Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use by Zone:
        1. a.
          Bed and Breakfast;
        2. b.
          Campground;
        3. c.
          Parks (passive); and
        4. d.
          RV Park.
    63. C.
      Limited Application to Industrial Buildings in I Zone. The standards of this Section do not apply to buildings that are located in the I Zone, except as follows:
      1. 1.
        For such buildings in the I zone, the exterior portions of the building that enclose the non-industrial space shall comply with this section.
      2. 2.
        These standards shall apply to the buildings in the I Zone that are located on sites that are adjacent to an arterial street, if at least 50 percent of the building’s gross floor area is put to a use other than a use listed in Table 18.02.03.07, Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Use by Zone, counting any outdoor area used for retail displays as an area put to non-industrial use.
      3. 3.
        When these standards are applied to buildings that contain industrial and non-industrial uses, only the area of the building that encloses non-industrial uses is required to comply with this section.
    64. D.
      Discretionary Waiver of Commercial Building Design Standards.
      1. 1.
        The Director may waive the application of the standards set forth in this Section as applied to side or rear building walls in cases where the visibility of the walls is obstructed from adjacent properties or streets by any combination of landscaping, buffering, topography, distance, or decorative screening walls or earthen berms, provided that such screening is at least 60 percent opaque to a height of six feet upon installation, and at least 80 percent opaque to a height of six feet within five years after planting.
      2. 2.
        If living materials are used to meet the standards of subsection D.1., above, said landscaping shall consist of primarily evergreen plant material to provide year-round screening. The required landscaping shall be maintained in healthy condition by the property owner. In the event any required landscaping material dies or is destroyed, it shall be replaced by the owner within six months. Replacement material shall conform to the original intent of the landscape plan.
    65. E.
      Design Continuity in Multi-Building Developments. Developments with multiple buildings shall include predominant characteristics in each building so that the buildings within the development appear to be part of a cohesive, planned area, yet are not monotonous in design. Predominant characteristics may include use of the same, similar, or complimentary architectural style, materials, and colors.
    66. F.
      Primary Building Entrances. Primary public entrances shall be clearly defined and recessed and projected or framed by elements such as awnings, arcades, porticos, or other comparable architectural features.
    67. G.
      Building Colors.
      1. 1.
        Colors shall be used to blend buildings into their context, and to unify different elements of a development. Color should complement the surrounding area and, if in a new development area, shall be selected to establish an attractive image and set a standard of quality for future developments and buildings within the area.
      2. 2.
        Buildings that are larger than 10,000 square feet shall be finished with more than one color on all elevations that are visible from public streets.
      3. 3.
        Accent colors that are used to call attention to a particular feature or portion of a building, or to form a particular pattern, shall be compatible with the predominant building base colors. Accent colors shall cover no more than five percent of a street-facing building elevation.
    68. H.
      Design Integration.
      1. 1.
        Building design shall contribute to the special or unique characteristics of an area and/or development through building massing and scale, building materials, architectural elements, and color palette.
      2. 2.
        Design integration shall be achieved through any combination of techniques, such as the repetition of roof lines, the use of comparable proportions in building mass and outdoor spaces, comparable relationships to the street, comparable window and door patterns on street-facing facades, or the use of building materials that have color shades and textures that are comparable to or complimentary to those existing on, or in the immediate area of, the subject property.
      3. 3.
        Where there is no established or consistent neighborhood or area character or unifying theme, or where it is not desirable to reinforce the existing character because it does not reflect a design theme that is consistent with the architectural standards as described in this Division, the proposed development shall be designed to establish an attractive image and set a standard of quality for future development.
    69. I.
      Building Design. All buildings shall be designed and maintained using the following building elements, with a minimum of one item each selected from four of the five groups below:
      1. 1.
        Group 1 – Exterior Wall Articulation.
        1. a.
          Openings or elements simulating openings that occupy at least 20 percent of the wall surface area (excluding overhead or loading dock doors); or
        2. b.
          Building bays created by columns, ribs, pilasters or piers or an equivalent element that divides a wall into smaller proportions or segments with elements being at least one foot in width, a minimum depth of eight inches, and spaced at intervals of no more than 25 percent of the exterior building walls. For buildings over 20,000 sf. in gross floor area, such elements shall be at least 18 inches in width, with a minimum depth of 12 inches, and spaced at intervals of no more than 20 percent of the width of the exterior building walls; or
        3. c.
          A clearly distinct and recognizable base treatment of the wall consisting of thicker walls, ledges, or sills using integrally textured and colored materials such as stone, masonry, or a decorative concrete; or
        4. d.
          Some other architectural feature that breaks up the exterior horizontal and vertical mass of the wall in a manner equivalent to subsections I.1.a., b., or c., above.
      2. 2.
        Group 2 – Roof Articulation.
        1. a.
          Changes in roof lines, including the use of stepped cornice parapets, a combination of flat and sloped roofs, or pitched roofs with at least two roof line elevation changes; or
        2. b.
          Some other architectural feature or treatment that breaks up the exterior horizontal and vertical mass of the roof in a manner equivalent to subsection I.2.a., above.
      3. 3.
        Group 3 – Building Openings, Walkways and Entrances.
        1. a.
          Canopies or awnings over at least 30 percent of the openings of the building; or
        2. b.
          Covered walkways, porticos, or arcades covering at least 30 percent of the horizontal length of the primary street-facing building elevation; or
        3. c.
          Raised cornice parapets over entries; or
        4. d.
          Some other architectural feature or treatment that adds definition to the building openings, walkways or entrances in a manner equivalent to subsection I.3.a., b., or c., above.
      4. 4.
        Group 4 – Cladding Materials.
        1. a.
          At least two kinds of materials distinctively different in texture or masonry pattern, at least one of which is decorative block, brick or stone, with each of the required materials covering at least 25 percent of the exterior walls (excluding the areas of windows, doors, and overheard doors) of the building; or
        2. b.
          Brick or stone (including synthetic stone) covering at least 50 percent of the exterior walls (excluding the areas of windows, doors, and overheard doors) of the building.
      5. 5.
        Group 5 – Other Architectural Definition.
        1. a.
          Other features or designs that add architectural definition to the building may be approved by the Director with a determination that the design creates a high-quality and unique building design that meets the purpose and intent of the standards in this section. This may include thematic or prominent architectural elements such as tower features with pitched roofs, extended canopies, large overhanging eaves, step-backs of upper floors, and ground floor transparency of at least 50% windows or doorways.  
    70. J.
      Articulation of Walls. No horizontal length of building wall shall run for more than 100 feet without a wall plane projection or recess having a depth of at least four percent of the length of the building elevation, extending for a distance that is not less than 20 percent of the length of the building elevation.
    71. K.
      Loading Docks and Trash or Recycling Storage and Pickup Areas.
      1. 1.
        No loading dock or trash or recycling storage and pickup area shall be located on the principal street-facing façade of the building.
      2. 2.
        Any loading dock or trash or recycling storage and pickup area that is located on the side or rear wall of the building shall be screened in accordance with the requirements of Section 18.05.04.06, Loading Design.
      3. 3.
        If the subject property has multiple street frontages, loading docks and trash or recycling pickup areas shall be located in the least obtrusive manner, with preference for sides of the building that do not face streets or surface parking lots (except employee-only parking lots), then for sides that are set back more than 150 feet, and if such location is not practicable, the frontage with the least public visibility.
    72. L.
      Multi-Building Developments. Developments with multiple buildings shall integrate architectural characteristics into each building, that, taken together in the aggregate, make the development appear to be a cohesive, planned area that is not monotonous in design. Such architectural characteristics may include use of the same, similar, or complementary architectural styles, materials, or colors.
    73. M.
      Exterior Building Illumination.
      1. 1.
        The following are not allowed:
        1. a.
          Illumination that highlights the entire width of a building elevation, or a significant portion of a building elevation; and
        2. b.
          Back-lit translucent awnings.
      2. 2.
        This subsection is not intended to preclude the use of lighting (including neon lighting) to accent limited portions of a building elevation.
    74. N.
      Metal Cladding and Finishes.
      1. 1.
        High quality architectural metal panels may be used on the exterior of buildings as an accent feature but shall not be the primary exterior material on any building façade. Metal wall panels with exposed fasteners (e.g., wall panels commonly referred to as “R-Panel,” “U-Panel,” “Corrugated Panel,” “7.2 Panel,” and other comparable panel systems), and metal wall panels with hidden fasteners that have a corrugated appearance that resembles the typical exposed fastener panels described above, combined, shall not be used as cladding on any building wall, unless approved by the Director.
      2. 2.
        Standing seam metal panels may be used for cladding on not more than 25 percent of any building wall (exclusive of windows, doors, and overhead doors), provided that they integrate into the architectural style and color of the building.
      3. 3.
        Insulated architectural metal wall panels with hidden fasteners are allowed without limitation, provided that they do not have a corrugated appearance that resembles the typical exposed fastener panels described in subsection N.1., above.
      4. 4.
        The Director may permit other metal cladding or finishes, such as bronze, brass, copper, or wrought iron, if a determination is made that such materials are equal to or superior to the primary building materials.
    75. O.
      360-Degree Architecture. The architectural features, materials, and articulation of the front façade shall be continued on all sides of a building that are visible from a public or private street. The Director may waive all or portions of this standard for side or rear building walls that face alleys or other similarly low volume and low visibility roadways.
    76. P.
      Rooftop Mechanical Units.
      1. 1.
        Roof top mechanical units and equipment areas shall be screened from view from public rights-of-way and other public places.
      2. 2.
        Screening for roof top mechanical units and other miscellaneous rooftop equipment shall be incorporated into the overall design theme of the building so that the architecture is continuous and uninterrupted by equipment. Roofs of buildings shall have parapets or enclosures concealing roof-top equipment from public view.  Screening material shall be of similar material, texture, color, and quality as the principal materials of the primary building.
      3. 3.
        The Director may approve alternative screening methods based on a determination that the intent of this section will be achieved to the maximum extent possible.  

      77. Ord. 6445 §5, 12/15/2020; Ord. 6636 §22, 09/05/2023; Ord. 6762 §4, 04/01/2025

      Effective on: 4/15/2025

      18.04.05.05 Building Design Standards in the I Zone
    77. Generally. The standards of this Section are intended to promote high-quality buildings in the I Zone, when such buildings are adjacent to major streets and therefore have an impact on the image and character of the City. These standards may require changes including, but not limited to, modifications to roofs, windows, doors, building mass, materials, colors, and inclusion of architectural features and details.
    78. Applicability.
      1. This Section applies to buildings that are located in the I zone and areas with PUD districts that are designated for industrial use on property that is adjacent to:
        1. An arterial street; or
        2. An Interstate highway.
      2. This Section does not apply to buildings adjacent to collector or local streets in the I Zone.
      3. If the subject property is adjacent to a public or private service road, and there is no developed or developable private land between the service road and the arterial street or Interstate highway, the subject property shall be considered adjacent to such arterial street or Interstate highway. Property on service roads that are separated from an arterial street or Interstate highway by public or private commuter facilities, or other public facilities within the right-of-way, shall also be considered adjacent to such arterial street or Interstate highway.
      4. If more than 50 percent of the gross floor area of the building is put to a use other than a use listed in Table 18.02.03.07, Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Use by Zone, the standards of Section 18.04.05.04, General Building Design Standards, subsection C., and not the standards of this Section, shall apply to the building.

      5. In the case of industrially designated areas within a PUD zone, or industrial uses that were approved by special review prior to the effective date of this UDC, or industrial uses that were approved by limited, adaptable, or conditional use review after the effective date, standards that were negotiated as part of a PUD district, or that were required by the findings of the special review, limited use approval, adaptable use approval, or conditional use approval may be less or more stringent than those set forth in this Section.

    79. Design Integration.

      1. Building design shall contribute to the special or unique characteristics of an area and / or development through building massing and scale, building materials, architectural elements, and color palette.
      2. Design integration shall be achieved through any combination of techniques, such as the repetition of roof lines, the use of comparable proportions in building mass and outdoor spaces, comparable relationships to the street, comparable window and door patterns on street-facing facades, or the use of building materials that have color shades and textures that are comparable to or complimentary to those existing on, or in the immediate area of, the subject property.
      3. Where there is no established or consistent neighborhood or area character or unifying theme, or where it is not desirable to reinforce the existing character because it does not reflect a design theme that is consistent with the architectural standards as described in this Division, the proposed development shall be designed to establish an attractive image and set a standard of quality for future development.
    80. Roof Articulation.
      1. Changes in roof lines, including the use of stepped cornice parapets, a combination of flat and sloped roofs, or pitched roofs with at least two roof line elevation changes; or
      2. Some other architectural feature or treatment that breaks up the exterior horizontal and vertical mass of the roof in a manner equivalent to subsection D.1., above.
    81. Rooftop Mechanical Units.
      1. Roof top mechanical units and other miscellaneous rooftop equipment shall be substantially screened from view from public rights-of-way and other public places.
      2. Screening material shall be of the same or comparable material, texture, and color as the material used for cladding the building.
      3. Screening shall be constructed as an encompassing monolithic unit, rather than as individual screens. Multiple equipment screens, or “hats”, surrounding individual elements shall not be permitted.
      4. The height of the screening element shall equal or exceed the height of the structure’s tallest piece of installed equipment.
    82. Metal Cladding and Finishes.
      1. Metal wall panels with exposed fasteners (e.g., wall panels commonly referred to as “R-Panel,” “U-Panel,” “Corrugated Panel,” “7.2 Panel,” or “Standing Seam Panel,” and other comparable panel systems), and metal wall panels with hidden fasteners that have a corrugated appearance that resembles the typical exposed fastener panels described above, combined, shall not cover more than:
        1. 25 percent of building elevations that face arterial streets or Interstate highways.
        2. 25 percent of the first third of building elevations that are perpendicular to arterial streets or Interstate highways.
      2. Insulated architectural metal wall panels with hidden fasteners are allowed without limitation, provided that they do not have a corrugated appearance that resembles the typical exposed fastener panels described in subsection F.1., above.
      83. Figure 18.04.05.05
      Illustrative Metal Cladding Types
      Illustrative Metal Panels
      The metal panel on the left-hand side is an illustrative 7.2 Panel. This panel would be subject to the limitations of subsection F.1.
      The metal panel on the right-hand side is an illustrative architectural insulated metal panel with hidden fasteners and a smooth finish. This panel would be allowed without limitation pursuant to subsection F.2.
        1. The Director may permit other metal cladding or finishes, such as bronze, brass, copper, or wrought iron, if a determination is made that such materials are equal or superior to the primary building materials.
      1. Articulation of Walls. No horizontal length of building wall shall run for more than 100 feet without a wall plane projection or recess having a depth of at least four percent of the length of the building elevation, extending for a distance that is not less than 20 percent of the length of the building elevation.
      2. Loading Docks and Trash or Recycling Storage and Pickup Areas.
        1. No loading dock or trash or recycling storage and pickup area shall be located on the principal street-facing facade of the building unless such facade is set back at least 150 feet from the street and screened from view by a type C bufferyard.
        2. Any loading dock or trash or recycling storage and pickup area that is located on the side or rear wall of the building shall be screened in accordance with the requirements of Section 18.05.04.06, Loading Design.
        3. If the subject property has multiple street frontages, loading docks and trash or recycling pickup areas shall be located in the least obtrusive manner, with preference for sides of the building that do not face streets, then for sides that are set back more than 150 feet, and if such location is not practicable, the frontage with the least public visibility.
      3. Building Colors.
        1. Colors shall be used to blend buildings into their context, and to unify different elements of a development. Color should complement the surrounding area and, if in a new development area, shall be selected to establish an attractive image and set a standard of quality for future developments and buildings within the area.
        2. Buildings that are larger than 10,000 square feet shall be finished with more than one color on all elevations that are visible from public streets.
        3. Accent colors that are used to call attention to a particular feature or portion of a building, or to form a particular pattern, shall be compatible with the predominant building base colors. Accent colors shall cover no more than five percent of a street-facing building elevation.
      4. Exterior Building Illumination.
        1. The following are not allowed:
          1. Illumination that highlights the entire width of a building elevation, or a significant portion of a building elevation; and
          2. Back-lit translucent awnings.
        2. This subsection is not intended to preclude the use of lighting (including neon lighting) to accent limited portions of a building elevation.

      Effective on: 12/29/2020

      18.04.06.01 Purpose and Application of Division; Exceptions
    83. Purpose. The standards of this Division are intended to further the objectives of the DT Zone, which are set out in Section 18.02.02.01, Zones Established.
    84. Application. Section 18.04.06.02, Establishment of Character Areas and Primary Pedestrian Streets, establishes the boundaries of four areas within the DT Zone that have distinct character, and identifies the primary pedestrian streets within the DT Zone. Section 18.04.06.03, Downtown Building Height, establishes the boundaries of five areas with different maximum building heights. Section 18.04.06.04, Generally Applicable Standards, provides standards for parking structures, outdoor dining, outdoor merchandise displays, and outdoor storage that apply throughout the DT Zone. Sections 18.04.06.05, Core Character Area Urban Design Standards, through Section 18.04.06.08, Neighborhood Transition Character Area Urban Design Standards, inclusive, establish standards that are applicable within each of the four character areas.
    85. Exceptions for Civic Buildings and Places of Assembly. In traditional downtown areas, civic buildings and places of ​​​​​​​assembly were designed, sited, and constructed in a manner that differentiated them from other buildings, which provided a visual cue to their special function. The differentiation was expressed in terms of setbacks, materials, and openings (e.g., windows and doors). To provide for comparable differentiation of such buildings in the DT Zone, buildings that are designed to be put to civic or place of assembly use are not required to comply with the standards of this Division regarding:
      1. Materials, windows, or openings; and
      2. Build-to lines.

      86. Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.06.02 Establishment of Character Areas and Primary Pedestrian Streets
    86. A.
      Character Areas. Character areas within the DT zone are established as depicted in Figure 18.04.06.02.A., DT Zone Character Areas. Specific development standards may apply within each character area. Development and redevelopment within each character area shall meet the standards set forth for that respective character area, as well as the generally applicable standards that are set out in this Division.
      87. Figure 18.04.06.02.A.
      DT Zone Character Areas
      map of Downtown Zone Character Areas. Downtown Zoning District Character Areas, Core, General, Fourth Street, Neighborhood Transition
      1. B.
        Primary Pedestrian Streets.
        1. 1.
          Primary pedestrian streets are designated to:
          1. a.
            Ensure that primary pedestrian routes remain inviting to pedestrians;
          2. b.
            Maintain the established commercial architectural character along certain streets within the downtown;
          3. c.
            Maximize commercial activity by not separating commercial areas with large areas of non-commercial facades;
          4. d.
            Facilitate comfortable pedestrian circulation between destinations; and
          5. e.
            Facilitate pedestrian circulation between parking areas and destinations to support “parking once” and walking to multiple destinations.
        2. 2.
          Primary pedestrian streets are established as shown in Figure 18.04.06.02.B., Primary Pedestrian Streets.
      Figure 18.04.06.02.B.
      Primary Pedestrian Streets
      map of primary pedestrian streets

      Effective on: 9/5/2019

      18.04.06.03 Downtown Building Height
    87. A.
      Generally. The standards of this Section apply to all buildings in the DT Zone.
    88. B.
      Establishment of Height Districts. Five height districts are established in the DT Zone. The locations of the height districts are set out in Figure 18.04.06.03.A., Location of DT Zone Height Districts.

      89. Figure 18.04.06.03.A.
      Location of DT Zone Height Districts

      1. C.
        Maximum Buildings Height; Alternative Maximum Building Height. Each height district establishes a maximum height and an alternative maximum height. The maximum height is by-right. The alternative maximum height is allowed according to alternative maximum height conditions. Maximum height, alternative maximum height, and alternative height conditions are set out in Table 18.04.06.03, DT Zone Height District Standards. The standards in the table are subject to the limitations of subsection D., below.
      Table 18.04.06.03
      DT Zone Height District Standards
      Height DistrictMax. Building HeightAlternative Max. Building HeightAlternative Height Conditions
      A35 ft.40 ft.Subject property is bounded on at least one side by Colorado Ave., Lincoln Ave., Jefferson Ave., Washington Ave., First St. or W. Eighth St.
      B40 ft.55 ft.Any part of the building that is taller than 40 ft. is set back at least 65 ft. from the nearest property line within a residential zone unless a public street separates the subject property from the residential zone. See Figure 18.04.06.03.B., Height District B--Height Setback from Residential Zone
      C70 ft.N/AN/A
      D70 ft.130 ft.Any part of the building that is taller than 70 ft. is set back from public streets a distance of at least 25 percent of the overall building height. See Figure 18.04.06.03.C., Height District D--Height Step-back from Public Streets
      E40 ft.55 ft.Any part of the building that is taller than 40 ft. must be stepped back from the facade at least 5 ft., and shall be within a height plane that is 40 degrees from the horizontal plane of the roof that is at or below the max. building height, with the angle measured towards the building from the front facade plane. To qualify for alternative max. building height, the step back shall be above the second floor. See Figure 18.04.06.03.D., Height District E--Fourth Street Character Area Height Step-Back
      Table 18.04.06.03
      DT Zone Height District Standards
      Height DistrictMax. Building HeightAlternative Max. Building HeightAlternative Height Conditions
      A35 ft.40 ft.Subject property is bounded on at least one side by Colorado Ave., Lincoln Ave., Jefferson Ave., Washington Ave., First St. or W. Eighth St.
      B40 ft.55 ft.Any part of the building that is taller than 40 ft. is set back at least 65 ft. from the nearest property line within a residential zone unless a public street separates the subject property from the residential zone. See Figure 18.04.06.03.B., Height District B--Height Setback from Residential Zone
      C70 ft.N/AN/A
      D70 ft.130 ft.Any part of the building that is taller than 70 ft. is set back from public streets a distance of at least 25 percent of the overall building height. See Figure 18.04.06.03.C., Height District D--Height Step-back from Public Streets
      E40 ft.55 ft.Any part of the building that is taller than 40 ft. must be stepped back from the facade at least 5 ft., and shall be within a height plane that is 40 degrees from the horizontal plane of the roof that is at or below the max. building height, with the angle measured towards the building from the front facade plane. To qualify for alternative max. building height, the step back shall be above the second floor. See Figure 18.04.06.03.D., Height District E--Fourth Street Character Area Height Step-Back
      Table 18.04.06.03
      DT Zone Height District Standards
      Height DistrictMax. Building HeightAlternative Max. Building HeightAlternative Height Conditions
      A35 ft.40 ft.Subject property is bounded on at least one side by Colorado Ave., Lincoln Ave., Jefferson Ave., Washington Ave., First St. or W. Eighth St.
      B40 ft.55 ft.Any part of the building that is taller than 40 ft. is set back at least 65 ft. from the nearest property line within a residential zone unless a public street separates the subject property from the residential zone. See Figure 18.04.06.03.B., Height District B--Height Setback from Residential Zone
      C70 ft.N/AN/A
      D70 ft.130 ft.Any part of the building that is taller than 70 ft. is set back from public streets a distance of at least 25 percent of the overall building height. See Figure 18.04.06.03.C., Height District D--Height Step-back from Public Streets
      E40 ft.55 ft.Any part of the building that is taller than 40 ft. must be stepped back from the facade at least 5 ft., and shall be within a height plane that is 40 degrees from the horizontal plane of the roof that is at or below the max. building height, with the angle measured towards the building from the front facade plane. To qualify for alternative max. building height, the step back shall be above the second floor. See Figure 18.04.06.03.D., Height District E--Fourth Street Character Area Height Step-Back
      Table 18.04.06.03
      DT Zone Height District Standards
      Height DistrictMax. Building HeightAlternative Max. Building HeightAlternative Height Conditions
      A35 ft.40 ft.Subject property is bounded on at least one side by Colorado Ave., Lincoln Ave., Jefferson Ave., Washington Ave., First St. or W. Eighth St.
      B40 ft.55 ft.Any part of the building that is taller than 40 ft. is set back at least 65 ft. from the nearest property line within a residential zone unless a public street separates the subject property from the residential zone. See Figure 18.04.06.03.B., Height District B--Height Setback from Residential Zone
      C70 ft.N/AN/A
      D70 ft.130 ft.Any part of the building that is taller than 70 ft. is set back from public streets a distance of at least 25 percent of the overall building height. See Figure 18.04.06.03.C., Height District D--Height Step-back from Public Streets
      E40 ft.55 ft.Any part of the building that is taller than 40 ft. must be stepped back from the facade at least 5 ft., and shall be within a height plane that is 40 degrees from the horizontal plane of the roof that is at or below the max. building height, with the angle measured towards the building from the front facade plane. To qualify for alternative max. building height, the step back shall be above the second floor. See Figure 18.04.06.03.D., Height District E--Fourth Street Character Area Height Step-Back
      Figure 18.04.06.03.B.
      Height District B--Height Setback from Residential Zone

      Illustrative Setbacks from Residential Zone Lots

      Figure 18.04.06.03.C.
      Height District D--Height Step-back from Public Streets
      three dimensional illustration of height district D, Height step back from public streets

       

      Figure 18.04.06.03.D.
      Height District E--Fourth Street Character Area Height Step-Back
      illustration of height district E, fourth street character area height step-back

       

      1. D.
        Limitations. If the subject property is adjacent to a single-family residential use, then building height shall be limited by a height plane that is 40 degrees from the horizontal plane that is 40 ft. in height, with the angle measured towards the building from the setback line that parallels the single-family residential lot line. Se Figure 18.04.06.03.E., Height Plane Limitation Adjacent to Single-Family Residential Properties.
      Figure 18.04.06.03.E.
      Height Plane Limitation Adjacent to Single-Family Residential Properties
      illustration of height plane limitation adjacent to single-family residential properties

       

      Effective on: 8/20/2025

      18.04.06.04 Generally Applicable Standards
    89. Generally. This Section applies in all Character Areas of the DT Zone.
    90. Parking Structures.
      1. Design Compatibility. Exterior building elevations shall be compatible with the architecture found in the DT Zone in terms of style, mass, material, height, and other exterior elements.
      2. Detailing. Parking structures shall include a minimum of three of the following elements on any facade facing a public street or plaza space:
        1. window and door openings comprising a minimum of 25 percent of the ground floor facade;
        2. awnings;
        3. sill details;
        4. columns;
        5. recessed horizontal panels; or
        6. similar features that tend to provide for pedestrian interest or comfort at the street level, as may be approved by the Director.
      3. Commercial Use of Ground Floor. Along primary pedestrian streets, as defined in Section 18.04.06.02, Establishment of Character Areas and Primary Pedestrian Streets, commercial uses shall be provided along the ground level, where feasible, to create pedestrian activity.
      4. Ingress and Egress. Points of pedestrian and vehicular ingress and egress shall be located and configured to minimize vehicular-pedestrian conflict.
    91. Accessory Outdoor Dining Areas. Restaurants may operate outdoor eating areas on public sidewalks, rooftops, balconies, courtyards, or other similar locations, provided that pedestrian circulation and access to building entrances is not impeded, and adequate horizontal and vertical clear space within the sidewalk is maintained to allow for pedestrian circulation and to meet any applicable City Codes and regulations as well as the Americans with Disabilities Act, as appropriate, and such outdoor eating areas comply with the following standards:
      1. If the outdoor dining area is located on a sidewalk, the applicant shall comply with Section 12.28.030, Loveland Municipal Code;
      2. Planters, fences, or other removable enclosures shall be used to define the limits of the outdoor eating area;
      3. Adequate refuse containers shall be provided within the outdoor eating area;
      4. Tables, chairs, planters, extended awnings, canopies, umbrellas, trash receptacles and other street furniture shall be compatible with the architectural character of the building and surrounding area in terms of style, color, and materials; and
      5. The area within and immediately adjacent to the outdoor dining area shall be maintained in a clean and well-kept condition.
    92. Accessory Outdoor Merchandise Displays.
      1. The limited outdoor display of merchandise for retail sale is allowed, provided that:
        1. The display is incidental to the primary retail use or activity within an enclosed building;
        2. The merchandise on display is of the same type or related to merchandise for sale within the primary retail building; and
        3. If located on a sidewalk, the display complies with Section 12.28.030, Loveland Municipal Code.
      2. Temporary displays, erected for not more than four days in duration during special events (e.g., a farmers market, or a weekend or holiday sales event) may be allowed within parking areas or landscape areas.
    93. Accessory Outdoor Storage. Accessory outdoor storage areas shall be screened from view from public rights-of-way and adjacent properties and shall comply with the following standards:
      1. Outdoor storage shall not be located within any required front or street side yard.
      2. Outdoor storage areas shall not be more than 100 sf. in area.
      3. Outdoor storage shall be screened with a solid masonry wall no less than six feet in height. In the alternative, a decorative fence, landscape screen, berm, or any combination thereof, may be approved by the Director, provided that it meets or exceeds the masonry wall in terms of screening effect, aesthetic quality, and durability.
      4. Stored material shall not exceed the height of the screening wall, fence, or berm.
      5. Stored material shall not be of a type that will not attract animals, generate foul odors, or become windblown debris.
      6. Landscaping may be required to visually soften the screen wall where:
        1. Sufficient space is available to provide a planting area;
        2. It is not impractical to provide irrigation water;
        3. The space available for storage is not unreasonably restricted; and
        4. Landscape as screening is desirable to transition between the DT zone and an adjacent residential zone.

      94. Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.06.05 Core Character Area Urban Design Standards
    94. A.
      Generally. The intent of this Section is to promote quality infill development, redevelopment, and building renovation within the core character areas of the DT zone. The standards of this Section are intended to create and reinforce a strong pedestrian orientation, and to ensure that key historic building design characteristics are carried forward as the core character area is intensified.
    95. B.
      Applicability. The standards of this Section apply in lieu of Division 18.04.05, Building Design Standards, within the core character area that is established in Section 18.04.06.02, Establishment of Character Areas and Primary Pedestrian Streets.
      1. 1.
        New Construction. These standards shall apply to new construction of buildings and structures, including additions to existing buildings or structures. These standards shall not apply to the existing portions of a building or structure to which an addition is being constructed, if there are no modifications proposed to the existing portion of the building or structure.
      2. 2.
        Facade Renovation. These standards shall apply to facade renovations. Standards shall apply only to the portion(s) of elevation(s) which are being renovated. For example, an applicant proposing a renovation of the ground floor facade on one elevation would not be required to alter upper stories on that elevation, nor to alter other elevations.
      3. 3.
        Exemption for Historic Buildings or Landmarks. These standards shall not apply to designated historic buildings or landmarks that are or were altered or restored in compliance with a landmark alteration certificate authorized pursuant to Chapter 15.56, Loveland Municipal Code.
    96. C.
      Primary and Secondary Elevations and Lot Frontage.
      1. 1.
        Primary Elevation, Generally. For buildings facing onto a public street right-of-way, the ground floor elevation facing onto said right-of-way shall be considered the primary elevation and the lot frontage on said right-of-way shall be considered the primary lot frontage.
      2. 2.
        Primary Elevation, Corner Lots. For a building on a corner lot:
        1. a.
          One ground floor elevation and one lot frontage shall be determined to be the primary elevation and the primary lot frontage.
        2. b.
          If one of the streets is designated as a primary pedestrian street (see Section 18.04.06.02, Establishment of Character Areas and Primary Pedestrian Streets), then the ground floor elevation and lot frontage facing the primary pedestrian street shall be the primary elevation and lot frontage.
        3. c.
          If the lot fronts onto two or more streets that are primary pedestrian streets, then the applicant shall designate one ground floor elevation and lot frontage as the primary elevation and primary lot frontage.
      3. 3.
        Secondary Elevations. All other ground floor elevations and lot frontages are considered secondary elevations and lot frontages.
    97. D.
      Building Disposition.
      1. 1.
        Setbacks and Build-To Lines, Generally. Buildings shall be constructed such that the facades along primary pedestrian streets and other streets are situated between the build-to lines and setback lines for the minimum percentage of the frontage set out in Table 18.04.06.05.A., Setbacks and Build-To Lines.
      98. Table 18.04.06.05.A.
      Setbacks and Build-To Lines
      Street FrontageBuild-To Line
      (From Curb Face)      		Setback Line
      (From Curb Face)      		Min. Percentage of Frontage2
      Primary Pedestrian Streets
      Third Street, Railroad to Lincoln (North Side)116.5 ft.20 ft.75%
      Third Street, Cleveland to Lincoln (South Side)117 ft.20 ft.75%
      Fifth Street, Railroad to Lincoln (North Side)110 ft.20 ft.75%
      Fifth Street, Railroad to Lincoln (South Side)115 ft.20 ft.75%
      All Other Primary Pedestrian Street15 ft.20 ft.75%
      All Other Streets
      Sixth Street, Railroad to Lincoln (North Side)114.5 ft.20 ft.50%
      Sixth Street, Railroad to Lincoln (South Side)114.5 ft.20 ft.50%
      All Other Streets12 ft.20 ft.50%
      TABLE NOTES:
      1These requirements are pursuant to the Destination Downtown: HIP Streets Master Plan.
      2See Figure 18.04.06.05.A., Illustration of Setbacks Minimum Percentage of Frontage Requirement.
      Table 18.04.06.05.A.
      Setbacks and Build-To Lines
      Street FrontageBuild-To Line
      (From Curb Face)      		Setback Line
      (From Curb Face)      		Min. Percentage of Frontage2
      Primary Pedestrian Streets
      Third Street, Railroad to Lincoln (North Side)116.5 ft.20 ft.75%
      Third Street, Cleveland to Lincoln (South Side)117 ft.20 ft.75%
      Fifth Street, Railroad to Lincoln (North Side)110 ft.20 ft.75%
      Fifth Street, Railroad to Lincoln (South Side)115 ft.20 ft.75%
      All Other Primary Pedestrian Street15 ft.20 ft.75%
      All Other Streets
      Sixth Street, Railroad to Lincoln (North Side)114.5 ft.20 ft.50%
      Sixth Street, Railroad to Lincoln (South Side)114.5 ft.20 ft.50%
      All Other Streets12 ft.20 ft.50%
      TABLE NOTES:
      1These requirements are pursuant to the Destination Downtown: HIP Streets Master Plan.
      2See Figure 18.04.06.05.A., Illustration of Setbacks Minimum Percentage of Frontage Requirement.
      Table 18.04.06.05.A.
      Setbacks and Build-To Lines
      Street FrontageBuild-To Line
      (From Curb Face)      		Setback Line
      (From Curb Face)      		Min. Percentage of Frontage2
      Primary Pedestrian Streets
      Third Street, Railroad to Lincoln (North Side)116.5 ft.20 ft.75%
      Third Street, Cleveland to Lincoln (South Side)117 ft.20 ft.75%
      Fifth Street, Railroad to Lincoln (North Side)110 ft.20 ft.75%
      Fifth Street, Railroad to Lincoln (South Side)115 ft.20 ft.75%
      All Other Primary Pedestrian Street15 ft.20 ft.75%
      All Other Streets
      Sixth Street, Railroad to Lincoln (North Side)114.5 ft.20 ft.50%
      Sixth Street, Railroad to Lincoln (South Side)114.5 ft.20 ft.50%
      All Other Streets12 ft.20 ft.50%
      TABLE NOTES:
      1These requirements are pursuant to the Destination Downtown: HIP Streets Master Plan.
      2See Figure 18.04.06.05.A., Illustration of Setbacks Minimum Percentage of Frontage Requirement.
      Table 18.04.06.05.A.
      Setbacks and Build-To Lines
      Street FrontageBuild-To Line
      (From Curb Face)      		Setback Line
      (From Curb Face)      		Min. Percentage of Frontage2
      Primary Pedestrian Streets
      Third Street, Railroad to Lincoln (North Side)116.5 ft.20 ft.75%
      Third Street, Cleveland to Lincoln (South Side)117 ft.20 ft.75%
      Fifth Street, Railroad to Lincoln (North Side)110 ft.20 ft.75%
      Fifth Street, Railroad to Lincoln (South Side)115 ft.20 ft.75%
      All Other Primary Pedestrian Street15 ft.20 ft.75%
      All Other Streets
      Sixth Street, Railroad to Lincoln (North Side)114.5 ft.20 ft.50%
      Sixth Street, Railroad to Lincoln (South Side)114.5 ft.20 ft.50%
      All Other Streets12 ft.20 ft.50%
      TABLE NOTES:
      1These requirements are pursuant to the Destination Downtown: HIP Streets Master Plan.
      2See Figure 18.04.06.05.A., Illustration of Setbacks Minimum Percentage of Frontage Requirement.
      Figure 18.04.06.05.A.
      Illustration of Setbacks Minimum Percentage of Frontage Requirement
      illustration of setbacks minimum percentage of frontage requirement
      1. E.
        Relationship to Sidewalk.
        1. 1.
          Generally. Buildings shall be located as near as possible to the edge of the public sidewalk to enhance pedestrian access and continue the existing pattern of development (which is characterized by buildings located in close proximity to the sidewalk).
        2. 2.
          Building Placement. Pedestrian easements shall be dedicated in the area between the portion of the building facade meeting the minimum percentage of frontage requirement in Table 18.04.06.05.A., Setbacks and Build-To Lines. This area shall be paved so as to function as part of the public sidewalk.
        3. 3.
          Alternative Standards. The following may also be used to satisfy the minimum percentage of frontage requirement in Table 18.04.06.05.A., Setbacks and Build-To Lines:
          1. a.
            For buildings with ground floor residential uses, a setback of up to 35 feet from the face of curb, on that portion of the building facade containing the ground floor residential use, provided that the area greater than a minimum of fifteen feet from the face of curb consists of landscaping or a hardscaped plaza with pedestrian improvements such as street furniture, seating walls, water features, or comparable improvements.
          2. b.
            For development on a corner lot, a public open space (e.g., a plaza) may be constructed along one frontage.
          3. c.
            An arcade at least 6 feet in depth.
          4. d.
            A setback of up to 25 feet from the face of curb to allow for outdoor dining (up to a maximum of 25 percent of the total lot frontage).
      2. F.
        Dimensional and Intensity Standards
        1. 1.
          Generally. Standards for building setbacks, open space and lot size for downtown multifamily, nonresidential and mixed use buildings are set out in Table 18.04.06.05.B, Dimensional and Intensity Standards. Setbacks for residential structures are set out in Division 18.04.02, Housing Palette.

               Table 18.04.06.05.B

      Dimensional and Intensity  Standards

       Use Minimum 1 ,2   Open Space and Lot Size
       

       Front

      Setback

      Interior Side

      Setback  

      Street Side

      Setback 

      Rear

      Setback 

       Rear Street

      Setback

       Useable

      Open Space

       Min. 

      Lot Size

       Min.

      Lot Width

      Downtown Multifamily10 ft.  5 ft.0 ft.10 ft.  0 ft.0%  5,000 sf.50 ft. 

      Nonresidential and

      Mixed Use 

      		 0 ft.0 ft.  0 ft. 10 ft.0 ft. 0%- - 

      Table Notes:

      1 Structures 50 feet in height or taller shall be set back a minimum of 15 feet from the face of the curb.

      2 See Table 18.04.06.05.A, Setbacks and Build-To-Lines, for setbacks and build-to-lines from public streets in the core character area.        

               Table 18.04.06.05.B

      Dimensional and Intensity  Standards

       Use Minimum 1 ,2   Open Space and Lot Size
       

       Front

      Setback

      Interior Side

      Setback  

      Street Side

      Setback 

      Rear

      Setback 

       Rear Street

      Setback

       Useable

      Open Space

       Min. 

      Lot Size

       Min.

      Lot Width

      Downtown Multifamily10 ft.  5 ft.0 ft.10 ft.  0 ft.0%  5,000 sf.50 ft. 

      Nonresidential and

      Mixed Use 

      		 0 ft.0 ft.  0 ft. 10 ft.0 ft. 0%- - 

      Table Notes:

      1 Structures 50 feet in height or taller shall be set back a minimum of 15 feet from the face of the curb.

      2 See Table 18.04.06.05.A, Setbacks and Build-To-Lines, for setbacks and build-to-lines from public streets in the core character area.        

               Table 18.04.06.05.B

      Dimensional and Intensity  Standards

       Use Minimum 1 ,2   Open Space and Lot Size
       

       Front

      Setback

      Interior Side

      Setback  

      Street Side

      Setback 

      Rear

      Setback 

       Rear Street

      Setback

       Useable

      Open Space

       Min. 

      Lot Size

       Min.

      Lot Width

      Downtown Multifamily10 ft.  5 ft.0 ft.10 ft.  0 ft.0%  5,000 sf.50 ft. 

      Nonresidential and

      Mixed Use 

      		 0 ft.0 ft.  0 ft. 10 ft.0 ft. 0%- - 

      Table Notes:

      1 Structures 50 feet in height or taller shall be set back a minimum of 15 feet from the face of the curb.

      2 See Table 18.04.06.05.A, Setbacks and Build-To-Lines, for setbacks and build-to-lines from public streets in the core character area.        

               Table 18.04.06.05.B

      Dimensional and Intensity  Standards

       Use Minimum 1 ,2   Open Space and Lot Size
       

       Front

      Setback

      Interior Side

      Setback  

      Street Side

      Setback 

      Rear

      Setback 

       Rear Street

      Setback

       Useable

      Open Space

       Min. 

      Lot Size

       Min.

      Lot Width

      Downtown Multifamily10 ft.  5 ft.0 ft.10 ft.  0 ft.0%  5,000 sf.50 ft. 

      Nonresidential and

      Mixed Use 

      		 0 ft.0 ft.  0 ft. 10 ft.0 ft. 0%- - 

      Table Notes:

      1 Structures 50 feet in height or taller shall be set back a minimum of 15 feet from the face of the curb.

      2 See Table 18.04.06.05.A, Setbacks and Build-To-Lines, for setbacks and build-to-lines from public streets in the core character area.        

      1. G.
        Architectural Features.
        1. 1.
          Buildings shall incorporate a combination of the following features:
          1. a.
            columns;
          2. b.
            pilasters;
          3. c.
            window dormers;
          4. d.
            bay windows;
          5. e.
            corbels;
          6. f.
            balconies;
          7. g.
            porches (residential buildings only); or
          8. h.
            other similar architectural features to add visual interest and diversity.
        2. 2.
          All elevations facing a public street right-of-way, public plaza or pedestrian space, or public parking lot shall contain a cornice parapet, capstone finish, eaves projecting at least twelve inches, or other comparable features that provide definition to the roof line.
        3. 3.
          All rooftop mechanical equipment shall be screened from view from public rights-of-way with screening materials that are comparable in color, tone, and texture to the materials used for cladding.
        4. 4.
          Each building fronting a public street shall have at least one primary entrance that shall be clearly defined and recessed or framed by elements such as awnings, porticos or other architectural features. Buildings fronting onto a primary pedestrian street shall place the primary entrance on the primary pedestrian street frontage.
      1. H.
        Building Openings.
        1. 1.
          No wall facing a plaza or public street shall extend more than 25 horizontal linear feet on the ground floor without a window, door, or other opening.
        2. 2.
          Table 18.04.06.05.C., Minimum Facade Openings, sets out the minimum percentage of street-facing building facades that must be comprised of windows or doors.
      Table 18.04.06.05.C.
      Minimum Facade Openings
      Facade Type / LocationStreet Type
      Primary Pedestrian StreetNon-Primary Pedestrian Street
      Primary, Ground Floor40%40%
      Secondary, Ground Floor40%30%
      Residential, Ground Floor20%20%
      Upper Floors, All Uses115%15%
      TABLE NOTE:
      1 Upper floor surface area shall be measured excluding cornice or other roof features.
      Table 18.04.06.05.C.
      Minimum Facade Openings
      Facade Type / LocationStreet Type
      Primary Pedestrian StreetNon-Primary Pedestrian Street
      Primary, Ground Floor40%40%
      Secondary, Ground Floor40%30%
      Residential, Ground Floor20%20%
      Upper Floors, All Uses115%15%
      TABLE NOTE:
      1 Upper floor surface area shall be measured excluding cornice or other roof features.
      Table 18.04.06.05.C.
      Minimum Facade Openings
      Facade Type / LocationStreet Type
      Primary Pedestrian StreetNon-Primary Pedestrian Street
      Primary, Ground Floor40%40%
      Secondary, Ground Floor40%30%
      Residential, Ground Floor20%20%
      Upper Floors, All Uses115%15%
      TABLE NOTE:
      1 Upper floor surface area shall be measured excluding cornice or other roof features.
      Table 18.04.06.05.C.
      Minimum Facade Openings
      Facade Type / LocationStreet Type
      Primary Pedestrian StreetNon-Primary Pedestrian Street
      Primary, Ground Floor40%40%
      Secondary, Ground Floor40%30%
      Residential, Ground Floor20%20%
      Upper Floors, All Uses115%15%
      TABLE NOTE:
      1 Upper floor surface area shall be measured excluding cornice or other roof features.
      1. I.
        Building Articulation. Facades that are greater than 75 feet in horizontal dimension shall contain recesses or projections of a minimum depth of three percent of the facade length extending for a minimum of 20 percent of the length of the facade.
      2. J.
        Cladding Materials. Facades that are visible from a public street, public plaza, or public pedestrian space shall be finished with quality materials that reinforce the pedestrian character of the downtown, as follows:
        1. 1.
          At least 30 percent of the cladding (which does not include windows and doors) of each street-facing facade shall consist of brick or stone or finish materials that are consistent with the historic character of the area.
        2. 2.
          The remainder of the cladding shall consist of quality materials such as brick, textured or ground face concrete block, textured architectural precast panels, masonry, natural or synthetic stone, stucco, or similar high-quality materials as approved by the Director.
        3. 3.
          Wood or metal shall not (combined) account for more than 20 percent of the cladding material on any facade.
        4. 4.
          Exterior insulated finishing systems (“EIFS”) may be used for architectural details, provided that not more than five percent of any facade is finished with EIFS, and all EIFS is installed at least eight feet above adjacent grade.
      3. K.
        Historic Context. Certain areas of the Core Character Area contain established patterns of historic buildings and historic building facades. Fifth Street between Railroad Avenue and Cleveland Avenue, and Lincoln Avenue between Fourth Street and Sixth Street are examples of this pattern. Where the surrounding block contains a pattern of historic buildings and historic building facades, new buildings shall be designed with facades that are complimentary to historic buildings in terms of rhythm and materials. This standard shall not be interpreted to require historic architecture, or comparable building mass or scale.
      4. L.
        Open Space. If the subject property is at least one-half acre in area, common open space shall be provided in the form of one or more central courts or squares that are visible and accessible from the street.
      5. M.
        Pedestrian Amenities. Pedestrian amenities shall include ornamental street lighting, fencing, planters, benches, and feature landscaping at entries and within central open spaces, in designs that are consistent with the historic character of Downtown Loveland.

      Ord. 6445 §1, 12/15/2020

      Effective on: 12/29/2020

      18.04.06.06 General Character Area Urban Design Standards
    98. Generally. The intent of this Section is to promote quality infill development, redevelopment, and building renovation and re-use within the general character area of the DT zone. The standards of this Section are intended to create and reinforce a strong pedestrian orientation, and to provide an appropriate transition between the DT zone and adjacent residential zones.
    99. Applicability. The standards of this Section apply in lieu of Division 18.04.05, Building Design Standards, within the general character areas that are established in Section 18.04.06.02, Establishment of Character Areas and Primary Pedestrian Streets.
      1. New Construction. These standards shall apply to new construction of buildings and structures, including additions to existing buildings or structures. These standards shall not apply to the existing portions of a building or structure to which an addition is being constructed, if there are no modifications proposed to the existing portion of the building or structure.
      2. Facade Renovation. These standards shall apply to facade renovations. Standards shall apply only to the portion(s) of elevation(s) which are being renovated. For example, an applicant proposing a renovation of the ground floor facade on one elevation would not be required to alter upper stories on that elevation, nor to alter other elevations.
      3. Exemption for Historic Buildings or Landmarks. These standards shall not apply to designated historic buildings or landmarks that are or were altered or restored in compliance with a landmark alteration certificate authorized pursuant to Chapter 15.56, Loveland Municipal Code.
    100. Primary and Secondary Elevations and Lot Frontage.
      1. Primary Elevation and Lot Frontage, Generally. Generally, the building elevation facing the public street and its corresponding lot frontage shall be designated the primary elevation and primary lot frontage, respectively.
      2. Primary Elevation and Lot Frontage, Corner Lots. For a corner lot, one building elevation and its corresponding lot frontage that faces a north-south oriented street shall be designated as the primary elevation and primary lot frontage, respectively.
      3. Secondary Elevations. All other building elevations and lot frontages are considered secondary elevations and lot frontages.
    101. Relationship to Sidewalk.
      1. Generally. Buildings shall be located as near as possible to the edge of the public sidewalk to enhance pedestrian access and continue the existing pattern of development (which is characterized by buildings located in close proximity to the sidewalk).
      2. Building Placement. Pedestrian easements shall be dedicated in the area between the portion of the building facade meeting the minimum percentage of frontage requirement in Table 18.04.06.05.A., Setbacks and Build-To Lines. This area shall be paved so as to function as part of the public sidewalk.
      3. Alternative Standards. The following may also be used to satisfy the minimum percentage of frontage requirement in Table 18.04.06.05.A., Setbacks and Build-To Lines:
        1. For buildings with ground floor residential uses, a setback of up to 35 feet from the face of curb, on that portion of the building facade containing the ground floor residential use, provided that the area greater than a minimum of fifteen feet from the face of curb consists of landscaping or a hardscaped plaza with pedestrian improvements such as street furniture, seating walls, water features, or comparable improvements.
        2. For development on a corner lot, a public open space (e.g., a plaza) may be constructed along one frontage.
        3. An arcade at least 6 feet in depth.
        4. A setback of up to 25 feet from the face of curb to allow for outdoor dining (up to a maximum of 25 percent of the total lot frontage).
    102. Dimensional and Intensity Standards
      1. Generally. Standards for building setbacks, open space and lot size for downtown multifamily, nonresidential and mixed use buildings are set out in Table 18.04.06.06.A, Dimensional and Intensity Standards. Setbacks for residential structures are set out in Division 18.04.02, Housing Palette.​​​​​​

      103.          Table 18.04.06.06.A

      Dimensional and Intensity  Standards

       Use Minimum 1   Open Space and Lot Size
       

       Front

      Setback

      Interior Side

      Setback  

      Street Side

      Setback 

      Rear

      Setback 

       Rear Street

      Setback

       Useable

      Open Space

       Min. 

      Lot Size

       Min.

      Lot Width

      Downtown Multifamily10 ft.  5 ft.0 ft.10 ft.  0 ft.10%  5,000 sf.50 ft. 

      Nonresidential and

      Mixed Use 

      		 0 ft.5 ft. 0 ft. 10 ft.0 ft. 7.5%- - 

      Table Notes:

      1 Structures 50 feet in height or taller shall be set back a minimum of 15 feet from the face of the curb.       

               Table 18.04.06.06.A

      Dimensional and Intensity  Standards

       Use Minimum 1   Open Space and Lot Size
       

       Front

      Setback

      Interior Side

      Setback  

      Street Side

      Setback 

      Rear

      Setback 

       Rear Street

      Setback

       Useable

      Open Space

       Min. 

      Lot Size

       Min.

      Lot Width

      Downtown Multifamily10 ft.  5 ft.0 ft.10 ft.  0 ft.10%  5,000 sf.50 ft. 

      Nonresidential and

      Mixed Use 

      		 0 ft.5 ft. 0 ft. 10 ft.0 ft. 7.5%- - 

      Table Notes:

      1 Structures 50 feet in height or taller shall be set back a minimum of 15 feet from the face of the curb.       

               Table 18.04.06.06.A

      Dimensional and Intensity  Standards

       Use Minimum 1   Open Space and Lot Size
       

       Front

      Setback

      Interior Side

      Setback  

      Street Side

      Setback 

      Rear

      Setback 

       Rear Street

      Setback

       Useable

      Open Space

       Min. 

      Lot Size

       Min.

      Lot Width

      Downtown Multifamily10 ft.  5 ft.0 ft.10 ft.  0 ft.10%  5,000 sf.50 ft. 

      Nonresidential and

      Mixed Use 

      		 0 ft.5 ft. 0 ft. 10 ft.0 ft. 7.5%- - 

      Table Notes:

      1 Structures 50 feet in height or taller shall be set back a minimum of 15 feet from the face of the curb.       

               Table 18.04.06.06.A

      Dimensional and Intensity  Standards

       Use Minimum 1   Open Space and Lot Size
       

       Front

      Setback

      Interior Side

      Setback  

      Street Side

      Setback 

      Rear

      Setback 

       Rear Street

      Setback

       Useable

      Open Space

       Min. 

      Lot Size

       Min.

      Lot Width

      Downtown Multifamily10 ft.  5 ft.0 ft.10 ft.  0 ft.10%  5,000 sf.50 ft. 

      Nonresidential and

      Mixed Use 

      		 0 ft.5 ft. 0 ft. 10 ft.0 ft. 7.5%- - 

      Table Notes:

      1 Structures 50 feet in height or taller shall be set back a minimum of 15 feet from the face of the curb.       

      1. Architectural Features.
        1. Buildings shall incorporate a combination of the following features:
          1. columns;
          2. pilasters;
          3. window dormers;
          4. bay windows;
          5. corbels;
          6. balconies;
          7. porches (residential buildings only); or
          8. other similar architectural features to add visual interest and diversity.
        2. All elevations facing a public street right-of-way, public plaza or pedestrian space, or public parking lot shall contain a cornice parapet, capstone finish, eaves projecting at least twelve inches, or other comparable features that provide definition to the roof line.
        3. All rooftop mechanical equipment shall be screened from view from public rights-of-way with screening materials that are comparable in color, tone, and texture to the materials used for cladding.
        4. Each building fronting a public street shall have at least one primary entrance that shall be clearly defined and recessed or framed by elements such as awnings, porticos or other architectural features. Buildings fronting onto a primary pedestrian street shall place the primary entrance on the primary pedestrian street frontage.
      2. Building Openings.
        1. No wall facing a plaza or public street shall extend more than 25 horizontal linear feet on the ground floor without a window or other opening.
        2. Table 18.04.06.06.B, Minimum Facade Openings, sets out the minimum percentage of street-facing building facades that must be comprised of windows or doors.
      Table 18.04.06.06B
      Minimum Facade Openings
      Facade Type / LocationStreet Type
      Primary Pedestrian StreetNon-Primary Pedestrian Street
      Primary, Ground Floor30%30%
      Secondary, Ground Floor30%20%
      Residential, Ground Floor20%20%
      Upper Floors, All Uses115%15%
      TABLE NOTE:
      1 Upper floor surface area shall be measured excluding cornice or other roof features.
      Table 18.04.06.06B
      Minimum Facade Openings
      Facade Type / LocationStreet Type
      Primary Pedestrian StreetNon-Primary Pedestrian Street
      Primary, Ground Floor30%30%
      Secondary, Ground Floor30%20%
      Residential, Ground Floor20%20%
      Upper Floors, All Uses115%15%
      TABLE NOTE:
      1 Upper floor surface area shall be measured excluding cornice or other roof features.
      Table 18.04.06.06B
      Minimum Facade Openings
      Facade Type / LocationStreet Type
      Primary Pedestrian StreetNon-Primary Pedestrian Street
      Primary, Ground Floor30%30%
      Secondary, Ground Floor30%20%
      Residential, Ground Floor20%20%
      Upper Floors, All Uses115%15%
      TABLE NOTE:
      1 Upper floor surface area shall be measured excluding cornice or other roof features.
      Table 18.04.06.06B
      Minimum Facade Openings
      Facade Type / LocationStreet Type
      Primary Pedestrian StreetNon-Primary Pedestrian Street
      Primary, Ground Floor30%30%
      Secondary, Ground Floor30%20%
      Residential, Ground Floor20%20%
      Upper Floors, All Uses115%15%
      TABLE NOTE:
      1 Upper floor surface area shall be measured excluding cornice or other roof features.
      1. Building Articulation. Facades that are greater than 75 feet in horizontal dimension shall contain recesses or projections of a minimum depth of three percent of the facade length extending for a minimum of 20 percent of the length of the facade.
      2. Cladding Materials. Facades that are visible from a public street, public plaza or public pedestrian space shall be finished with quality materials that reinforce the pedestrian character of the downtown.
        1. At least 30 percent of the cladding (which does not include windows and doors) of each street-facing facade shall consist of brick or stone or finish materials that are consistent with the historic character of the area.
        2. The remainder of the cladding shall consist of quality materials such as brick, textured or ground face concrete block, textured architectural precast panels, masonry, natural or synthetic stone, stucco, or similar high-quality materials as approved by the Director.
        3. Wood or metal shall not (combined) account for more than 20 percent of the cladding material on any facade.
        4. Exterior insulated finishing systems (“EIFS“) may be used for architectural details, provided that not more than five percent of any facade is finished with EIFS, and all EIFS is installed at least eight feet above adjacent grade.
      3. Pedestrian Amenities. Pedestrian amenities shall include ornamental street lighting, fencing, planters, benches, and feature landscaping at entries and within central open spaces, in designs that are consistent with the historic character of Downtown Loveland.

      Ord. 6445 §2, 12/15/2020

      Effective on: 12/29/2020

      18.04.06.07 Fourth Street Character Area Urban Design Standards
    103. A.
      Generally. The intent of this Section is to preserve and enhance the historic character of the Fourth Street character area; to enhance the area as a specialty retail, restaurant, and entertainment district; and to maintain and enhance a pedestrian-friendly environment.
    104. B.
      Applicability. These standards shall be applicable to properties within the Fourth Street character area. See Section 18.04.06.02, Establishment of Character Areas and Primary Pedestrian Streets.
      1. 1.
        New Construction. These standards shall apply to new construction of buildings and structures.
      2. 2.
        Facade Renovation.
        1. a.
          These standards shall apply to facade renovations. Standards shall apply only to the portion(s) of elevation(s) which are being renovated.
        2. b.
          The Director may waive the requirements of this Section with regard to including a storefront within a renovated facade if:
          1. 1.
            The building was not originally constructed with a storefront, or had not been renovated to create a storefront in the past;
          2. 2.
            The installation of a storefront is not practicable based on the cost of such renovation being greater than 50 percent of the total building permit valuation for the work being performed on the structure; or
          3. 3.
            The proposed renovation will not materially change the form of the facade.
        3. c.
          No change in existing setbacks shall be required under this Section for a facade renovation.
      3. 3.
        Lots that Do Not Have Frontage on Fourth Street. Lots that are located in the Fourth Street character area, but with no lot line adjacent to Fourth Street, shall comply with standards for the core area (see Section 18.04.06.05, Core Character Area Urban Design Standards).
      1. C.
        Building Disposition in Fourth Street Character Area. Front, side, and rear setbacks or build-to lines in the Fourth Street character area shall be as shown in Table 18.04.06.07.A., Setbacks and Build-To Lines.
      Table 18.04.06.07.A.
      Setbacks and Build-To Lines
      Lot LineDistanceSetback or Build-To
      Fourth Street Lot Line1, 30Build-To
      Rear Lot Line20Setback
      Side Lot Line0Setback
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 Except for minor recesses and projections and recessed doorways.
      2 Garage doors shall be set back five feet or less or eighteen feet or more from alley rights of way.
      3 Variation of the build-to line may be allowed in order to allow for the plaza spaces shown in the Destination Downtown HIP Streets Master Plan.
      1. D.
        Building Units. The provisions of this subsection are intended to result in building forms that are compatible with the historic pattern of 25 foot wide lots and storefronts found in the Fourth Street character area (see Figure 18.04.06.07.A., Illustrative Building Unit Diagram).
        1. 1.
          New buildings constructed along Fourth Street shall, at the ground floor, shall be segmented into storefronts of between 20 feet and 50 feet in width.
        2. 2.
          Each storefront shall have a separate entrance.
        3. 3.
          Each storefront shall be separated from the adjoining storefront by a solid vertical element or feature a minimum of eight inches wide.
        4. 4.
          Buildings with more than 75 feet of facade width facing Fourth Street shall be designed so as to appear to be multiple buildings (e.g., using obvious changes in facade cladding material, window design, facade height, cornice treatment, or other decorative details). There should be some slight variation in alignments among the facade elements (e.g., window heights).
      Figure 18.04.06.07.A.
      Illustrative Building Unit Diagram
      Illustrative Building Unit Diagram
      1. E.
        Corner Buildings. The provisions of this subsection are intended to ensure that buildings that front on two streets reinforce the pedestrian orientation of both streets through window and door openings--a characteristic that is common within the Fourth Street character area. This enhances pedestrian comfort and the walkability of the DT zone.
        1. 1.
          Corner buildings are those that have a frontage on Fourth Street and frontage on an intersecting street including Garfield Avenue, Railroad Avenue, Cleveland Avenue, Lincoln Avenue, Jefferson Avenue, or Washington Avenue.
        2. 2.
          For lots located at the corner of Fourth Street and any intersecting street, storefronts shall be designed to appear to wrap around corners by including a corner entrance or large pane display window at least ten feet in width along the side street facade. See Figure 18.04.06.07.B., Illustrative Corner Treatments.
        3. 3.
          Any corner building having more than seventy-five feet of frontage on an intersecting street, shall have at least one storefront at ground level (as described in subsection F.3.), facing the intersecting street and measuring at least 25 feet in width.
      Figure 18.04.06.07.B.
      Illustrative Corner Treatments
      Illustrative Fourth Street Corner Treatment
      Illustrative Fourth Street Corner Treatment
      1. F.
        Architectural Features. The provisions in this subsection are intended to lead to a building form that is compatible with the existing historic character of the Fourth Street character area, and that maintains or enhances the attractiveness of the area for specialty retail, restaurant, and entertainment uses, and maintains or enhances the pedestrian-friendly character of this area. See Figure 18.04.06.07.C., Illustrative Architectural Treatments.
      Figure 18.04.06.07.C.
      Illustrative Architectural Treatments
      Illustrative architectural treatments
      1.   
        1. 1.
          Upper floors shall be designed with a pattern of vertically oriented windows with spacing between windows, and a ratio of solid-to-void similar to surrounding historical facades.
        2. 2.
          Floor-to-floor heights of the ground floor and upper floors shall appear to be compatible with surrounding historic buildings;
        3. 3.
          Ground floor facades facing Fourth Street shall be designed as a typical storefront having the following features:
          1. a.
            Large display windows with metal or wood frames;
          2. b.
            Transom windows;
          3. c.
            Kick plates that are between 12 and 30 inches in height above the sidewalk, constructed of metal, tile, stone, brick, or comparable high-quality material.
        4. 4.
          Ground floor storefront doorways shall be recessed a minimum of three feet from the front plane of the building. The width of the recessed area shall not be more than 40 percent of the width of the individual storefront or 20 feet, whichever is less.
        5. 5.
          A recessed storefront doorway is not required for every entrance to a building that is divided into more than one store-front. Secondary doors and doors servicing upstairs uses are not required to be recessed unless the door is required to open outwards by building or fire codes.
        6. 6.
          Ornamentation or a banding technique shall be used to provide a visual cue that appears to delineate the ground floor from the upper floors.
        7. 7.
          Excepting the recessed door and any upper-story stepbacks, the facade should appear as predominantly flat, with any decorative elements and projecting or setback “articulations” appearing to be subordinate to the dominant building form.
        8. 8.
          The roof shall incorporate a parapet wall with a cornice treatment, capstone finish, or similar feature facing public streets.
        9. 9.
          Awnings, if used, shall provide weather protection, express the dimensions of the storefront framing, and not obscure characteristic lines or details of the facade.
        10. 10.
          Facades are not required to mimic historic buildings, but shall be of a style that is compatible to the historic character of Fourth Street in terms of rhythm, massing, cladding and glazing material, and design. Thematic facade designs that were not historically present in the DT zone (such as “Swiss chalet”) shall not be used.
      1. G.
        Building Finish Materials. This subsection is intended to ensure that quality materials that will complement the existing character and historic precedent of the Fourth Street character area will be used in new construction and renovations, and that building facades will be durable, maintain or improve the attractiveness of the area for specialty retail, restaurant, and entertainment uses, and maintain or enhance the pedestrian-friendly character of this area.
        1. 1.
          Facades facing Fourth Street shall consist of brick, stone, masonry, or similar high quality, traditional cladding material.
        2. 2.
          Facades facing Garfield Avenue, Railroad Avenue, Cleveland Avenue, Lincoln Avenue, Jefferson Avenue, and Washington Avenue, or any identified pedestrian alley, shall consist of a minimum of 50 percent brick, stone, masonry, or similar high-quality cladding material.
        3. 3.
          Non-party walls facing side lot lines shall consist of a minimum of 50 percent brick, stone, or masonry.
        4. 4.
          These materials standards shall not apply to upper floors that are stepped back to comply with Section 18.04.06.03, Downtown Building Height.
      2. H.
        Building Openings. These provisions are intended to result in a permeable street wall that matches existing character and historic precedent and enhances the pedestrian and retail character of the Fourth Street character area. The standards of this subsection do not apply to renovations to existing buildings unless the standards can be met by safely opening original windows, doors, or storefronts that were previously closed.
        1. 1.
          Windows and doors shall comprise a minimum percentage of facades facing public streets rights-of-way, as indicated by Table 18.04.06.07.B., Minimum Facade Openings.
        2. 2.
          Any section of wall facing Garfield Avenue, Arthur Avenue, Railroad Avenue, Cleveland Avenue, Lincoln Avenue, or Jefferson Avenue may not exceed 25 feet in width without containing windows or doors on the ground floor.
        3. 3.
          Highly reflective or darkly tinted glass is not allowed in first-floor storefront display windows.
        4. 4.
          During renovation of the facade of a building that has been evaluated as contributing to a downtown historic district in the Historic Preservation Plan, historic window openings that have been altered shall be restored if feasible and consistent with applicable building codes.
      Table 18.04.06.07.B.
      Minimum Facade Openings
      Facade Type / LocationMinimum Percentage of Windows and Doors
      Ground Floor, Facing Fourth Street50%
      Ground floor, cross street30%
      Upper floors115%
      Facing Alley0%

      TABLE NOTE:
      1 Upper floor surface area shall be measured excluding cornice or other roof features.

      Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.06.08 Neighborhood Transition Character Area Urban Design Standards
    105. A.
      Generally. Certain areas of the DT zone maintain a largely consistent character of high-quality historic homes. The neighborhood transition character area is meant to protect the character of these areas when redevelopment or new development occurs, while allowing for a mix of uses appropriate to these areas and allowed by zoning. The neighborhood transition areas are also meant to transition to adjoining neighborhoods.
    106. B.
      Applicability. These standards shall be applicable to properties within the neighborhood transition character area. See Section 18.04.06.02, Establishment of Character Areas and Primary Pedestrian Streets.
      1. 1.
        New Construction. These standards shall apply to new construction of buildings and structures, including additions to existing buildings or structures.
      2. 2.
        Facade Renovation. These standards shall apply only to those portion(s) of each elevation that is being renovated. This section shall not require a change in existing setbacks during a facade renovation.
      3. 3.
        Exception to Setback Requirements. This section shall not be interpreted to require modification of existing setbacks in cases of building expansion, except that a building cannot be expanded in such a manner that the setback of the new construction will not conform to subsection D, below.
      4. 4.
        Limited Exceptions for Single-Family Detached and Duplex Residential Uses. These standards, other than those pertaining to setbacks, shall not apply to single-family detached and duplex residential uses.
    107. C.
      Massing and Architectural Rhythm.
      1. 1.
        Continuation of Massing Pattern. New buildings or additions shall continue a massing pattern that is similar to the existing pattern of the block face as shown in Figure 18.04.06.08.A., Illustrative Rhythm of Block Face. For the purposes of this subsection, massing shall refer to height, width, bulk, roof form, roof slope, and direction of slope. Compliance may be accomplished by creating independent building modules through articulation, roofline, or other distinguishing features.
      108. Figure 18.04.06.08.A.
      Illustrative Rhythm of Block Face
      illustrative rhythm of block face. architectural rhythm/massive including articulation of building units and gabled roofs compatible with neighborhood character. corner architecture can vary from neighborhood character, providing there is a "transition area." Street trees and detached walk compatible with neighborhood.
      1.   
        1. 2.
          Roof Form. New buildings shall have pitched roofs including hips or gables in order to reflect the residential character of the area, unless the buildings located on a lot with frontage on Washington Avenue, Jefferson Avenue, or Lincoln Avenue.
        2. 3.
          Building Openings.
          1. a.
            Building elevations that face a public street shall consist of at least 15 percent openings (i.e., windows and doors).
          2. b.
            Each principal building shall have at least one entrance facing a public street. This entrance shall have a direct pedestrian connection to the adjacent sidewalk.
        3. 4.
          Garage Placement and Design. Attached garages shall be setback from the front facade of the building a minimum of six feet. The width of the total elevation of garage doors facing a public street may be no more than eighteen feet.
      1. D.
        Cladding Materials. Facades that are visible from a public street, public plaza, or public pedestrian space shall be finished with quality materials that reinforce the pedestrian character of the downtown, as follows:
        1. 1.
          At least 30 percent of the cladding (which does not include windows and doors) of each street-facing facade shall consist of brick or stone or finish materials that are consistent with the historic character of the area.
        2. 2.
          Architectural metal shall not account for more than 20 percent of the cladding material on any facade.
        3. 3.
          Exterior insulated finishing systems (“EIFS”) may be used for architectural details, provided that not more than five percent of any facade is finished with EIFS, and all EIFS is installed at least eight feet above adjacent grade.
      2. E.
        Setbacks.
        1. 1.
          Building setbacks shall be in accordance with Table 18.04.06.08, Setbacks in Neighborhood Transition Character Area. Front setbacks shall be within four feet of the average setback on the block face, provided that the resulting setback is in keeping with the pattern of the block face. See Figure 18.04.06.08.B., Measurement of Average Setback, for an example of how a front yard setback is determined.
      Table 18.04.06.08
      Setbacks in Neighborhood Transition Character Area3
      Building TypeFront Setback1Side Setback, Adjoining LotSide Setback, Right-of-Way1Rear Setback, Adjoining LotRear Setback, Alley
      Principal BuildingWithin 4 ft. of the average setback on the block face1 ft. per 5 ft. of building height, not less than 5 ft.10 ft.10 ft.0 ft.
      Accessory Building2Not less than setback of principal structure5 ft.10 ft.5 ft.0 ft.
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 See subsection E.2. for setback requirements for lots with frontage on Washington Avenue, Jefferson Avenue, and Lincoln Avenue.
      2 Garages must be set back less than five or more than eighteen feet from alley rights of way.
      3 No building shall be located closer than fifteen feet from the face of curb.
      Table 18.04.06.08
      Setbacks in Neighborhood Transition Character Area3
      Building TypeFront Setback1Side Setback, Adjoining LotSide Setback, Right-of-Way1Rear Setback, Adjoining LotRear Setback, Alley
      Principal BuildingWithin 4 ft. of the average setback on the block face1 ft. per 5 ft. of building height, not less than 5 ft.10 ft.10 ft.0 ft.
      Accessory Building2Not less than setback of principal structure5 ft.10 ft.5 ft.0 ft.
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 See subsection E.2. for setback requirements for lots with frontage on Washington Avenue, Jefferson Avenue, and Lincoln Avenue.
      2 Garages must be set back less than five or more than eighteen feet from alley rights of way.
      3 No building shall be located closer than fifteen feet from the face of curb.
      Table 18.04.06.08
      Setbacks in Neighborhood Transition Character Area3
      Building TypeFront Setback1Side Setback, Adjoining LotSide Setback, Right-of-Way1Rear Setback, Adjoining LotRear Setback, Alley
      Principal BuildingWithin 4 ft. of the average setback on the block face1 ft. per 5 ft. of building height, not less than 5 ft.10 ft.10 ft.0 ft.
      Accessory Building2Not less than setback of principal structure5 ft.10 ft.5 ft.0 ft.
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 See subsection E.2. for setback requirements for lots with frontage on Washington Avenue, Jefferson Avenue, and Lincoln Avenue.
      2 Garages must be set back less than five or more than eighteen feet from alley rights of way.
      3 No building shall be located closer than fifteen feet from the face of curb.
      Table 18.04.06.08
      Setbacks in Neighborhood Transition Character Area3
      Building TypeFront Setback1Side Setback, Adjoining LotSide Setback, Right-of-Way1Rear Setback, Adjoining LotRear Setback, Alley
      Principal BuildingWithin 4 ft. of the average setback on the block face1 ft. per 5 ft. of building height, not less than 5 ft.10 ft.10 ft.0 ft.
      Accessory Building2Not less than setback of principal structure5 ft.10 ft.5 ft.0 ft.
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 See subsection E.2. for setback requirements for lots with frontage on Washington Avenue, Jefferson Avenue, and Lincoln Avenue.
      2 Garages must be set back less than five or more than eighteen feet from alley rights of way.
      3 No building shall be located closer than fifteen feet from the face of curb.
      Figure 18.04.06.08.B.
      Measurement of Average Setback
      measurement of average setback
      1.   
        1. 2.
          Setbacks Along Washington Avenue, Jefferson Avenue, and Lincoln Avenue. For lots with frontage on Washington Avenue, Jefferson Avenue, or Lincoln Avenue, the setback for buildings may be reduced or buildings may be built to the back of the public sidewalk on all street frontages, provided there is a transition between the corner lot and the rest of the block face. Such transition may include:
          1. a.
            A front yard setback that meets the requirements of subsection E.1. for a minimum width of 25 feet, combined with a building massing of at least 25 feet in width that is similar to the massing pattern on the rest of the intersecting street's block face, that is implemented for the entire length, front to back, of the building, and has at least two of the following characteristics that are comparable to typical buildings along the block face:
            1. 1.
              height;
            2. 2.
              width;
            3. 3.
              bulk;
            4. 4.
              roof form; or
            5. 5.
              roof slope and direction of slope (see Figure 18.04.06.08.C., Illustrative Transition); or
          2. b.
            An existing alley.
      Figure 18.04.06.08.C.
      Illustrative Transition
      illustrative transition: portion of structure with massing and setback similar to that existing on block face minimum 25' feet wide
      1. F.
        Additions, Expansions, or Modifications to Existing Buildings. The intent of this subsection is to provide guidelines that maintain the residential character of the largely historically intact neighborhood transition character areas when existing buildings are expanded or converted from residential to commercial use. All of the following apply to additions, expansions, or modifications to existing buildings:
        1. 1.
          When a residential structure is converted into a commercial use, the basic residential form of the building shall be maintained.
        2. 2.
          Existing front porches shall remain and shall not be enclosed.
        3. 3.
          The existing window pattern on street-facing facades shall not be materially changed.
        4. 4.
          The exterior cladding or material should remain that of a residential building (e.g., brick, stone, siding, or other appropriate material).
        5. 5.
          Additions or expansions to existing buildings shall not be in front of the front building elevation or side building elevation on corner lots unless the existing elevation is set back more than three feet from the allowed setback on the affected block face.
        6. 6.
          Additions or expansions of an existing building shall utilize a roof form with the same pitch as the existing roof and be constructed of similar material as the original building.
        7. 7.
          The use of architectural metal as anything other than an accent material is prohibited.

      Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.06.09 Exceptions to Design Standards
      Exceptions to the standards in this division (Division 18.04.06, Downtown Design Standards) may be granted by the Planning Commission, provided:

      1. The applicant submits a written request to the Director to have the request for an exception be considered by Planning Commission;
      2. The Planning Commission finds that granting any such exception would either:
        1. Result in only a de minimus departure from the design standards; or
        2. Satisfy the intent of the design standards to promote high-quality architecture that is compatible with the surrounding built environment, and not conflict with the objectives of the DT Zone as set out in Section 18.02.02.01, Zones Established.

      Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.07.01 Accessory Dwelling Units
    108. A.
      Generally. Accessory dwelling units (“ADUs”) are subject to the standards of this Section. These standards supersede any design and dimensional standards for ADUs established in PUDs approved prior to the effective date of C.R.S 24-67-105.  Additionally, new PUDs shall not restrict the creation of ADUs beyond the standards in this Section.  ADUs are allowed as accessory uses to single-family detached dwelling units that are conforming uses under this UDC.  ADUs are not included in the calculation of residential density as set forth in Section 18.03.02.02, Residential Density and are not counted towards the maximum density allowed in a residential PUD.
    109. B.
      General Development Standards. The following development standards apply to ADUs in all zones:
      1. 1.
        ADUs shall:
        1. a.
          Be located on the same lot as an existing principal single-family detached dwelling unit, except in the North Cleveland Overlay Zone, as set forth in Section 18.06.08.04, Accessory Dwelling Units;
        2. b.
          Have a separate exterior entrance from the principal dwelling unit; 
        3. c.
          Have its own cooking and bathing facilities, independent of the principal dwelling unit; 
        4. d.
          Have a separate address from the principal dwelling unit; and
        5. e.
          Provide a clear and unobstructed path from the street or driveway to the ADU when required by the Loveland Fire Rescue Authority. 
      2. 2.
        Only one ADU is allowed per lot.
      3. 3.
        Off-street parking is not required for an ADU. 
      4. 4.
        An ADU attached or internal to a principal dwelling unit must be designed as a separate, complete, and independent dwelling unit and cannot have an internal connection or opening to the principal dwelling unit.
    110. C.
      Setbacks.  ADUs (attached or detached from the principal dwelling) shall be set back from the applicable lot lines as follows:
      1. 1.
        Front: Equal to or greater than the actual front setback for the principal dwelling or building with which it is associated.
      2. 2.
        Street Side: Same as required for the principal building.
      3. 3.
        Interior Side: Five feet.
      4. 4.
        Interior Rear: Five feet.
      5. 5.
        Alley: Five feet.
      6. 6.
        Garage access doors shall be set back in accordance with Section 18.04.04.03.F Setbacks Along Alleys, Sidewalks, Trail or Access Easements, Ditches, and Waterbodies.
    111. D.
      Size. The following size limitations apply to ADUs:
      1. 1.
        Maximum Floor Area: The maximum floor area including all floor planes, but excluding attached garages, is 900 square feet.
      2. 2.
        Scale Thresholds Exemption: The floor area of an ADU shall not be included in the Building Coverage Ratio calculations for Scale Thresholds in Section 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones. 
    112. E.
      Exceptions for Large Suburban, Estate, and Large Estate Lots.  ADUs on Large Suburban, Estate, and Large Estate Lots as described in Table 18.04.02.03.A. may exceed the maximum floor area established in Subsection C.1, above, provided the following standards are met:
      1. 1.
        The maximum floor area shall not exceed 50% of the total floor area of the principal dwelling unit;
      2. 2.
        The total building coverage of all structures shall comply with the Scale Thresholds limits in Table 18.02.04.02, Scale Thresholds in DT and Residential Zones. 
      3. 3.
        Interior and street side setbacks for an ADU shall comply with the setback requirements for the principal dwelling unit in the applicable zone district.
      4. 4.
        Capital expansion fees shall be charged in accordance with Division 18.16.04, Capital Expansion Fees. 
    113. F.
      Utilities.
      1. 1.
        Water and wastewater services to the ADU shall be connected to the services of the principal dwelling unit.
      2. 2.
        Utility design shall ensure that water and electric utilities for the ADU can be shut off independently from the principal dwelling.

      114. Ord. 6636 §23, 09/05/2023; Ord. 6762 §6, 04/01/2025; Ord. 6805 § 01/06/2026

      Effective on: 1/20/2026

      18.04.07.02 Accessory Structures
    114. A.
      Generally. The standards of this Section apply to accessory structures that are not specifically addressed elsewhere in this UDC:
    115. B.
      Setbacks. Accessory Structures shall be set back from the applicable lot lines as follows:
      1. 1.
        Front: Equal to or greater than the actual front setback for the principal dwelling or building with which it is associated;
      2. 2.
        Street Side: Same as required for the principal building.
      3. 3.
        Interior Side: Five feet.
      4. 4.
        Interior Rear: Five feet or one foot for every four feet of building height, whichever is greater.
      5. 5.
        Alley: Five feet.
      6. 6.
        Garage access doors shall be set back in accordance with Section 18.04.04.03.F Setbacks Along Alleys, Sidewalks, Trail or Access Easements, Ditches, and Waterbodies.
    116. C.
      Residential Detached Garages, Carports and Storage Buildings. The following limitations and requirements shall be applied to a detached garage, carport, or storage building in a residential zone district or on residential properties, in order for the garage, carport, or storage building to be considered an accessory structure (as opposed to a principal building):
      1. 1.
        The maximum building footprint shall not exceed ten percent of the total lot area or 500 square feet, whichever is greater, and shall be calculated cumulatively with all other accessory structures on the lot, excluding ADUs.
      2. 2.
        The roof pitch, materials, and style shall match the roof pitch, materials, and style on the principal building.
      3. 3.
        The exterior treatment shall be similar to the materials and colors of the principal building. Metal shall not be used as the primary material unless the Director determines that the metal material is appropriate based on the nature of the property and the character of the neighborhood. 
      4. 4.
        Storage buildings exempt from a building permit are exempt from the standards in Section C.
    117. D.
      Temporary Accessory Structures are subject to the following:
      1. 1.
        The structure may be located within a utility easement provided:
        1. a.
          The location of the structure will not alter or block drainage unless the structure is part of an approved stormwater management system.
        2. b.
           The property owner obtains written permission from the easement holder.
      2. 2.
        Structures less than 36 inches in height are not subject to the setback requirements listed in Section 18.04.07.01.B Setbacks.
      3. 3.
        The Director may allow a reduction in setbacks for temporary accessory structures if determined that such reduction will not have detrimental impacts on surrounding property and all other provisions in this Section have been met. 
    118. E.
      Common Buildings in Housing Clusters. Common buildings in housing clusters (see Section 18.06.05.01, Housing Clusters) shall be set back as if they are principal buildings, without regard to the actual setbacks of the other buildings in the cluster.
    119. F.
      Covered Parking for Multifamily Development. Covered parking for multifamily developments shall comply with the parking design standards and setbacks set forth in Division 18.06.07 Standards for Multifamily Development.
    120. G.
      Existing Manufactured Home Parks and Subdivisions. In existing manufactured home parks and subdivisions, accessory structures may be placed on existing lots or spaces that do not comply with the setbacks in this section, provided they are spaced in compliance with the Building Code and set back a minimum of 10 feet from the front property line.  
    121. H.
      Encroachments. Except as set forth in Section D above, accessory structures shall not encroach upon an easement, right-of-way, or a required sight triangle at a street intersection. 

      122. Ord. 6446 §5, 12/15/2020; Ord. 6762 §5, 04/01/2025; Ord. 6805 § 01/06/2026

       

      Effective on: 1/20/2026

      18.04.07.03 Accessory Use EV Charging
    122. A.
      Generally. The standards of this Section apply to the installation of DCFC Charging Stations and Equipment that are incidental and subordinate to the primary use on the subject property (Accessory Use EV Charging Station), and are in addition to all other applicable standards in the UDC.  These standards do not apply to Level 1 and Level 2 EV charging stations, which are exempt from land use permitting standards. Accessory Use EV Charging Stations are allowed in all zone districts, and compliance with these standards is reviewed through the building permit process. For the purposes of this section, subject property means the property on which the accessory EV charging station is proposed.
    123. B.
      Location within Walkways. Accessory Use EV Charging Stations installed within pedestrian walkways shall maintain a minimum unobstructed clear width of 3 feet along all accessible routes.
    124. C.
      Site Conformance. Installation of an accessory EV Charging Station shall not trigger existing land uses on the same subject property to make site improvements or otherwise conform with land use regulations, unless the existing land uses propose simultaneous changes to their use, structures, or site that would otherwise require such conformance.
    125. D.
      Screening. Accessory EV Charging Stations and Equipment are exempt from screening requirements in Section 18.04.07.17.D Ground-Mounted Equipment. If screening materials are voluntarily installed, the location of the materials including landscaping and screen walls, shall comply with the electrical equipment safety and access distances from national electrical safety standards, including National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) standards, the National Electric Safety Code (NESC), and other relevant national safety standards.
    126. E.
      Charging Stations in or Adjacent to Residential Zones and Uses.  Digital advertising screens that exceed 2 square feet and bright lighting that is stylistic rather than functional shall be prohibited on EV Charging Stations and Equipment located in or adjacent to residential zones and residential uses. 
    127. F.
      Replacement of Landscaping. When existing landscape plants on a subject property are removed during the installation of an accessory charging station, they shall be replaced with similar plants so as to maintain the property’s compliance with landscaping standards for the property’s existing uses.
    128. G.

      Location.

      1. 1.

        Accessory Use EV Charging Stations must comply with applicable setback requirements, unless it is demonstrated by the applicant that locating such equipment outside of setbacks is infeasible in which the Director may approve an administrative variation to allow the setback encroachment.

      2. 2.
        Accessory Use EV Charging Stations may be located within easements only with written consent from all affected utility providers. 

      129. Ord. 6805 § 01/06/2026

      Effective on: 1/20/2026

      18.04.07.04 Apiaries
    129. Generally. Apiaries are allowed on lots that are used for single-family detached residential, community garden, or farm or ranch uses. Apiaries shall comply with the standards of this Section.
    130. Setbacks.
      1. All hives shall be located at least five feet from any property line.
      2. Apiaries shall be set back at least 200 feet from the property lines of schools and all types of day care facilities.
    131. Fencing of Flyways. In each instance in which any colony is situated within 25 feet of a property line of the property upon which the apiary is situated, or within 25 feet of an area of the property used for public recreation or assembly (e.g., picnic tables, playground, etc.), as measured from the nearest point on the hive to the property line or recreation / assembly area, the beekeeper shall establish and maintain a flyway barrier at least six feet in height, consisting of a solid wall or fence parallel to the property line or recreation / assembly area and extending 10 feet beyond the colony in each direction, so that all bees are forced to fly at an elevation of at least six feet above ground level over the property lines in the vicinity of the apiary.
    132. Water. Each property owner or beekeeper shall ensure that a convenient source of water is available at all times to the bees so that the bees will not congregate at water sources where they may cause human, bird, or domestic pet contact. The water shall be maintained so as not to become stagnant.
    133. Colony Densities.
      1. No more than the following number of colonies are allowed on any lot or parcel within the City, based upon the size or configuration of the parcel on which the apiary is situated:
        1. Lot or parcel area 1/4 acre up to but not including 1/2 acre: 4 colonies.
        2. Lot or parcel area 1/2 acre up to but not including one acre: 6 colonies.
        3. Lot or parcel area one acre or more: 8 colonies.
      2. Notwithstanding subsection E.1., above, regardless of lot or parcel size, where all hives are situated at least 200 feet in any direction from all property lines of the subject property, there shall be no limit to the number of colonies.
    134. Nucleus Colonies. For each two colonies that are allowed on a lot or parcel, there may be maintained upon the same lot or parcel one nucleus colony in a hive structure not exceeding one standard 9 5/8-inch depth, 10-frame hive body with no supers attached, as required from time to time for management of swarms. Each such nucleus colony shall be disposed of or combined with an allowed colony within 30 days after the date it is acquired.

      135. Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.07.05 Community-Based Shelter
    135. A.
      Generally. A community-based shelter is permitted as an accessory use in accordance with the standards of this Section and applicable health and building codes. 
    136. B.
      Location. A community-based shelter may be located within buildings or outside on property owned by a religious organization, a public benefit corporation as defined by the C.R.S., or a tax-exempt corporation as defined by Section 503 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code.  The shelter may include vehicle safe parking on a parking lot owned by said organizations.
    137. C.
      Standards.
      1. 1.
        Adequate restrooms with handwashing and potable running water must be provided either within the buildings on the property or through the use of portable facilities.
      2. 2.
        Refuse containers must be provided outside if the shelter includes outdoor encampment or vehicle safe parking.
      3. 3.
        On-site minimum parking requirements must be met for the principal use so that the vehicle safe parking spaces do not reduce the total number of available parking spaces below the minimum required in this UDC.
      4. 4.
        The organization must enter into a memorandum of understanding for fire safety that includes fire district inspections and an outline for appropriate emergency procedures.
    138. D.
      Neighborhood Outreach. The organization must work with the surrounding neighborhood to address related neighborhood concerns.

      139. Ord. 6636 §28, 09/05/2023

       

      Effective on: 9/19/2023

      18.04.07.06 Fences and Walls
    139. A.
      Generally. It is the purpose of the provisions of this Section to establish requirements for the height, location, materials, and maintenance of fences, walls and other screening structures in all zones. The standards of this Section shall be implemented in a manner that complies with Section 18.05.02.02, Sight Triangles.
    140. B.
      Applicability. The standards of this section shall apply to all fences, walls and other screening structures within the setbacks provided in Section 18.04.07.02 Accessory Structures. 
    141. C.
      Location.
      1. 1.
        All fences and walls must be located on or within the boundary lines of the property owned by the person or persons who construct and maintain them, unless expressly approved otherwise in writing by the Director upon proof of consent from the affected adjacent property owner.
      2. 2.
        Fences or walls that are located within bufferyards that are not installed along street right-of-way lines may be located upon the property line.
      3. 3.
        Fences or walls that are located within bufferyards that are installed along street right-of-way lines shall be located along the boundary of the bufferyard that is furthest from the street edge.
      4. 4.
        Fences or walls that are located adjacent to a sidewalk or trail shall be set back a minimum of three feet from the back of sidewalk or on the property line, whichever is greater. The Director may approve a lesser setback up to and including placement on the property line if the location of the fence:
        1. a.
          Will not conflict with existing or proposed utilities;
        2. b.
          Is generally consistent with the established fencing pattern in the neighborhood;
        3. c.
          Is compliant with bufferyard requirements; and
        4. d.
          Will not create a safety hazard or otherwise negatively impact the use of the sidewalk.
    142. D.
      Height.
      1. 1.
        Generally. The height of a fence or wall shall be measured in accordance with Section 18.19.01.02.C Fences and Walls.
      2. 2.
        Modifications of Grade Not Permitted: No person shall modify the grade for the purpose of increasing the permitted height of a fence or wall. If there is evidence that a modification to the grade has occurred which results in lowering or increasing the height measurement, the Director shall determine the appropriate maximum height of the fence or wall, which shall be the functionally equivalent height if such changes to the grade had not been made.
      3. 3.
        Front Setback.
        1. a.
          Generally.
          1. 1.
            Limited solid material fences and walls that are located in front setbacks, between the front property line and the front façade of the principal structure shall have a maximum height of four feet.
          2. 2.
            Solid material fences and walls that are located in front setbacks between the front property line and the front façade of the principal structure, shall have a maximum height of three feet. 
          3. 3.
            Fences or walls that are located outside of the front setback, either flush or behind the front façade of the principal structure, shall have a maximum height of six feet three inches.
          4. 4.
            For residential properties that have garages that extend in front of the living portion of the house, the front setback for the purpose of calculating fence and wall heights, shall be measured to both the garage and the living portion of the house. See Figure 18.04.07.06 Fence and Wall Location.
        2. b.
          Industrial Zone. Fences or walls that are located behind the front façade of the primary structure shall have a maximum height of eight feet.
        3. c.
          Exceptions. The standards of subsection D.3.a. do not apply if the fence or wall:
          1. 1.
            Is necessary to screen a particular use, as required by this UDC or Colorado law; or
          2. 2.
            Bounds or encloses a publicly-owned recreation area.
          3. 3.
            Is a temporary construction fence, in which case the fence may be as high as required to protect the property during the period of construction.  
      4. 4.
        Side or Rear Setbacks.
        1. a.
          Generally. In side or rear yards, the maximum height of fences and walls shall be six feet three inches in all zones except for the following:
        2. b.
          Employment and Industrial Zones. The maximum height of fences and walls shall be eight feet.
        3. c.
          Screening between Residential and Nonresidential Uses. To provide additional screening, the Director may approve a fence or wall with a maximum height of 8 feet between adjacent nonresidential and residential uses provided the abutting property owners are in joint agreement regarding the fencing height.
        4. d.
          Noise Barriers along Arterial Streets. Along arterial streets, as designated on the Transportation Master Plan, a fence or wall up to a maximum of 8 feet in height may be approved by the Director to mitigate noise, provided the fence or wall does not negatively impact the character of the roadway or the use of the arterial sidewalk. Determining factors such as the fence or wall material, setback from sidewalks, character of the street edge, and grade differences between the street, sidewalk, and fence location may be considered by the Director in approving a greater fence or wall height.
        5. e.
          Exceptions. The standard in subsection D.4.a. does not apply if the fence or wall:
          1. 1.
            Encloses or bounds a play court, ballfield, or publicly-owned recreation area and is a limited solid material fence or wall;
          2. 2.
            Is a noise barrier;
          3. 3.
            Is necessary to screen a particular use, as required by this UDC or Colorado law.
          4. 4.
            Is a temporary construction fence, in which case the fence may be as high as required to protect the property during the period of construction.

      143.  

      Figure 18.04.07.06  Fence and Wall Location
       graphic of fence and wall location
      1. E.
        Materials.
        1. 1.
          Fences or walls shall be constructed of materials customarily commercially sold for fencing and walls, including decorative masonry, stone, brick, ornamental metal, vinyl, wood, wood composite, or other comparable materials.
        2. 2.
          Chain-link or other woven-wire fences are prohibited in the front yard of a lot or parcel, unless otherwise approved by the Director upon a determination that extraordinary and unusual circumstances exist that require such a fence to meet reasonable requirements for public safety.  Existing chain link fences shall be subject to Chapter 18.11 Nonconformities.
      2. F.
        Construction Adjacent to Streets. For fencing facing a street, the finished surface of the fence shall face towards the street frontage. Non-decorative elements such as fence posts and supporting structures, when visible on one side and not the other, shall face inward.
      3. G.
        Perimeter Subdivision Fencing.
        1. 1.
          Fencing or walls along the perimeter of a subdivision shall be of a consistent design and have obvious columns that are located at intervals of not more than 35 feet. 
        2. 2.
          Perimeter fencing and walls located in new residential developments with frontage on an arterial or collector street shall include an adequate number of openings for pedestrian access.
      4. H.
        Fences or Walls Adjacent to Open Space. Fences or walls constructed adjacent to parks, common areas, open space, and environmentally sensitive areas shall not exceed four feet and shall be of a limited solid material, unless the Director determines that alternate fencing is needed for safety or to provide adequate buffering. 
      5. I.
        Drainage. No fence or wall may be constructed in a manner or location which will interfere with natural surface water runoff, or which will result in a negative impact to any adjacent property by natural surface runoff. All fences and walls must be constructed in a manner that complies with City drainage requirements and standards, and in compliance with any approved drainage plans on file with the City for the subject property.
      6. J.
        Security Fencing.
        1. 4.
          No barbed wire or other sharp-pointed fences shall be installed on any property, except:
          1. e.
            In the DT, B, E, I, and DR zones upon demonstration to the Director that:
            1. 5.
              A substantial security need justifies the installation;
            2. 6.
              The fence will be safe and in compliance with Colorado law; and
            3. 7.
              No more than three strands of barbed wire shall be installed; or
          2. f.
            To secure utility facilities in any zone.
        2. 5.
          Electrically charged fences are not allowed except upon determination by the Director that:
          1. a.
            The fence is necessary for livestock control; and
          2. b.
            The fence will be safe and in compliance with Colorado law.
        3. 6.
          Razor and concertina wire are not allowed.
      7. K.
        Fencing in the Wildland Urban Area Interface. Fencing on properties within the Wildland Urban Interface Overlay Zone, as identified in Appendix E, shall comply with the risk reduction requirements in Appendix O of the adopted Fire Code.
      8. L.
        Maintenance and Restrictions.
        1. 1.
          All fences and walls shall be maintained in good condition at all times. All fences and walls shall be neatly finished and repaired, including all parts and supports.
        2. 2.
          It shall be unlawful for any person to place or allow a fence or wall that creates an unsafe or dangerous obstruction or condition on property either owned or legally controlled by them. This includes a fence or wall that obstructs reasonable access to utility, irrigation, or drainage equipment, structures, or facilities located within a dedicated easement or right-of-way, by persons who are entitled to gain access to such equipment, structures, or facilities.

      Ord. 6445 §12, 12/15/2020; Ord. 6636 §24, 09/05/2023

      Effective on: 9/19/2023

      18.04.07.07 Outdoor Display of Merchandise
    143. Generally. This Section sets out the standards that are applicable to permanent outdoor merchandise display areas. These standards do not apply to sales or rental of motor vehicles or heavy equipment.
    144. Display Areas that are Attached to Principal Buildings. Outdoor display areas allowed if they are:
      1. Attached to or adjoin a principal building;
      2. Configured as a walled or decoratively fenced area;
      3. Set back from property lines as required for the principal building;  and
      4. Not larger than the area set out in Table 18.04.07.07, Area of Outdoor Display of Merchandise.
      145. Table 18.04.07.07
      Area of Outdoor Display of Merchandise
      ZoneMaximum Outdoor Display Area
      MAC, E, or DT (general character area only)

      15% of footprint of principal building 

       

      B or I33% of footprint of principal building

      Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.07.08 Outdoor Storage, Generally
    145. Generally. Outdoor storage is allowed as an accessory use, provided that it is located, configured, and buffered as set out in this Section.
    146. Nonresidential Outdoor Storage Areas.
      1. Generally. Outdoor storage is permitted as an accessory to nonresidential uses in the DT, I, B, MAC, E, DR, and PP zones, subject to the standards of this Section. Such nonresidential outdoor storage refers to the outside storage of materials or equipment used in production or other course of business, or for property maintenance, and does not refer to the outdoor display of merchandise (which is subject to Section 18.04.07.07, Outdoor Display of Merchandise).
      2. Prohibitions. Nonresidential outdoor storage areas shall not be used to store or dispose of inoperable machines or wastes, store or dispose of hazardous materials, or store or dispose of materials that will create windblown dust or debris or storm water contaminants.
      3. Standards by Zone.
        1. DT Zone. See Section 18.04.06.04.E, Accessory Outdoor Storage.
        2. I Zone. Outdoor storage areas are permitted if it is demonstrated that the outdoor storage area:
          1. Is not located in front of the front facade of the principal building, any applicable setback, public right-of-way, street bufferyard, or required landscape areas; and 
          2. Is screened from view with an eight-foot tall opaque wall or fence that matches or is compatible with the materials and color of the principal building. The gate associated with the screening fence or wall may be of a different material, however the gate must be opaque; and 
          3. The following additional screening and location standards apply based on the adjacent street:
            1. Highway and Arterial Streets: if the subject property has frontage on a highway or arterial street, a type E bufferyard is required and the outdoor storage materials shall not exceed the height of the screening wall or fence, as required in subsection 3.b.2 above, unless a taller height is approved as a Conditional Use and the applicant has demonstrated reasonable screening measures.
            2. Collector Streets: if the subject property has frontage on a collector street, a type D bufferyard is required and the outdoor storage materials shall not exceed the height of the screening wall or fence, as required in subsection 3.b.2 above, unless a taller height is approved as an Adaptable Use and the applicant has demonstrated reasonable screening measures.
            3. Local Streets: if the subject property has frontage on a local street, a type C bufferyard is required.  Outdoor storage may exceed the height of the screening wall or fence, as required in subsection 3.b.2 above, unless the property is located adjacent to a residential zone or use.  Outdoor storage may not exceed 20 feet in height. 
        3. B, MAC, or E Zone. Outdoor storage areas are permitted if it is demonstrated that the outdoor storage area:
          1. Is not larger in area than the footprint of the principal building. The outdoor storage area can be increased by 20 percent as an Adaptable Use; 
          2. Is located behind the front facade of the principal building and is not visible from rights-of-way; 
          3. Is screened from view with a six-foot tall opaque wall or fence that matches or is compatible with the materials and color of the principal building. The gate associated with the screening fence or wall may be of a different material, however the gate must be opaque​​​​.
          4. Is buffered with a type D bufferyard adjacent to a state highway or arterial street, or a type C bufferyard adjacent to a collector or local street.
        4. DR or PP Zone. Outdoor storage areas for equipment or materials associated with a park, open space or agricultural use shall be set back 50 feet from public rights-of-way and properties that have different zoning; or screened from off-site view by an opaque wall or fence or type C bufferyard.
    147. Residential Outdoor Storage Areas.
      1. General Requirements. All outdoor storage shall conform to the following requirements:
        1. The area used for outdoor storage shall be kept orderly, pest-free, and odor free; and 
        2. The following outdoor storage materials are not allowed:
          1. Storage of garbage, except as provided in Section 18.04.07.09, Refuse, Recycling, and Compost Containers;
          2. Stockpiling of refuse and rubbish as defined in Chapter 16.12 Accumulations of Waste Material;
          3. Storage of materials, products, and equipment used in the course of a resident's commercial business;
          4. Storage of gasoline, other liquid motor fuels, or comparable or greater fire or explosion hazards; and
          5. Storage of items that have a high potential for generating obnoxious odors or windblown debris.
      2. Common Outdoor Storage Areas. Areas located in tracts or outlots in common ownership in a residential neighborhood, such as a homeowner's or similar association, must comply with the following:
        1. Common outdoor storage areas in residential developments shall be surrounded by a type B bufferyard.
        2. Access to the common outdoor storage area shall be provided from a street within the development.
        3. Common outdoor storage areas shall not be located such that they adjoin neighboring residential development.
      3. On-Lot Outdoor Storage. Outdoor storage is not allowed in front yards, but is permitted in the rear yards of single-family, duplex, townhome, and multiplex lots.

      148. Ord. 6446 §13, 12/15/2020

      Effective on: 12/29/2020

      18.04.07.09 Refuse, Recycling, and Compost Containers
    148. A.
      Generally. The standards of this Section apply to refuse, recycling, compost, and solar digester containers.
    149. B.
      Individual Refuse and Recycling Containers for Residential Purposes. The use and placement of individual refuse and recycling containers shall comply with Title 7, Loveland Municipal Code.
    150. C.
      Community Refuse and Recycling Containers for Residential Purposes. In development in which curbside trash pickup is not provided, centralized facilities shall be provided for solid waste and recycling collection. The centralized facilities shall comply with Title 7, Loveland Municipal Code, and shall be designed and located as follows:
      1. 1.
        Distance to Dwelling Units. The centralized facilities shall be located so that they are within 200 linear feet of the principal entrance of each dwelling unit.
      2. 2.
        Container Specification. Centralized refuse and recycling containers that are stored outdoors shall be fly-tight, watertight, and rodent-proof.
      3. 3.
        Location on Subject Property.
        1. a.
          Centralized solid waste and recyclable material collection facilities shall be set back 10 feet from all property lines of the subject property.
        2. b.
          In the alternative, if it is not possible to service the centralized facilities in a location which is at least 10 feet from all property lines, then the facilities may be located closer to the property lines, provided that:
          1. 1.
            They are designed and constructed to be consistent and compatible with the building or buildings on the subject property in terms of materials and architecture;
          2. 2.
            The setback reduction is applied to the front setback only after the Director finds that no other setback reduction will solve the service problem; and
          3. 3.
            They are located as far from the property line as is practicable.
      4. 4.
        Enclosure Requirements.
        1. a.
          The areas where refuse and recycling containers are stored shall be fully enclosed to a height of one foot above the top of the containers by:
          1. 1.
            An opaque fence or wall; and / or
          2. 2.
            Landscaped earthen berms.
        2. b.
          The enclosures shall include a concrete pad for containers, and shall be sized to include solid waste and recycling containers that are approved for the proposed use by the City.
      5. 5.
        Access Configuration.
        1. a.
          Service gates shall be provided, and shall remain closed at all times except when the containers are being serviced. The dimensions of the service access shall be configured to meet the requirements of the service provider.
        2. b.
          The enclosure shall also provide separate pedestrian access gates or a pedestrian access opening that screens the dumpster from view.
      1. D.
        Solar Compost Digesters and Compost Bins for Residential Purposes.
        1. 1.
          Solar compost digesters and compost bins are permitted in side and rear yards of single-family detached, duplex, and multiplex buildings, and in the rear yards of townhomes. Composters that are smaller than five cubic feet in capacity are allowed on porches and balconies of all residential uses.
        2. 2.
          All solar compost digesters and compost bins shall be set back:
          1. a.
            10 feet from interior side and rear property lines;
          2. b.
            20 feet from street rights-of-way; and
          3. c.
            20 feet from any habitable building.
        3. 3.
          All solar compost digesters and compost bins shall be used and maintained in a manner that protects adjacent properties from adverse environmental, health, and safety impacts, such as noise, odors, runoff of water, windblown dust and debris, and attraction of rodents or other pests. The City may require removal of solar compost digesters or compost bins that do not comply with these requirements.
      2. E.
        Compost Piles for Residential Purposes. Compost piles are subject to the requirements of Title 7, Loveland Municipal Code.
      3. F.
        Outside Trash Receptacles for Non-Residential Purposes. The use and placement of refuse and recycling containers shall comply with Title 7, Loveland Municipal Code, and the following standards:
        1. 1.
          Dumpsters and any other receptacle of trash shall be placed on a concrete pad and be entirely screened from view with a minimum six foot high opaque wall and gate that screen all receptacles;
        2. 2.
          The enclosure and gate shall be:
          1. a.
            Designed to prevent trash from being scattered by wind or animals;
          2. b.
            Constructed of sturdy, high quality materials. The enclosure walls shall be predominantly masonry or other comparable materials approved by the Director. The gate may be constructed of wood and / or metal; and
          3. c.
            Sited to allow the garbage truck room to maneuver without backing into a public right-of-way.

      Ord. 6636 §26, 09/05/2023

       

      Effective on: 9/19/2023

      18.04.07.10 Renewable Energy Systems
    151. Generally. Renewable energy systems include photovoltaic arrays (solar electric panels), geothermal heating and cooling systems, and small wind energy conversion systems. They do not include the manufacture of renewable combustible fuels (e.g., ethanol or biodiesel).
    152. Photovoltaic Arrays. The following standards apply to photovoltaic arrays:
      1. Roof-Mounts. Photovoltaic arrays may be roof-mounted on principal and accessory buildings and roofed structures in all zones. Photovoltaic arrays are subject to all applicable height limits and setback requirements of the zone in which they are located.
      2. Other Mounts. Photovoltaic arrays that are not mounted on buildings or roof structures shall be set back as if they were detached accessory buildings.
    153. Geothermal Heating and Cooling Systems. Geothermal heating and cooling systems use buried pipes to exchange heat with the ground, cooling buildings in the summer and warming them in the winter. Closed loop systems (horizontal and vertical loop systems) are permitted, provided that the loops are set back two feet from property lines and do not encroach into utility easements. Lake loop and open loop systems are not permitted.
    154. Small Wind Energy Conversion Systems. Small wind energy conversion systems are generators that convert wind into electricity. Small wind energy conversion systems are rated for not more than 20kW of generation capacity. The following standards apply to small wind energy conversion systems:
      1. Setbacks and Positioning.
        1. Towers shall be located behind principal buildings (either in the rear yard or in the building envelope) and set back from the building envelopes of adjoining properties one foot for each foot in height.
        2. Towers that are located in other types of residential development may be located as set out in Subsection E.1.a., above, or in common open space areas if it is demonstrated that:
          1. They are set back at least 100 feet from rights-of-way and residential property lines that are not within the development; or
          2. Screened from view from outside the development by buildings, topography, and / or landscaping.
        3. No tower shall be located such that is casts a shadow between the hours of 10 AM and 3 PM on December 21, which impacts any nearby building's unshaded roof area that is oriented within 30 degrees either side of due South.
        4. Turbines shall be installed in locations that will prevent flickering shadows from being cast into the windows of buildings on nearby properties.
        1. Turbine Blade Clearance. The vertical clearance of the blades of tower-mounted horizontal axis turbines shall be not less than 15 feet from the ground surface when the blades are at their lowest point.
        2. Access. Climbing access shall be limited by either:
          1. A six-foot tall fence around the base of the tower with a locking gate; or
          2. A design that does not allow for tower climbing at heights lower than 12 feet.
        3. Noise. Documentation provided by the manufacturer shall demonstrate that noise will not exceed 50 dBA at any property line at peak generation, based on the proposed location of the turbine.
        4. Reflections. Turbine blades shall be coated to minimize reflection.
        5. Tower Height and Screening. The maximum height of towers and the required screening for tall towers is set out in Table 18.04.07.10, Maximum Height of Small Wind Energy Conversion Systems. Tower height shall be measured as follows:
          1. For horizontal axis systems, to the highest point on the rotor blade at its highest point of rotation.
          2. For vertical axis systems, to the highest point of the tower or turbine, whichever is higher.
      Table 18.04.07.10
      Maximum Height of Small Wind Energy Conversion Systems
      Lot AreaMaximum HeightRequired Screening
      Lot area greater than 5 acres120 ft.Continuous evergreen hedge around sides of base that face lot lines. Existing vegetation, fencing, or garden walls that provide comparable screening may be substituted for this requirement.
      Lot area greater than 12,000 sf.75 ft.
      All other lots40 ft.None.
        1. Durability Requirements. Small wind energy conversion systems that become inoperable shall be repaired or removed by the owner or operator within 45 days.

      Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.07.11 Retaining Walls
    155. Generally. The standards of this Section apply to retaining walls in all zones.
    156. Height. Individual retaining walls shall not be more than eight feet tall. Where taller retaining walls are needed, a series of terraces or benches shall be used so that no individual wall is taller than eight feet. Terraces or benches shall be at least five feet wide and shall be planted with approved landscaping.
    157. Finish. Retaining walls that are taller than three feet in height shall be finished with native rock or other masonry that conveys a scale and texture similar to that of natural rock.
    158. Engineering. Retaining walls shall be designed and stamped by a Colorado Registered Professional Engineer, specializing in Structural Engineering, under the following conditions:
      1. Any wall that is six feet or greater at its highest point, as measured from the top of the wall to the lowest adjacent ground level, not including its foundation depth; or
      2. Any wall that is four feet in height or greater, where its height exceeds its distance from a right-of-way line or a common property line.

      159. Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.07.12 Satellite Dishes and Antennae
    159. Generally. The standards of this Section apply to satellite dishes and antennae that are typically associated with residential uses. They are not applicable to facilities that are used for commercial purposes or the provision of personal wireless telecommunication services to people who do not reside on the lot on which the dish or antenna is located.
    160. TV Antennae, DTV Antennae, Wireless Cable Antennae, and Satellite Dishes.
      1. The following are permitted if they are attached to a building or mounted on a mast that extends not more than 12 feet above the highest peak of the roof:
        1. TV antennae;
        2. DTV antennae;
        3. Wireless cable antennae; or
        4. Satellite dishes that are one meter or less in diameter.
      2. Masts that are greater than 12 feet above the peak of the roof are permitted if it is demonstrated that:
        1. An adequate signal cannot be obtained at a lower height;
        2. The mast and antenna are lower than overhead utility lines, or set back from overhead utility lines such that a collapse of the mast will not result in contact with the lines; and
        3. The mast and antenna are designed to withstand a 100 mile per hour sustained wind load.
      3. Satellite dishes that are up to one meter in diameter shall be constructed or painted in a manner that is compatible with or blends with the surroundings. No signage shall be allowed on satellite dishes for residential use .
      4. Satellite dishes that are more than one meter in diameter are permitted if:
        1. They are located on the ground in the rear yard and are not visible from ground-level views from public rights-of-way or adjoining properties; or
        2. If the dish cannot be located in the rear yard, it is located on the ground within the permitted building envelope on the side of the building, and the dish or antenna is fully screened from view from public rights-of-way with:
          1. A masonry wall; or
          2. An evergreen hedge or evergreen shrubs and understory trees.
      5. Where feasible, all cabling must be run internally (or underground, as appropriate), securely attached, and as inconspicuous as practicable.
    161. Amateur Radio Antennae. Amateur radio antennae are permitted if the following standards are met:
      1. Height, setbacks, and screening for the antenna structure shall be as provided in Table 18.04.07.12, Amateur Radio Antennae.
      2. Support structures that are not attached to the antenna structure shall be treated as accessory structures for the purposes of height, setbacks, and screening.
      162. Table 18.04.07.12
      Amateur Radio Antennae
      Height of AntennaMinimum Lot AreaMin. Front Setback1Min. Street Side SetbackMin. Side and Rear SetbackRequired Screening
      120 ft.Greater than two acres100 ft.; or, alternatively, 20 ft. behind rear elevation of principal buildingHeight of antenna70 ft.Continuous evergreen hedge around sides of base that face lot lines; Three small trees, located to maximize interruption of views from adjacent property and public rights-of-way. Existing vegetation that provides comparable screening may be applied toward this requirement.
      72 ft.12,000 sf.72 ft.; or alternatively, 15 ft. behind rear elevation of principal buildingHeight of antenna25 ft.
      40 ft.N/ASame as required for principal buildingNone
      Table 18.04.07.12
      Amateur Radio Antennae
      Height of AntennaMinimum Lot AreaMin. Front Setback1Min. Street Side SetbackMin. Side and Rear SetbackRequired Screening
      120 ft.Greater than two acres100 ft.; or, alternatively, 20 ft. behind rear elevation of principal buildingHeight of antenna70 ft.Continuous evergreen hedge around sides of base that face lot lines; Three small trees, located to maximize interruption of views from adjacent property and public rights-of-way. Existing vegetation that provides comparable screening may be applied toward this requirement.
      72 ft.12,000 sf.72 ft.; or alternatively, 15 ft. behind rear elevation of principal buildingHeight of antenna25 ft.
      40 ft.N/ASame as required for principal buildingNone
      Table 18.04.07.12
      Amateur Radio Antennae
      Height of AntennaMinimum Lot AreaMin. Front Setback1Min. Street Side SetbackMin. Side and Rear SetbackRequired Screening
      120 ft.Greater than two acres100 ft.; or, alternatively, 20 ft. behind rear elevation of principal buildingHeight of antenna70 ft.Continuous evergreen hedge around sides of base that face lot lines; Three small trees, located to maximize interruption of views from adjacent property and public rights-of-way. Existing vegetation that provides comparable screening may be applied toward this requirement.
      72 ft.12,000 sf.72 ft.; or alternatively, 15 ft. behind rear elevation of principal buildingHeight of antenna25 ft.
      40 ft.N/ASame as required for principal buildingNone
      Table 18.04.07.12
      Amateur Radio Antennae
      Height of AntennaMinimum Lot AreaMin. Front Setback1Min. Street Side SetbackMin. Side and Rear SetbackRequired Screening
      120 ft.Greater than two acres100 ft.; or, alternatively, 20 ft. behind rear elevation of principal buildingHeight of antenna70 ft.Continuous evergreen hedge around sides of base that face lot lines; Three small trees, located to maximize interruption of views from adjacent property and public rights-of-way. Existing vegetation that provides comparable screening may be applied toward this requirement.
      72 ft.12,000 sf.72 ft.; or alternatively, 15 ft. behind rear elevation of principal buildingHeight of antenna25 ft.
      40 ft.N/ASame as required for principal buildingNone

      Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.07.13 Shopping Cart Storage
      Shopping cart storage areas shall be placed inside the principal building, placed in an accessory structure designed to complement the principal building, or screened with walls and landscaping. Shopping cart return areas (for the temporary storage of shopping carts) may be located within surface parking lots.

      Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.07.14 Swimming Pools, Hot Tubs, and Spas
    162. Generally. Swimming pools, hot tubs, and spas are permitted according to the standards of this Section and applicable health and building codes.
    163. Standards for Private Residential Lots.
      1. Swimming pools, hot tubs, and spas on private residential lots (single-family detached, duplex, townhome, or multiplex) shall be located in the rear yard and set back at least 10 feet from property lines. No swimming pool shall encroach into a utility easement. No pool deck shall encroach into an easement that contains or is designated to contain underground utilities.
      2. Unobstructed deck areas shall extend not less than five feet in every direction from in-ground swimming pools.
    164. Standards for Commercial Uses or Community Amenities. Swimming pools, hot tubs, and spas that are constructed as commercial uses or community amenities shall be located, configured, and enclosed as follows:
      1. Location. Swimming pools, hot tubs, and spas shall be set back 25 feet from all property lines.
      2. Required Enclosure.
        1. Swimming pools, hot tubs, and spas shall be enclosed by any combination of fence, building, or wall to prevent unauthorized access. All access points shall be controlled entrances.
        2. Enclosures shall be a minimum of five feet in height, measured on the side of the enclosure that faces away from the pool, hot tub, or spa.
      3. Access. Entrances to the swimming pool, hot tub, or spa area shall be accessible to disabled individuals, with gates that are self-closing and self-latching. Latches shall be at least four and one-half feet above the surface of the ground.
      4. Deck Areas. Unobstructed deck areas shall extend not less than five feet in every direction from in-ground swimming pools.

      165. Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.07.15 Unattended Donation Drop-Off Boxes
    165. Generally. Unattended donation drop-off boxes are allowed in any zone if the subject property is used for nonresidential purposes.
    166. Location. Unattended donation drop-off boxes:
      1. Shall be set back at least 15 feet from all property lines; and
      2. Shall not obstruct parking or on-site or off-site vehicular movements.
    167. Construction. Drop-off boxes shall be constructed of waterproof and rustproof materials, and shall be secured against scavenging.
    168. Maintenance. Materials that are deposited in drop-off boxes shall be collected on a regular schedule that is sufficient to prevent the boxes from overflowing.

      169. Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.07.16 Utilities and Mechanical Equipment
    169. A.
      Generally. The standards of this Section apply to all buildings in the City.
    170. B.
      Electrical, Gas, Communications, Water, Wastewater, and Storm Drain.
      1. 1.
        Electrical and communications utilities that serve individual buildings shall be installed underground.
      2. 2.
        Gas, water, wastewater, and storm drain utilities shall be installed underground.
    171. C.
      Radon Mitigation. Radon mitigation systems, if used, shall be integrated into the building design, or if retrofitted and visible from public streets, shall be designed to appear as gutter pipes, or painted the same color as the building wall.
    172. D.
      Ground-Mounted Equipment. Ground-mounted HVAC equipment shall be completely screened from view from street-level and adjoining properties by building walls, landscaping, or screen walls.

      173. Ord. 6636 §27, 09/05/2023

      Effective on: 9/19/2023

      18.04.07.17 Vending and Reverse Vending Machines
    173. Generally. Generally, vending machines and reverse vending machines shall be located inside of buildings.
    174. Exceptions. Vending machines and reverse vending machines may be provided outside at transit facilities; public parks; outdoor stadiums, arenas, amphitheaters, or drive-in theaters; outdoor commercial recreation or amusement uses; campgrounds; and RV parks; provided that:
      1. They are located under a roofed structure that provides cover from rain and snow;
      2. If internally illuminated, they do not face a public street or residential use or property unless:
        1. They are screened from view by fences, walls, topography, or landscaping; or
        2. They are at least 50 feet away from the property line; and
      3. For vending machines that dispense food or beverages, trash and recycling containers are located within 30 feet of the vending machines.

      175. Effective on: 11/20/2018

      18.04.08.01 Purpose, Interests, and Findings
    175. A.
      Purpose. The purpose and intent of this Division is to set out reasonable regulations for the design, location, installation, operation, repair, maintenance, and removal of signs in a manner that advances the City's legitimate, important, substantial, and compelling interests, while simultaneously safeguarding the constitutionally protected right of free speech and expression.
    176. B.
      Interests. The City has a legitimate, important, substantial, or compelling interest in:
      1. 1.
        Preventing the proliferation of signs of generally increasing size, dimensions, and intrusiveness ( also known as "sign clutter") that tends to result from property owners competing for the attention of passing motorists and pedestrians, because sign clutter:
        1. a.
          Creates visual distraction and obstructs views, potentially creating safety hazards for motorists, bicyclists, and pedestrians;
        2. b.
          May involve physical obstruction of streets, sidewalks, or trails, creating public safety hazards;
        3. c.
          Degrades the aesthetic quality of the City, making the City a less attractive place for residents, business owners, visitors, and private investment; and
        4. d.
          Dilutes or obscures messages on individual signs due to the increasing intensity of competition for attention.
      2. 2.
        Maintaining and enhancing the historic character and modern use of Downtown Loveland, a historic, cultural, and economic resource of outstanding quality and increasing vibrancy.
      3. 3.
        Maintaining a high-quality aesthetic environment to protect and enhance property values, leverage public investments in streets, sidewalks, trails, plazas, parks, and landscaping, and enhance community pride.
    177. C.
      Findings. The City finds that:
      1. 1.
        Content-neutrality, viewpoint neutrality, and fundamental fairness in regulation and review are essential to ensuring an appropriate balance between the legitimate, important, substantial, and compelling interests set out in subsection (B), above, and the constitutionally-protected right to free expression.
      2. 2.
        The regulations set out in this Division do not relate to the suppression of constitutionally-protected free expression, do not relate to the content of protected messages that may be displayed on signs, and do not relate to the viewpoint of individual speakers.
      3. 3.
        The incidental restriction on the freedom of speech that may result from the regulation of signs pursuant to this Division is no greater than is essential to the furtherance of the legitimate, important, substantial, and compelling interests that are advanced herein.
      4. 4.
        Regulation of the location, number, materials, height, sign area, form, and duration of display of temporary signs is essential to preventing sign clutter.
      5. 5.
        Temporary signs may be degraded, damaged, moved, or destroyed by wind, rain, snow, ice, and sun, and after such degradation, damage, movement, or destruction, such signs harm the safety, function, and/ or aesthetics of the City's streets and sidewalks if they are not removed.
      6. 6.
        This Division represents the City's best effort to advance the City's legitimate, important, substantial, and compelling interests while ensuring consistency with an evolving legal framework.

      178. (Ord. 6753 §2, 02/08/2025) 

      Effective on: 2/18/2025

      18.04.08.02 Applicability; Exemptions; and Permit Exceptions
    178. A.
      Generally. The provisions of this Division apply to the installation, construction, erection, use, display, alteration, location, maintenance, and removal of all signs within the City that are not specifically exempt from such application.
    179. B.
      Exemptions and Partial Exemptions.
      1. 1.
        Signs Posted by the City and Other Units of Government. This Division does not apply to signs of any type that are installed or posted (or required to be installed or posted) by the Federal government, the State of Colorado, Larimer County, the City, or a School District (collectively, "Governmental Entities") that is located in whole or in part within the City, on property owned or controlled by the Governmental Entity over which the City does not have regulatory jurisdiction, unless otherwise specified in an agreement. Such signs may include but are not limited to street signs and permanent traffic control devices, temporary signs that are used in conjunction with traffic control, and other signs that said entities display, require, or license to be displayed upon property that they own or control.
      2. 2.
        Partial Exemptions. The following signs are subject only to subsections D., E., and F. of Section 18.04.08.04, Prohibitions, and shall not require a sign permit:
        1. a.
          ​​​​Signs that are not visible from the property boundaries or public and private streets traveled by the general public due to the configuration of the building( s) or structure(s), topography, or other permanent screening mechanism.
        2. b.
          ​​​​​Signs that are applied to or painted on a utility cabinet or pedestal, provided that:
          1. i.
            The cabinet or pedestal is in use for its principal purpose as a utility cabinet or pedestal and the sign does not interfere with such use;
          2. ii.
            The owner of the utility cabinet or pedestal consents to the installation of the sign.
    180. C.
      Standards Superseded. The standards of this division shall supersede any conflicting material in the following plans:
      1. 1.
        Appendix C: Design Guidelines for Downtown Loveland
      2. 2.
        Appendix F: U.S. 34 Corridor Plan
      3. 3.
        I-25 Regional Corridor Plan, Development Design Standards
    181. D.
      Sign Permit Required.
      1. 1.
        Generally. No sign shall be displayed, constructed, installed, erected, or altered within the City limits until the City has issued a sign permit, except as specifically provided in this Division.
      2. 2.
        Exceptions.
        1. a.
          No permit is required for routine sign maintenance, painting or replacing light sources with lighting of comparable brightness.
        2. b.
          No permit is required for:
          1. i.
            ​Flags that do not exceed 48 square feet in area per flag, provided that:
            1. a)
              ​​​​​​​The flags are attached along one edge to a straight, rigid flagpole (directly or with rope);
            2. b)
              ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​No flag obstructs pedestrian, bicycle, or vehicular traffic;
            3. c)
              ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​No flag is located within a street bufferyard or a required sight triangle;
            4. d)
              ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​No flagpole exceeds one and a halftimes the height of the principal structure;
            5. e)
              ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​For nonresidential uses, no more than 3 building-mounted or ground-mounted flagpoles are installed per street frontage, and no more than 3 flags are flown on each flagpole; and
            6. f)
              ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​For residential uses, no more than 1 ground-mounted flagpole and 2 building mounted flagpoles are installed per property, and no flags are mounted on a fence or a roof.
          2. ii.
            ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​Incidental Signs or Decals.
          3. iii.
            ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​Required Signs.
          4. iv.
            ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​Seasonal Decorations.
          5. v.
            ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​Small signs that are less than two square feet in area, affixed to a building or structure, provided that not more than two small signs are installed per premises per frontage.
          6. vi.
            ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​Temporary Signs as specifically exempted in Section 18.04.08.09, Temporary Signs.
    182. E.
      Relationship to Other Regulations.
      1. 1.
        In addition to the regulations set out in this Division, signs may also be subject to applicable State laws and regulations ( e.g., State of Colorado, Department of Highways, "Rules and Regulations Pertaining to Outdoor Advertising," effective January 1, 1984, as may be amended from time to time), Federal laws and regulations, and applicable adopted building and electrical codes. Exceptions to the sign permit requirement do not constitute exemptions from other applicable codes or permit requirements. However, the City will enforce only its own duly adopted ordinances and regulations.
      2. 2.
        Where any provision of this Division covers the same subject matter as other regulations of the City, the more specific regulation shall control the more general one, unless the City determines that the more specific regulation is clearly unenforceable as a matter of law.
      3. 3.
        Where any provision of this Division covers the same subject matter as other regulations of the State of Colorado or the United States, that nothing in this Chapter shall be construed as a defense to a violation of applicable state or federal law except as may be provided in the state or federal law.

      183. (Ord. 6753 §2, 02/08/2025) 

      Effective on: 2/18/2025

      18.04.08.03 Measurements
    183. A.
      Sign Clearance. Sign clearance is the distance between the bottom of a sign face or structural element that is not affixed to the ground and the nearest point on the ground-level surface under it. 

      FIGURE 18.04.08.03.A
      Measurement of Sign Clearance

       illustration of measurement of sign clearance
    184. B.
      Sign Height. Sign height is the vertical distance measured from the average grade at the base of a sign to the highest point of the sign, including all support structures. For freestanding signs located on a slope or berm, the height of the sign shall be measured from the average grade between the base of the sign and a point six feet down slope from the sign.

      185.  FIGURE 18.04.08.03.B.

      Measurement of Sign Height on a Slope or Berm

       

       

      illustration of measurement of sign height on a slope or berm
      1. C.
        Sign Area.
        1. 1.
          Generally. In general, sign area is the area within a continuous polygon with up to eight straight sides that completely encloses the limits of text and graphics of a sign, together with any frame or other material or color forming an integral part of the display or used to differentiate the sign’s contents from the background against which they are placed.

      FIGURE 18.04.08.03.C.

      Measurement of Sign Area

      FIGURE 18.04.08.03.C.

      Measurement of Sign Area

      FIGURE 18.04.08.03.C.

      Measurement of Sign Area

      FIGURE 18.04.08.03.C.

      Measurement of Sign Area

      1.  
        1. 2.
          Open Areas and Gaps.
          1. a.
            Sign area includes open areas or gaps contained within the outer limits of the display face, or between any component, panel, strip, or figure of any kind composing the display face, whether this open space is enclosed by a frame or border or not.
          2. b.
            Wall signs that are visually separated by a distance of less than five feet shall be considered separate signs if:
            1. i.
              They are attached to a different building elevation;
            2. ii.
              They are attached to building walls that are not on the same vertical plane; or
            3. iii.
              They are located above different tenant spaces in a multi-tenant building.
        2. 3.
          Multiple Sign Faces and Three-Dimensional Objects. Signs may have multiple faces or contain three-dimensional objects. The area of such signs is measured using the vertical cross-section that represents the sign’s maximum projection upon a vertical plane.

      FIGURE 18.04.08.03.D.

      Measurement of Three-Dimensional Objects

      FIGURE 18.04.08.03.D.

      Measurement of Three-Dimensional Objects

      FIGURE 18.04.08.03.D.

      Measurement of Three-Dimensional Objects

      FIGURE 18.04.08.03.D.

      Measurement of Three-Dimensional Objects

      1.  
        1. 4.
          Awning Signs. All writing, representations, emblems, or figures forming an integral part of a display used to identify, direct, or attract the attention of the public shall be considered to be a sign for purposes of measurement.
        2. 5.
          Exclusions.
          1. a.
            Generally. Sign area does not include the building or support structure upon which the sign is installed, except to the extent that the building or support structure is an integral part of the display or used to differentiate it.
          2. b.
            Subdivision Access Signs. For subdivision access signs, the area of the support structure (not including the sign area measured as provided in subsection C.1. or C.2., above, as applicable), measured using the vertical cross-section that represents the support structure’s maximum projection upon a vertical plane, is not counted towards sign area, except that if such area is more than 1.5 times the sign area, then it is added to the sign area to the extent of the overage. For the purposes of this measurement support structures include, but are not limited to, all components that form the sign base except for retaining walls that meet the requirements of Section 18.04.07.10, Retaining Walls, or are lawfully nonconforming. This limitation is not applied when the sign is attached or affixed to a landscaped planter bed constructed with high quality materials such as masonry, timbers, or natural stone which has been approved by the Director for the site.
      2. D.
        Property Frontage.
        1. 1.
          Property frontage is measured as the length of each property boundary that abuts a street right-of-way, following any curvature. For the purposes of this measurement, street right-of-way includes public streets and officially named private streets.
        2. 2.
          The measurement of property frontage may be combined across adjoining properties to establish a premise for the purpose of calculating the number of permanent freestanding signs if the owner of each of the affected properties executes a signage premise agreement in a form acceptable to the City that:
          1. a.
            Aggregates the properties for the purposes of the application and enforcement of this Section as to signage that is permitted or sized based on measurements of property frontage; and
          2. b.
            Prohibits the termination of the signage premise agreement without the approval of the Director, which shall be withheld if such termination would result in noncompliance with this Section with respect to any affected property.
      3. E.
        Freestanding Sign Setbacks.
        1. 1.
          Street Setbacks. The required street setback for freestanding signs is measured as the distance between the sign's leading edge (including the base) and the closest ultimate curb or edge of pavement.
        2. 2.
          Other Setbacks. All other setbacks are measured from the property line to a point on the sign closest to the property line from which the setback is measured.

      (Ord. 6753 §2, 02/08/2025)

      Effective on: 2/18/2025

      18.04.08.04 Prohibitions
    185. A.
      Generally. The prohibitions in this Section apply to temporary and permanent signs in all areas of the City, except as specifically provided herein.
    186. B.
      Prohibited Signs. The following signs are not allowed in any zone:
      1. 1.
        Abandoned and Obsolete Signs unless covered by a temporary sign cover as provided in Section 18.04.08.09.J, Temporary Sign Covers, during the period set out therein. 
      2. 2.
        Roof signs or any portion of a sign or sign cabinet or frame extending above the parapet or roof eave, except as provided in Section 18.04.08.10.E., Roof Signs.
      3. 3.
        Off-premise signs, except transit-stop signs
      4. 4.
        Billboards
    187. C.
      Prohibited Elements. The following shall not be incorporated as an element of any sign or sign structure:
      1. 1.
        Animated, flashing, or moving parts, including any moving, swinging, rotating, or spinning parts or flashing, blinking, fluctuating, or otherwise animated light, except:
        1. a.
          Electronic message center displays that are in compliance with Section 18.04.08.08, Manual Changeable Copy Centers and Electronic Message Center (“EMC”) Displays;
        2. b.
          Clocks;
        3. c.
          Vertical cylinders not more than three feet in height and one foot in radius that rotate around their vertical axis;
        4. d.
          Flags that are flown from flagpoles that are not attached to other types of signs; and
        5. e.
          Pennant strings or feather flags that are allowed pursuant to Section 18.04.08.09, Temporary Signs.
      2. 2.
        Cardboard, card stock, or paper, except when used as a window sign or temporary sign.
      3. 3.
        Stacked products (e.g., tires, pallets or crates, bagged soil or mulch).
      4. 4.
        Unshielded bare light bulbs that are larger than C9 format or brighter than 50 lumens per bulb, except that tube lighting that is integrated into a sign (other than fluorescent tube lighting) shall not be considered a “bare light bulb” for the purposes of this standard.  Unshielded bare light bulbs that exceed this standard and tube lighting that is used to highlight a building facade, may be approved by the Director if it is demonstrated that the lighting will be compatible with surrounding land uses and shielded to ensure that glare is not visible from any nearby residential property (note that illumination of signs in any manner is subject to Section 18.04.08.07, Illumination, and the other Sections referenced therein).
      5. 5.
        Materials with a high degree of specular reflectivity, such as polished metal, installed in a manner that creates substantial glare from headlights, street lights, sunlight, or other sources. This prohibition does not include retroreflective materials that comply with the standards set forth in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (“MUTCD”).
      6. 6.
        Motor vehicles, unless:
        1. a.
          The vehicles are operational, and either:
          1. i.
            Automobile dealer inventory; or
          2. ii.
            Regularly used as a motor vehicle, with current registration and tags;
        2. b.
          The display of signage on the motor vehicle would not interfere with the immediate operation of the motor vehicle (e.g., signs that are held in place by an open hood or trunk are not allowed; signs that cover windows are not allowed; and signs that would fall off of the vehicle if the vehicle were in motion are not allowed);
        3. c.
          Signage does not project above the roof of the vehicle more than 18 inches;
        4. d.
          The signage is either flush-painted or applied directly and flush (e.g., vinyl or magnetic letters and graphics) and the display does not include an electronic message center; and
        5. e.
          If the total sign area on the vehicle is greater than 10 square feet, the motor vehicle is legally parked in a designated parking space at least 50 feet away from the public right-of-way or screened from view by a building or structure, unless the premise does not include parking spaces that are at least 50 feet away from public right-of-way, in which the location for the parked vehicles shall be approved by the Director.
      7. 7.
        Semi-trailers, trailers, storage containers, or portable storage units, unless:
        1. a.
          The semi-trailers, trailers, storage containers, or portable storage units are:
          1. i.
            Structurally sound and capable of being transported;
          2. ii.
            Used for their primary purpose (e.g., storage, pick-up, or delivery); and
          3. iii.
            If subject to registration, have current registration and tags; and
        2. b.
          The display of signage is incidental to the primary purpose;
        3. c.
          The display of the signage is non-illuminated;
        4. d.
          Signage is either flush-painted or applied directly and flush (e.g., vinyl letters and graphics) to the semi-trailer, storage container, or portable storage unit (banners, flags, and other comparable temporary signage affixed to or placed upon semi-trailers, storage containers, or portable storage units is not allowed); and
        5. e.
          The semi-trailer, trailer, storage container, or portable storage unit is parked or placed in a designated loading area, is parked on a construction site in an area that is designated on an approved construction staging plan, is legally parked in a designated parking space at least 50 feet away from the public right-of-way, or is screened from view by a building or structure.
    188. D.
      Prohibited Obstructions. In no event shall a sign, whether temporary or permanent, obstruct the use of:
      1. 1.
        Building ingress or egress, including doors, egress windows, and fire escapes.
      2. 2.
        Operable windows (with regard to movement only; obstruction of transparency is allowed within any applicable limits set out in Table 18.04.08.09C, Window Signs).
      3. 3.
        Equipment, structures, or architectural elements that are related to public safety, building operations, or utility service (e.g., standpipes, downspouts, fire hydrants, electrical outlets, lighting, vents, valves, and meters).
    189. E.
      Prohibited Mounts. No sign, whether temporary or permanent, shall be posted, installed, mounted on, fastened, or affixed to any of the following:
      1. 1.
        Any tree or shrub.
      2. 2.
        Any utility pole or light pole, unless:
        1. a.
          The sign is a banner or flag that is not more than 10 square feet in area;
        2. b.
          The owner of the utility pole or light pole consents to its use for the display of the banner or flag;
        3. c.
          The banner or flag is mounted on brackets or a pole that extend not more than 30 inches from the utility pole or light pole;
        4. d.
          The banner or flag is either situated above an area that is not used by pedestrians or vehicles, or the bottom of the banner or flag has a sign clearance of at least eight feet over pedestrian areas or 12 feet over vehicular use areas; and
        5. e.
          If the pole is within a public right-of-way, the sign complies with subsection F.1.b., below.
      3. 3.
        Utility cabinets or pedestals (except signs that are applied by or with the consent of the owner of the utility cabinet or pedestal).
    190. F.
      Prohibited Locations. In addition to applicable setback requirements and other restrictions of this Division, no sign shall be located in any of the following locations:
      1. 1.
        In or over public rights-of-way (which, in addition to streets, may include other sidewalks, parkways, trails, multi-use pathways, retaining walls, utility poles, traffic calming devices, medians, and center islands that are within public rights-of-way), except:
        1. a.
          Signs painted on or affixed to transit shelters and bus benches as authorized by the provider of the shelter or bench, but not extending beyond the physical structure of the shelter or bench; or
        2. b.
          Signs, either temporary or permanent, that are approved as part of a revocable license agreement with the City (see Section 2.24.060, Revocable Licenses and Permits) or other jurisdiction that owns or controls the right-of-way, installed and maintained in accordance with the terms of that agreement; or
        3. c.
          Signs that are installed by the governmental authority that owns or controls the right-of-way.
      2. 2.
        Within any sight distance triangle unless it is demonstrated that the sign will not impede sight visibility as identified in Section 18.05.02.02, Sight Triangles.
      3. 3.
        In or on public property without authorization by the Director. Unauthorized signs may be confiscated in accordance with Section 18.18.02.05, Unauthorized Signs on Public Property.

      191. (Ord. 6753 §2, 02/08/2025) 

      Effective on: 2/18/2025

      18.04.08.05 Sign Districts
    191. A.
      Generally. In recognition that the City is a place of diverse physical character, and that different areas of the City have different functional characteristics, signs are regulated in part based on the sign district in which they are located.
    192. B.
      Sign Districts Created. The following four sign districts are created: Downtown (DTS), Commercial / Industrial (CI), Mixed Residential (RM), and Single-Family Residential (RS). In addition to the sign districts, the following overlay district is created: I-25 Overlay (I-25).

      193. TABLE 18.04.08.05
      SIGN DISTRICTS2

      Sign District

      Corresponding Zoning Districts or Areas

      Downtown Signage (DTS)

      Properties within the boundaries set out in Figure 18.04.08.05, except single family detached and duplex property

      Commercial/Industrial (CI)

      B except single-family detached and duplex property

      I and PP

      DT properties, for vertically mixed-use or nonresidential properties outside  the boundaries set out in Figure 18.04.08.05A

      MAC, E and PUD for vertically mixed-use or nonresidential properties

      Vertically mixed-use or nonresidential properties in neighborhood activity centers in complete neighborhoods

      Property in the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone

      Mixed Residential (RM)

      R3e and R3, except single-family detached and duplex property

      MAC, E and PUD for all residential and special residential uses, except single-family detached and duplex property

      Single-Family Residential (RS)

      ER, R1e, R1, R2 and DR

      R3e, R3, B, DT, MAC, E and PUD for single-family detached or duplex property

      Overlay District

      Corresponding Area

      I-25 Overlay (I-25)

      An overlay that applies only to freestanding signs in the CI sign district where the property shares a boundary with the I-25 right-of-way and the sign is oriented to motorists traveling on I-25.

      TABLE NOTE:

      1 For the purposes of this table, “nonresidential” includes all uses listed in Section 18.02.03.04, Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use by Zone to Section 18.02.03.10, Agricultural Land Use by Zone, inclusive, except overhead power lines (110kV or more); utilities, minor; freestanding communications tower; alternative tower structure; small cell wireless facility; and other wireless communications facilities.

      2 Sign standards that are approved as part of a PUD supersede the sign standards that are set out in this Division.

      TABLE 18.04.08.05
      SIGN DISTRICTS2

      Sign District

      Corresponding Zoning Districts or Areas

      Downtown Signage (DTS)

      Properties within the boundaries set out in Figure 18.04.08.05, except single family detached and duplex property

      Commercial/Industrial (CI)

      B except single-family detached and duplex property

      I and PP

      DT properties, for vertically mixed-use or nonresidential properties outside  the boundaries set out in Figure 18.04.08.05A

      MAC, E and PUD for vertically mixed-use or nonresidential properties

      Vertically mixed-use or nonresidential properties in neighborhood activity centers in complete neighborhoods

      Property in the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone

      Mixed Residential (RM)

      R3e and R3, except single-family detached and duplex property

      MAC, E and PUD for all residential and special residential uses, except single-family detached and duplex property

      Single-Family Residential (RS)

      ER, R1e, R1, R2 and DR

      R3e, R3, B, DT, MAC, E and PUD for single-family detached or duplex property

      Overlay District

      Corresponding Area

      I-25 Overlay (I-25)

      An overlay that applies only to freestanding signs in the CI sign district where the property shares a boundary with the I-25 right-of-way and the sign is oriented to motorists traveling on I-25.

      TABLE NOTE:

      1 For the purposes of this table, “nonresidential” includes all uses listed in Section 18.02.03.04, Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use by Zone to Section 18.02.03.10, Agricultural Land Use by Zone, inclusive, except overhead power lines (110kV or more); utilities, minor; freestanding communications tower; alternative tower structure; small cell wireless facility; and other wireless communications facilities.

      2 Sign standards that are approved as part of a PUD supersede the sign standards that are set out in this Division.

      TABLE 18.04.08.05
      SIGN DISTRICTS2

      Sign District

      Corresponding Zoning Districts or Areas

      Downtown Signage (DTS)

      Properties within the boundaries set out in Figure 18.04.08.05, except single family detached and duplex property

      Commercial/Industrial (CI)

      B except single-family detached and duplex property

      I and PP

      DT properties, for vertically mixed-use or nonresidential properties outside  the boundaries set out in Figure 18.04.08.05A

      MAC, E and PUD for vertically mixed-use or nonresidential properties

      Vertically mixed-use or nonresidential properties in neighborhood activity centers in complete neighborhoods

      Property in the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone

      Mixed Residential (RM)

      R3e and R3, except single-family detached and duplex property

      MAC, E and PUD for all residential and special residential uses, except single-family detached and duplex property

      Single-Family Residential (RS)

      ER, R1e, R1, R2 and DR

      R3e, R3, B, DT, MAC, E and PUD for single-family detached or duplex property

      Overlay District

      Corresponding Area

      I-25 Overlay (I-25)

      An overlay that applies only to freestanding signs in the CI sign district where the property shares a boundary with the I-25 right-of-way and the sign is oriented to motorists traveling on I-25.

      TABLE NOTE:

      1 For the purposes of this table, “nonresidential” includes all uses listed in Section 18.02.03.04, Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use by Zone to Section 18.02.03.10, Agricultural Land Use by Zone, inclusive, except overhead power lines (110kV or more); utilities, minor; freestanding communications tower; alternative tower structure; small cell wireless facility; and other wireless communications facilities.

      2 Sign standards that are approved as part of a PUD supersede the sign standards that are set out in this Division.

      TABLE 18.04.08.05
      SIGN DISTRICTS2

      Sign District

      Corresponding Zoning Districts or Areas

      Downtown Signage (DTS)

      Properties within the boundaries set out in Figure 18.04.08.05, except single family detached and duplex property

      Commercial/Industrial (CI)

      B except single-family detached and duplex property

      I and PP

      DT properties, for vertically mixed-use or nonresidential properties outside  the boundaries set out in Figure 18.04.08.05A

      MAC, E and PUD for vertically mixed-use or nonresidential properties

      Vertically mixed-use or nonresidential properties in neighborhood activity centers in complete neighborhoods

      Property in the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone

      Mixed Residential (RM)

      R3e and R3, except single-family detached and duplex property

      MAC, E and PUD for all residential and special residential uses, except single-family detached and duplex property

      Single-Family Residential (RS)

      ER, R1e, R1, R2 and DR

      R3e, R3, B, DT, MAC, E and PUD for single-family detached or duplex property

      Overlay District

      Corresponding Area

      I-25 Overlay (I-25)

      An overlay that applies only to freestanding signs in the CI sign district where the property shares a boundary with the I-25 right-of-way and the sign is oriented to motorists traveling on I-25.

      TABLE NOTE:

      1 For the purposes of this table, “nonresidential” includes all uses listed in Section 18.02.03.04, Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use by Zone to Section 18.02.03.10, Agricultural Land Use by Zone, inclusive, except overhead power lines (110kV or more); utilities, minor; freestanding communications tower; alternative tower structure; small cell wireless facility; and other wireless communications facilities.

      2 Sign standards that are approved as part of a PUD supersede the sign standards that are set out in this Division.

       FIGURE 18.04.08.05
      DOWNTOWN SIGN DISTRICT
       Map of sign district

      (Ord. 6753 §2, 02/08/2025) 

      Effective on: 2/18/2025

      18.04.08.06 Sign Area Allowance
    193. A.
      Generally. The sign area allowance is a budget for maximum total sign area (except as provided herein) of all sign faces of attached and freestanding signs on properties within the CI and DTS sign districts. Sign area allowance does not apply in other sign districts.
    194. B.
      Sign Area Allowance in CI and DTS Sign Districts.
      1. 1.
        The sign area allowance for a subject property in the CI and DTS sign districts is the greatest of the following:
        1. a.
          One freestanding sign per street frontage, not to exceed 50 square feet in sign area; and one wall sign per street frontage or ground-floor principal entrance to a separate tenant space in a multi-tenant center (whichever results in more signs), not to exceed 32 square feet in sign area per wall sign; or
        2. b.
          Two square feet per linear foot of building frontage (counting not more than two signable walls) for the first 200 linear feet of building frontage, plus one square foot per linear foot of building frontage thereafter. The total sign area for all sign faces shall be deducted from the maximum total sign area allowance.
      2. 2.
        For buildings that are set back 15 feet or less from the ultimate curb of an adjacent street, the sign area allowance, applicable to each building elevation individually, is the greater of:
        1. a.
          10 percent of the first floor façade area; or
        2. b.
          32 square feet.

      195. (Ord. 6753 §2, 02/08/2025) 

      Effective on: 2/18/2025

      18.04.08.07 Illumination
    195. A.
      Generally. The illumination of signs, where permitted, shall comply with the standards Division 18.09.02, Lighting, and this Section; except that EMC displays are subject to the standards Division 18.09.02, Lighting, and Section 18.04.08.08, Manual Changeable Copy Centers and Electronic Message Center (“EMC”) Displays (and not this Section).
    196. B.
      Internal Illumination.  Internal illumination of signs is allowed as provided in Section 18.04.08.10, Permanent Building Mounted Signs and Section 18.04.08.11, Permanent Freestanding Signs. Where such illumination is allowed, it shall not include any exposed light source, except that exposed neon or comparable tube lighting is permitted in the following sign districts:
      1. 1.
        CI; and
      2. 2.
        DTS, if the neon lighting does not obscure architectural details, and is compatible with the architectural style of the building to which it is attached, and reflective of the era in which the building was constructed, as determined by the Director with advisement from the Downtown Development Authority.
    197. C.
      External Illumination. External illumination of signs is allowed as provided in Section 18.04.08.10, Permanent Building Mounted Signs, and Section 18.04.08.11, Permanent Freestanding Signs. Where such illumination is allowed, it shall be subject to the following standards:
      1. 1.
        When external light sources are used to illuminate detached signs, the light source must be concealed from view from on and off-site vehicular and pedestrian use areas and from within existing buildings.
      2. 2.
        All externally illuminated signs shall have their lighting directed in such a manner as to illuminate only the face of the sign, and not to create glare or sky glow.
    198. D.
      Illumination Curfew. In general, illumination of signs shall be turned off between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. (“lighting curfew”) for properties in the RM and RS sign districts.  However, signs may be illuminated during the lighting curfew if the operating hours of the use to which the sign relates extend into the lighting curfew.  In such case, signs that contain an EMC shall be dimmed to three percent or less of their daytime brightness level, and the signs shall be turned off within 30 minutes after the end of operating hours.

      199. (Ord. 6753 §2, 02/08/2025) 

      Effective on: 2/18/2025

      18.04.08.08 Manual Changeable Copy Centers and Electronic Message Center (“EMC”) Displays
    199. A.
      Generally. Manual changeable copy centers and electronic message center displays, where allowed, shall be subject to the applicable requirements of this Section.
    200. B.
      Manual Changeable Copy Centers.
      1. 1.
        Design.
        1. a.
          Manual changeable copy centers shall appear integrated into the sign face of a permanent sign that also includes text and graphics that are not part of the manual changeable copy center.
        2. b.
          No manual changeable copy center may be constructed using face or screen materials such as expanded metal or other types of mesh; any type of corrugated plastic such as Filon, V3 or Styrene; or other types of materials that are commonly used for "portable" or "homemade" signs.
      2. 2.
        Dimensions. No manual changeable copy message center shall occupy more than 50 percent of the sign area of a sign.
      3. 3.
        Operations. No manual changeable copy center may have changeable copy that is nailed, pinned, glued, taped, or comparably attached.
    201. C.
      Electronic Message Center (“EMC”) Displays.
      1. 1.
        Generally. Digital electronic message centers may be incorporated into signs as provided in this subsection.
      2. 2.
        Number and Design.
        1. a.
          Not more than one sign with an EMC component is allowed per street frontage per premise.
        2. b.
          EMCs shall be integrated into the design of the sign face and structure, shall not be the predominant element of the sign, and if located at the top of a sign, the sign must include a substantial cap feature above the EMC, which consists of the same material, form, color, and texture as found on the sign structure.
      3. 3.
        Dimensions. Unless otherwise specifically allowed by this Division, the area of the EMC display shall not exceed 50 percent of the sign face of the sign upon which it is located, except within the I-25 corridor where the area of the EMC display shall not exceed 60 percent of the sign face of the sign upon which it is located.
      4. 4.
        Location and Prohibitions.
        1. a.
          EMCs are allowed within the CI sign district.
        2. b.
          EMCs are allowed within the DTS sign district only if they are associated with a marquee sign.
        3. c.
          EMCs in the Transition, Central, Arrival, and Gateway Corridor Zones in the Highway 34 Corridor, as defined in Appendix F: U.S. 34 Corridor Plan and set out in Figure 18.04.08.08, U.S. 34 Corridor Zones, are permitted only on a premise sharing a boundary with the Highway 34 right-of-way for more than 500 linear feet (which may be established by a sign premise agreement).

      202. FIGURE 18.04.08.08

      U.S. 34 CORRIDOR ZONES 
       Corridor Zone plan map
      1.  
        1.  
          1. d.
            EMCs within the I-25 Overlay District are permitted:
            1. i.
              Only for nonresidential uses on properties with more than 500 feet of frontage along the I-25 right-of-way (which may be established by sign premise agreement);
            2. ii.
              Only one sign containing an EMC per street frontage per property is allowed (a two-sided sign may have an EMC on each side); and
            3. iii.
              No EMCs shall be placed within 1,000 feet of another EMC on the same side of I-25 and facing the same direction of travel.
          2. e.
            EMCs are allowed within the RM and RS sign districts only for uses listed in Section 18.02.03.06, Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Land Use by Zone, provided:
            1. i.
              The EMC is located at a point that is as far as practical from an adjacent residential property or screened to avoid direct impacts on the residential use; and
            2. ii.
              The EMC complies with the illumination curfew in Section 18.04.08.07.D, Illumination Curfew.
        2. 5.
          Operations.
          1. a.
            The EMC display shall contain static messages only, using cut, dissolve or fade transitions that do not exceed one second in duration between each displayed message.
          2. b.
            The EMC display shall be changed at frequencies not less than ten seconds.
          3. c.
            The EMC display shall be controlled by dimming software and sensors to adjust brightness for nighttime viewing, during inclement weather (e.g., fog, driving snow, or driving rain) and variations in ambient light. The intensity of the light source shall not produce glare, the effect of which constitutes a traffic hazard or is otherwise detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare.
          4. d.
            EMCs that do not comply with the operation provisions shall be made to conform within 180 days after the effective date of the ordinance approving such provisions.
        3. 6.
          Inspections. City officials shall have the right to enter the property and view the programed specifications of the sign to determine compliance with this section.

      (Ord. 6753 §2, 02/08/2025) 

      Effective on: 2/18/2025

      18.04.08.09 Temporary Signs
    202. A.
      Applicability. The regulations contained in this section apply to temporary signs and are applied in conjunction with all other applicable standards. Temporary signs shall under no circumstances be used as a substitute for permanent signage or be situated to screen permanent signage on an adjacent lot or premises.
    203. B.
      Number.  No more than two temporary sign types as described in Tables 18.04.08.09A through 18.04.08.09C shall be provided on a premise at the same time.
    204. C.
      Temporary Signs for Temporary Uses, Special Events, and Local Events. The Director may approve additional temporary signs varying from the standards in this Section in conjunction with a temporary use permit, special event permit, or local event permit.  Signs approved under said permits must be removed within 24 hours of the scheduled end time of the event for which the permit was granted.    
    205. D.
      Duration of Display. In general, a temporary sign shall be removed as of the earlier of the date that:
      1. 1.
        It becomes an Abandoned Sign; or
      2. 2.
        It falls into disrepair or otherwise no longer complies with Section 18.04.08.12, Sign Maintenance; or
      3. 3.
        The number of days set out in Tables 18.04.08.09A through 18.04.08.09C, as applicable.
    206. E.
      Standards for Detached Temporary Signs.
      1. 1.
        Generally. The standards of this Section apply to temporary signs that are not attached to buildings, based on the form of the sign and the sign district in which it is located.
      2. 2.
        Location. No part of a sign shall encroach upon adjoining property or be closer than 10 feet to any overhead utility line or encroach upon public rights-of-way unless as specified in the following tables.  Where signs are permitted to be clustered, the signs may only be clustered on the same street frontage to which the sign is associated with and cannot be transferred to another street frontage. 
    207. F.
      Additional Standards for Detached Temporary Signs Not Subject to Permit. Certain detached temporary signs are allowed without a permit, as provided in Table 18.04.08.09A, Detached Temporary Signs Not Subject to Permit.
      208. Table 18.04.08.09A
      Detached Temporary Signs Not Subject to Permit
      StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Yard Signs
      Maximum numberNot allowed1 per 80 lf. of property frontage12
      Maximum sign area per signN/A6 sf.6 sf.
      Maximum sign heightN/A4 ft.4 ft.
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneNone
      Setbacks and spacingN/AGreatest of 2 ft. from property lines or 2 ft. from edge of pavement or sidewalkGreatest of 2 ft. from property lines or 2 ft. from edge of pavement or sidewalk
      DurationN/A2 periods of 60 consecutive days out of a calendar year2 signs are not limited;
      10 additional signs are allowed for 2 periods of 60 consecutive days out of a calendar year.
      Illustrative examples
      illustrative yard sign      		Voting reminder sign
      Swing Post Signs
      Maximum numberNot allowedNot allowed1 per property
      Maximum sign area per sign (includes panels and riders)N/AN/A8 sf.
      Maximum sign heightN/AN/A6 ft.
      Illumination allowedN/AN/ANone
      Setbacks and spacingN/AN/A2 ft. from property lines
      DurationN/AN/A180 days

      Illustrative examples

      illustrative swing post      		image of sign post
      Portable Sidewalk Signs
      Maximum number1 per public building entrance1 per public building entranceNot allowed
      Maximum sign area per sign6 sf.6 sf.N/A
      Maximum sign height4 ft.4 ft.N/A
      Illumination allowedNoneNoneN/A
      LocationMust be located on a sidewalk, pedestrian plaza, or other hardscape pedestrian areas (nonvehicular) as adjacent to the building wall as practical and within 8 ft. of the public building entrance to the tenant or occupant that displays the sign (see example below); a minimum unobstructed width of 5 feet shall be maintained along all sidewalks, as measured from the edge of the adjacent curb to the nearest point of the sign; no two portable sidewalk signs may be placed in relation to the same building entrance; placement on City sidewalks requires revocable encroachment permit; permit may restrict location of sign in order to allow for efficient pedestrian movement.Must be located on sidewalk, pedestrian plaza, or other hardscape pedestrian area (nonvehicular) as adjacent to the building wall as practical within 10 ft. of public building entrance to the tenant or occupant that displays the sign; a minimum unobstructed width of 5 feet shall be maintained along all sidewalks, as measured from the edge of the adjacent curb to the nearest point of the sign; no two portable sidewalk signs may be placed in relation to the same building entrance; placement on City sidewalks requires revocable encroachment permit; permit may restrict location of sign in order to allow for efficient pedestrian movement.N/A
      DurationDisplayed only during business hours; 365 days per calendar yearDisplayed only during business hours; 365 days per calendar yearN/A
      Other StandardsMust be anchored or weighted to avoid movement in strong windsAllowed only within a multitenant building or center with separate tenant entrances connected by a pedestrian walk; must be anchored or weighted to avoid movement in strong windsN/A
      Illustrative examples
      illustrative sidewalk sign      		image of sidewalk sign

      Location example in DTS District

      Multiple sidewalk signs

      Construction Fence Banners
      Maximum numberNot regulatedNot regulatedNot regulated
      Maximum sign area per sign32 sfProperties with 500 lf. or less of frontage: 32 sf; properties with greater than 500 lf. of frontage: 64 sf.32 sf
      Maximum sign height8 ft.Properties with 500 lf. or less of frontage: 8 ft.; properties with greater than 500 lf. of frontage: 10 ft.5 ft.
      Illumination allowedNoneNoneNone
      LocationMust be securely attached to perimeter security fencingMust be securely attached to perimeter security fencingMust be securely attached to perimeter security fencing
      DurationMay be displayed no more than 30 days before site construction occurs and no more than 7 days after issuance of a certificate of completion or certificate of occupancy, as applicable.May be displayed no more than 30 days before site construction occurs and no more than 7 days after issuance of a certificate of completion or certificate of occupancy, as applicable.May be displayed no more than 10 days before site construction occurs and no more than 7 days after issuance of a certificate of completion or certificate of occupancy, as applicable.

      Illustrative examples

       

      Construction fence

      		image of construction fence banner
      Feather Flags
      Maximum numberNot allowed1 per 100 lf. of frontage with a maximum of 8 (may be clustered)Nonresidential or multifamily: 1 per 150 lf. of frontage (may be clustered); all other uses: not allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/A40 sf.25 sf.
      Maximum sign heightN/A15 ft10 ft
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneNone
      Setbacks and spacingN/A4 ft. from all property lines; no part of the flag may extend over a lot line, sidewalk, or trail4 ft. from all property lines; no part of the flag may extend over a lot line, sidewalk, or trail
      DurationN/A30 consecutive days; Maximum 90 days per calendar year30 consecutive days; Maximum 90 days per calendar year
      Other standardsN/AMust be attached to a single, rigid, vertical staff support structure mounted securely to a building, stable object, or the ground.Must be attached to a single, rigid, vertical staff support structure mounted securely to a building, stable object, or the ground.
      Illustrative examples
      illustrative feather flag

       

      image of feather flag
      Pennant Strings or Valances
      Maximum numberNot allowedNot limitedNot allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/ANot limitedN/A
      Maximum sign heightN/APennant strings shall not be strung higher than the height of the principal structureN/A
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneN/A
      DurationN/ANot regulatedN/A
      Other standardsN/AEach strand must be secured to a building, structure, stable object, or the ground at both ends and stretched tightly to avoid movement in windy conditions;
      Pennant strings shall not be secured to utility poles, trees, or other vegetation      		N/A

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of pennant strings or valances

      		image of pennant strings or valances
      Table 18.04.08.09A
      Detached Temporary Signs Not Subject to Permit
      StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Yard Signs
      Maximum numberNot allowed1 per 80 lf. of property frontage12
      Maximum sign area per signN/A6 sf.6 sf.
      Maximum sign heightN/A4 ft.4 ft.
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneNone
      Setbacks and spacingN/AGreatest of 2 ft. from property lines or 2 ft. from edge of pavement or sidewalkGreatest of 2 ft. from property lines or 2 ft. from edge of pavement or sidewalk
      DurationN/A2 periods of 60 consecutive days out of a calendar year2 signs are not limited;
      10 additional signs are allowed for 2 periods of 60 consecutive days out of a calendar year.
      Illustrative examples
      illustrative yard sign      		Voting reminder sign
      Swing Post Signs
      Maximum numberNot allowedNot allowed1 per property
      Maximum sign area per sign (includes panels and riders)N/AN/A8 sf.
      Maximum sign heightN/AN/A6 ft.
      Illumination allowedN/AN/ANone
      Setbacks and spacingN/AN/A2 ft. from property lines
      DurationN/AN/A180 days

      Illustrative examples

      illustrative swing post      		image of sign post
      Portable Sidewalk Signs
      Maximum number1 per public building entrance1 per public building entranceNot allowed
      Maximum sign area per sign6 sf.6 sf.N/A
      Maximum sign height4 ft.4 ft.N/A
      Illumination allowedNoneNoneN/A
      LocationMust be located on a sidewalk, pedestrian plaza, or other hardscape pedestrian areas (nonvehicular) as adjacent to the building wall as practical and within 8 ft. of the public building entrance to the tenant or occupant that displays the sign (see example below); a minimum unobstructed width of 5 feet shall be maintained along all sidewalks, as measured from the edge of the adjacent curb to the nearest point of the sign; no two portable sidewalk signs may be placed in relation to the same building entrance; placement on City sidewalks requires revocable encroachment permit; permit may restrict location of sign in order to allow for efficient pedestrian movement.Must be located on sidewalk, pedestrian plaza, or other hardscape pedestrian area (nonvehicular) as adjacent to the building wall as practical within 10 ft. of public building entrance to the tenant or occupant that displays the sign; a minimum unobstructed width of 5 feet shall be maintained along all sidewalks, as measured from the edge of the adjacent curb to the nearest point of the sign; no two portable sidewalk signs may be placed in relation to the same building entrance; placement on City sidewalks requires revocable encroachment permit; permit may restrict location of sign in order to allow for efficient pedestrian movement.N/A
      DurationDisplayed only during business hours; 365 days per calendar yearDisplayed only during business hours; 365 days per calendar yearN/A
      Other StandardsMust be anchored or weighted to avoid movement in strong windsAllowed only within a multitenant building or center with separate tenant entrances connected by a pedestrian walk; must be anchored or weighted to avoid movement in strong windsN/A
      Illustrative examples
      illustrative sidewalk sign      		image of sidewalk sign

      Location example in DTS District

      Multiple sidewalk signs

      Construction Fence Banners
      Maximum numberNot regulatedNot regulatedNot regulated
      Maximum sign area per sign32 sfProperties with 500 lf. or less of frontage: 32 sf; properties with greater than 500 lf. of frontage: 64 sf.32 sf
      Maximum sign height8 ft.Properties with 500 lf. or less of frontage: 8 ft.; properties with greater than 500 lf. of frontage: 10 ft.5 ft.
      Illumination allowedNoneNoneNone
      LocationMust be securely attached to perimeter security fencingMust be securely attached to perimeter security fencingMust be securely attached to perimeter security fencing
      DurationMay be displayed no more than 30 days before site construction occurs and no more than 7 days after issuance of a certificate of completion or certificate of occupancy, as applicable.May be displayed no more than 30 days before site construction occurs and no more than 7 days after issuance of a certificate of completion or certificate of occupancy, as applicable.May be displayed no more than 10 days before site construction occurs and no more than 7 days after issuance of a certificate of completion or certificate of occupancy, as applicable.

      Illustrative examples

       

      Construction fence

      		image of construction fence banner
      Feather Flags
      Maximum numberNot allowed1 per 100 lf. of frontage with a maximum of 8 (may be clustered)Nonresidential or multifamily: 1 per 150 lf. of frontage (may be clustered); all other uses: not allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/A40 sf.25 sf.
      Maximum sign heightN/A15 ft10 ft
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneNone
      Setbacks and spacingN/A4 ft. from all property lines; no part of the flag may extend over a lot line, sidewalk, or trail4 ft. from all property lines; no part of the flag may extend over a lot line, sidewalk, or trail
      DurationN/A30 consecutive days; Maximum 90 days per calendar year30 consecutive days; Maximum 90 days per calendar year
      Other standardsN/AMust be attached to a single, rigid, vertical staff support structure mounted securely to a building, stable object, or the ground.Must be attached to a single, rigid, vertical staff support structure mounted securely to a building, stable object, or the ground.
      Illustrative examples
      illustrative feather flag

       

      image of feather flag
      Pennant Strings or Valances
      Maximum numberNot allowedNot limitedNot allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/ANot limitedN/A
      Maximum sign heightN/APennant strings shall not be strung higher than the height of the principal structureN/A
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneN/A
      DurationN/ANot regulatedN/A
      Other standardsN/AEach strand must be secured to a building, structure, stable object, or the ground at both ends and stretched tightly to avoid movement in windy conditions;
      Pennant strings shall not be secured to utility poles, trees, or other vegetation      		N/A

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of pennant strings or valances

      		image of pennant strings or valances
      Table 18.04.08.09A
      Detached Temporary Signs Not Subject to Permit
      StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Yard Signs
      Maximum numberNot allowed1 per 80 lf. of property frontage12
      Maximum sign area per signN/A6 sf.6 sf.
      Maximum sign heightN/A4 ft.4 ft.
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneNone
      Setbacks and spacingN/AGreatest of 2 ft. from property lines or 2 ft. from edge of pavement or sidewalkGreatest of 2 ft. from property lines or 2 ft. from edge of pavement or sidewalk
      DurationN/A2 periods of 60 consecutive days out of a calendar year2 signs are not limited;
      10 additional signs are allowed for 2 periods of 60 consecutive days out of a calendar year.
      Illustrative examples
      illustrative yard sign      		Voting reminder sign
      Swing Post Signs
      Maximum numberNot allowedNot allowed1 per property
      Maximum sign area per sign (includes panels and riders)N/AN/A8 sf.
      Maximum sign heightN/AN/A6 ft.
      Illumination allowedN/AN/ANone
      Setbacks and spacingN/AN/A2 ft. from property lines
      DurationN/AN/A180 days

      Illustrative examples

      illustrative swing post      		image of sign post
      Portable Sidewalk Signs
      Maximum number1 per public building entrance1 per public building entranceNot allowed
      Maximum sign area per sign6 sf.6 sf.N/A
      Maximum sign height4 ft.4 ft.N/A
      Illumination allowedNoneNoneN/A
      LocationMust be located on a sidewalk, pedestrian plaza, or other hardscape pedestrian areas (nonvehicular) as adjacent to the building wall as practical and within 8 ft. of the public building entrance to the tenant or occupant that displays the sign (see example below); a minimum unobstructed width of 5 feet shall be maintained along all sidewalks, as measured from the edge of the adjacent curb to the nearest point of the sign; no two portable sidewalk signs may be placed in relation to the same building entrance; placement on City sidewalks requires revocable encroachment permit; permit may restrict location of sign in order to allow for efficient pedestrian movement.Must be located on sidewalk, pedestrian plaza, or other hardscape pedestrian area (nonvehicular) as adjacent to the building wall as practical within 10 ft. of public building entrance to the tenant or occupant that displays the sign; a minimum unobstructed width of 5 feet shall be maintained along all sidewalks, as measured from the edge of the adjacent curb to the nearest point of the sign; no two portable sidewalk signs may be placed in relation to the same building entrance; placement on City sidewalks requires revocable encroachment permit; permit may restrict location of sign in order to allow for efficient pedestrian movement.N/A
      DurationDisplayed only during business hours; 365 days per calendar yearDisplayed only during business hours; 365 days per calendar yearN/A
      Other StandardsMust be anchored or weighted to avoid movement in strong windsAllowed only within a multitenant building or center with separate tenant entrances connected by a pedestrian walk; must be anchored or weighted to avoid movement in strong windsN/A
      Illustrative examples
      illustrative sidewalk sign      		image of sidewalk sign

      Location example in DTS District

      Multiple sidewalk signs

      Construction Fence Banners
      Maximum numberNot regulatedNot regulatedNot regulated
      Maximum sign area per sign32 sfProperties with 500 lf. or less of frontage: 32 sf; properties with greater than 500 lf. of frontage: 64 sf.32 sf
      Maximum sign height8 ft.Properties with 500 lf. or less of frontage: 8 ft.; properties with greater than 500 lf. of frontage: 10 ft.5 ft.
      Illumination allowedNoneNoneNone
      LocationMust be securely attached to perimeter security fencingMust be securely attached to perimeter security fencingMust be securely attached to perimeter security fencing
      DurationMay be displayed no more than 30 days before site construction occurs and no more than 7 days after issuance of a certificate of completion or certificate of occupancy, as applicable.May be displayed no more than 30 days before site construction occurs and no more than 7 days after issuance of a certificate of completion or certificate of occupancy, as applicable.May be displayed no more than 10 days before site construction occurs and no more than 7 days after issuance of a certificate of completion or certificate of occupancy, as applicable.

      Illustrative examples

       

      Construction fence

      		image of construction fence banner
      Feather Flags
      Maximum numberNot allowed1 per 100 lf. of frontage with a maximum of 8 (may be clustered)Nonresidential or multifamily: 1 per 150 lf. of frontage (may be clustered); all other uses: not allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/A40 sf.25 sf.
      Maximum sign heightN/A15 ft10 ft
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneNone
      Setbacks and spacingN/A4 ft. from all property lines; no part of the flag may extend over a lot line, sidewalk, or trail4 ft. from all property lines; no part of the flag may extend over a lot line, sidewalk, or trail
      DurationN/A30 consecutive days; Maximum 90 days per calendar year30 consecutive days; Maximum 90 days per calendar year
      Other standardsN/AMust be attached to a single, rigid, vertical staff support structure mounted securely to a building, stable object, or the ground.Must be attached to a single, rigid, vertical staff support structure mounted securely to a building, stable object, or the ground.
      Illustrative examples
      illustrative feather flag

       

      image of feather flag
      Pennant Strings or Valances
      Maximum numberNot allowedNot limitedNot allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/ANot limitedN/A
      Maximum sign heightN/APennant strings shall not be strung higher than the height of the principal structureN/A
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneN/A
      DurationN/ANot regulatedN/A
      Other standardsN/AEach strand must be secured to a building, structure, stable object, or the ground at both ends and stretched tightly to avoid movement in windy conditions;
      Pennant strings shall not be secured to utility poles, trees, or other vegetation      		N/A

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of pennant strings or valances

      		image of pennant strings or valances
      Table 18.04.08.09A
      Detached Temporary Signs Not Subject to Permit
      StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Yard Signs
      Maximum numberNot allowed1 per 80 lf. of property frontage12
      Maximum sign area per signN/A6 sf.6 sf.
      Maximum sign heightN/A4 ft.4 ft.
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneNone
      Setbacks and spacingN/AGreatest of 2 ft. from property lines or 2 ft. from edge of pavement or sidewalkGreatest of 2 ft. from property lines or 2 ft. from edge of pavement or sidewalk
      DurationN/A2 periods of 60 consecutive days out of a calendar year2 signs are not limited;
      10 additional signs are allowed for 2 periods of 60 consecutive days out of a calendar year.
      Illustrative examples
      illustrative yard sign      		Voting reminder sign
      Swing Post Signs
      Maximum numberNot allowedNot allowed1 per property
      Maximum sign area per sign (includes panels and riders)N/AN/A8 sf.
      Maximum sign heightN/AN/A6 ft.
      Illumination allowedN/AN/ANone
      Setbacks and spacingN/AN/A2 ft. from property lines
      DurationN/AN/A180 days

      Illustrative examples

      illustrative swing post      		image of sign post
      Portable Sidewalk Signs
      Maximum number1 per public building entrance1 per public building entranceNot allowed
      Maximum sign area per sign6 sf.6 sf.N/A
      Maximum sign height4 ft.4 ft.N/A
      Illumination allowedNoneNoneN/A
      LocationMust be located on a sidewalk, pedestrian plaza, or other hardscape pedestrian areas (nonvehicular) as adjacent to the building wall as practical and within 8 ft. of the public building entrance to the tenant or occupant that displays the sign (see example below); a minimum unobstructed width of 5 feet shall be maintained along all sidewalks, as measured from the edge of the adjacent curb to the nearest point of the sign; no two portable sidewalk signs may be placed in relation to the same building entrance; placement on City sidewalks requires revocable encroachment permit; permit may restrict location of sign in order to allow for efficient pedestrian movement.Must be located on sidewalk, pedestrian plaza, or other hardscape pedestrian area (nonvehicular) as adjacent to the building wall as practical within 10 ft. of public building entrance to the tenant or occupant that displays the sign; a minimum unobstructed width of 5 feet shall be maintained along all sidewalks, as measured from the edge of the adjacent curb to the nearest point of the sign; no two portable sidewalk signs may be placed in relation to the same building entrance; placement on City sidewalks requires revocable encroachment permit; permit may restrict location of sign in order to allow for efficient pedestrian movement.N/A
      DurationDisplayed only during business hours; 365 days per calendar yearDisplayed only during business hours; 365 days per calendar yearN/A
      Other StandardsMust be anchored or weighted to avoid movement in strong windsAllowed only within a multitenant building or center with separate tenant entrances connected by a pedestrian walk; must be anchored or weighted to avoid movement in strong windsN/A
      Illustrative examples
      illustrative sidewalk sign      		image of sidewalk sign

      Location example in DTS District

      Multiple sidewalk signs

      Construction Fence Banners
      Maximum numberNot regulatedNot regulatedNot regulated
      Maximum sign area per sign32 sfProperties with 500 lf. or less of frontage: 32 sf; properties with greater than 500 lf. of frontage: 64 sf.32 sf
      Maximum sign height8 ft.Properties with 500 lf. or less of frontage: 8 ft.; properties with greater than 500 lf. of frontage: 10 ft.5 ft.
      Illumination allowedNoneNoneNone
      LocationMust be securely attached to perimeter security fencingMust be securely attached to perimeter security fencingMust be securely attached to perimeter security fencing
      DurationMay be displayed no more than 30 days before site construction occurs and no more than 7 days after issuance of a certificate of completion or certificate of occupancy, as applicable.May be displayed no more than 30 days before site construction occurs and no more than 7 days after issuance of a certificate of completion or certificate of occupancy, as applicable.May be displayed no more than 10 days before site construction occurs and no more than 7 days after issuance of a certificate of completion or certificate of occupancy, as applicable.

      Illustrative examples

       

      Construction fence

      		image of construction fence banner
      Feather Flags
      Maximum numberNot allowed1 per 100 lf. of frontage with a maximum of 8 (may be clustered)Nonresidential or multifamily: 1 per 150 lf. of frontage (may be clustered); all other uses: not allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/A40 sf.25 sf.
      Maximum sign heightN/A15 ft10 ft
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneNone
      Setbacks and spacingN/A4 ft. from all property lines; no part of the flag may extend over a lot line, sidewalk, or trail4 ft. from all property lines; no part of the flag may extend over a lot line, sidewalk, or trail
      DurationN/A30 consecutive days; Maximum 90 days per calendar year30 consecutive days; Maximum 90 days per calendar year
      Other standardsN/AMust be attached to a single, rigid, vertical staff support structure mounted securely to a building, stable object, or the ground.Must be attached to a single, rigid, vertical staff support structure mounted securely to a building, stable object, or the ground.
      Illustrative examples
      illustrative feather flag

       

      image of feather flag
      Pennant Strings or Valances
      Maximum numberNot allowedNot limitedNot allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/ANot limitedN/A
      Maximum sign heightN/APennant strings shall not be strung higher than the height of the principal structureN/A
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneN/A
      DurationN/ANot regulatedN/A
      Other standardsN/AEach strand must be secured to a building, structure, stable object, or the ground at both ends and stretched tightly to avoid movement in windy conditions;
      Pennant strings shall not be secured to utility poles, trees, or other vegetation      		N/A

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of pennant strings or valances

      		image of pennant strings or valances
      1. G.
        Additional Standards for Detached Temporary Signs Subject to Permit. Certain detached temporary signs are subject to a temporary sign permit requirement to verify compliance with the standards set out in Table 18.04.08.09B, Detached Temporary Signs subject to Permit.  Detached temporary signs subject to permit are allowed only on property that is used for nonresidential or vertically mixed-use purposes.
      Table 18.04.08.09B
      Detached Temporary SIgns Subject to Permit
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Site Signs
      Maximum numberNot allowed
      		1 per 600 lf. of frontage or fraction thereof (may be clustered)Properties larger than 2.5 acres: 1 per street frontage; all other properties not allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/A32 sf.32 sf.
      Maximum sign heightN/A6 ft.6 ft.
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneNone
      Setbacks and spacingN/A2 ft. from property lines2 ft. from property lines
      DurationN/A180 consecutive days per calendar year180 consecutive days per calendar year
      Other StandardsN/ACannot be attached to structures or fencesCannot be attached to structures or fences

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of site sign

      Large blue freestanding sign

      		for sale sign
      Large Inflatables or “Wind Dancers”
      Maximum numberNot allowed1 per subject propertyNot allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/A100 sf.; no dimension larger than 10 ft.N/A
      Maximum sign heightN/A25 ft. above surface to which it is attached (with tethers)N/A
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneN/A
      DurationN/A15 consecutive days per display, not to exceed 60 days per calendar year in totalN/A
      Other standardsN/AMay be secured to building roof or anchored to ground;
      Inflation pumps shall comply with noise standards in Loveland Municipal Code Ch. 7.32, Sound Limitations      		N/A
      Illustrative examples
      illustration of inflatable "wind dancer"      		Hot air balloon-shaped inflatable signimage of large, green inflatable "wind dancer"
      Table 18.04.08.09B
      Detached Temporary SIgns Subject to Permit
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Site Signs
      Maximum numberNot allowed
      		1 per 600 lf. of frontage or fraction thereof (may be clustered)Properties larger than 2.5 acres: 1 per street frontage; all other properties not allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/A32 sf.32 sf.
      Maximum sign heightN/A6 ft.6 ft.
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneNone
      Setbacks and spacingN/A2 ft. from property lines2 ft. from property lines
      DurationN/A180 consecutive days per calendar year180 consecutive days per calendar year
      Other StandardsN/ACannot be attached to structures or fencesCannot be attached to structures or fences

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of site sign

      Large blue freestanding sign

      		for sale sign
      Large Inflatables or “Wind Dancers”
      Maximum numberNot allowed1 per subject propertyNot allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/A100 sf.; no dimension larger than 10 ft.N/A
      Maximum sign heightN/A25 ft. above surface to which it is attached (with tethers)N/A
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneN/A
      DurationN/A15 consecutive days per display, not to exceed 60 days per calendar year in totalN/A
      Other standardsN/AMay be secured to building roof or anchored to ground;
      Inflation pumps shall comply with noise standards in Loveland Municipal Code Ch. 7.32, Sound Limitations      		N/A
      Illustrative examples
      illustration of inflatable "wind dancer"      		Hot air balloon-shaped inflatable signimage of large, green inflatable "wind dancer"
      Table 18.04.08.09B
      Detached Temporary SIgns Subject to Permit
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Site Signs
      Maximum numberNot allowed
      		1 per 600 lf. of frontage or fraction thereof (may be clustered)Properties larger than 2.5 acres: 1 per street frontage; all other properties not allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/A32 sf.32 sf.
      Maximum sign heightN/A6 ft.6 ft.
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneNone
      Setbacks and spacingN/A2 ft. from property lines2 ft. from property lines
      DurationN/A180 consecutive days per calendar year180 consecutive days per calendar year
      Other StandardsN/ACannot be attached to structures or fencesCannot be attached to structures or fences

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of site sign

      Large blue freestanding sign

      		for sale sign
      Large Inflatables or “Wind Dancers”
      Maximum numberNot allowed1 per subject propertyNot allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/A100 sf.; no dimension larger than 10 ft.N/A
      Maximum sign heightN/A25 ft. above surface to which it is attached (with tethers)N/A
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneN/A
      DurationN/A15 consecutive days per display, not to exceed 60 days per calendar year in totalN/A
      Other standardsN/AMay be secured to building roof or anchored to ground;
      Inflation pumps shall comply with noise standards in Loveland Municipal Code Ch. 7.32, Sound Limitations      		N/A
      Illustrative examples
      illustration of inflatable "wind dancer"      		Hot air balloon-shaped inflatable signimage of large, green inflatable "wind dancer"
      Table 18.04.08.09B
      Detached Temporary SIgns Subject to Permit
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Site Signs
      Maximum numberNot allowed
      		1 per 600 lf. of frontage or fraction thereof (may be clustered)Properties larger than 2.5 acres: 1 per street frontage; all other properties not allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/A32 sf.32 sf.
      Maximum sign heightN/A6 ft.6 ft.
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneNone
      Setbacks and spacingN/A2 ft. from property lines2 ft. from property lines
      DurationN/A180 consecutive days per calendar year180 consecutive days per calendar year
      Other StandardsN/ACannot be attached to structures or fencesCannot be attached to structures or fences

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of site sign

      Large blue freestanding sign

      		for sale sign
      Large Inflatables or “Wind Dancers”
      Maximum numberNot allowed1 per subject propertyNot allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/A100 sf.; no dimension larger than 10 ft.N/A
      Maximum sign heightN/A25 ft. above surface to which it is attached (with tethers)N/A
      Illumination allowedN/ANoneN/A
      DurationN/A15 consecutive days per display, not to exceed 60 days per calendar year in totalN/A
      Other standardsN/AMay be secured to building roof or anchored to ground;
      Inflation pumps shall comply with noise standards in Loveland Municipal Code Ch. 7.32, Sound Limitations      		N/A
      Illustrative examples
      illustration of inflatable "wind dancer"      		Hot air balloon-shaped inflatable signimage of large, green inflatable "wind dancer"
      1. H.
        Standards for Attached Temporary Signs.
        1. 1.
          Generally. The standards of this Section apply to temporary signs that are attached to buildings, based on the form of the sign and the sign district in which it is located. These standards are applied in conjunction with all other applicable standards of this Division.
        2. 2.
          Permit Required. A permit is required for all attached temporary signs.
      2. I.
        Additional Standards for Wall Banners. Banners may be installed on building walls as provided in Table 18.04.08.09C, Wall Banners. All wall banners are also subject to the following requirements and limitations:
        1. 1.
          Wall banners that are framed are included in the sign area allowance. Wall banners are not allowed if they would result in a violation of the maximum sign area standards in Table 18.04.08.10A, Wall Signs.
        2. 2.
          Wall banner frames must be fastened to a building in a manner that obscures the fasteners and ties.
        3. 3.
          Wall banners shall be stretched tightly to avoid movement in windy conditions.
        4. 4.
          Wall banner frames that are permitted pursuant to 18.04.08.09C, Wall Banners, shall be sized to fit the banner frame so that there are no visible gaps between the edges of the banner and the banner frame.
      Table 18.04.08.09C
      Wall Banners
      StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Maximum number (per building elevation)1 per building elevation1 per 300 lf. of building elevation or fraction thereof, but not more than 3 wall banners per buildingNonresidential or multifamily use: 1 per building elevation; all other uses: not allowed
      Maximum sign area per banner40 sf.40 sf.40 sf.
      IlluminationExternalExternalNone
      Duration15 consecutive days per display, not to exceed 60 days per calendar year30 consecutive days per display, not to exceed 90 days per calendar year in total30 consecutive days per display, not to exceed 90 days per calendar year in total
      Other RequirementsNoneIf more than one wall banner is allowed on a building elevation, the banners may be clusteredNone
      Illustrative examples

       

      Illustrative examples
      illustration of wall banner      		image of "we're open" wall banner
      Table 18.04.08.09C
      Wall Banners
      StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Maximum number (per building elevation)1 per building elevation1 per 300 lf. of building elevation or fraction thereof, but not more than 3 wall banners per buildingNonresidential or multifamily use: 1 per building elevation; all other uses: not allowed
      Maximum sign area per banner40 sf.40 sf.40 sf.
      IlluminationExternalExternalNone
      Duration15 consecutive days per display, not to exceed 60 days per calendar year30 consecutive days per display, not to exceed 90 days per calendar year in total30 consecutive days per display, not to exceed 90 days per calendar year in total
      Other RequirementsNoneIf more than one wall banner is allowed on a building elevation, the banners may be clusteredNone
      Illustrative examples

       

      Illustrative examples
      illustration of wall banner      		image of "we're open" wall banner
      Table 18.04.08.09C
      Wall Banners
      StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Maximum number (per building elevation)1 per building elevation1 per 300 lf. of building elevation or fraction thereof, but not more than 3 wall banners per buildingNonresidential or multifamily use: 1 per building elevation; all other uses: not allowed
      Maximum sign area per banner40 sf.40 sf.40 sf.
      IlluminationExternalExternalNone
      Duration15 consecutive days per display, not to exceed 60 days per calendar year30 consecutive days per display, not to exceed 90 days per calendar year in total30 consecutive days per display, not to exceed 90 days per calendar year in total
      Other RequirementsNoneIf more than one wall banner is allowed on a building elevation, the banners may be clusteredNone
      Illustrative examples

       

      Illustrative examples
      illustration of wall banner      		image of "we're open" wall banner
      Table 18.04.08.09C
      Wall Banners
      StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Maximum number (per building elevation)1 per building elevation1 per 300 lf. of building elevation or fraction thereof, but not more than 3 wall banners per buildingNonresidential or multifamily use: 1 per building elevation; all other uses: not allowed
      Maximum sign area per banner40 sf.40 sf.40 sf.
      IlluminationExternalExternalNone
      Duration15 consecutive days per display, not to exceed 60 days per calendar year30 consecutive days per display, not to exceed 90 days per calendar year in total30 consecutive days per display, not to exceed 90 days per calendar year in total
      Other RequirementsNoneIf more than one wall banner is allowed on a building elevation, the banners may be clusteredNone
      Illustrative examples

       

      Illustrative examples
      illustration of wall banner      		image of "we're open" wall banner
      1. J.
        Temporary Sign Covers. Temporary sign covers are permitted in all sign districts, provided that they are used during a period not to exceed 90 days in which a new permanent sign or sign component that is permitted by this Division is being fabricated and installed, or the sign is removed.

      (Ord. 6753 §2, 02/08/2025) 

      Effective on: 2/18/2025

      18.04.08.10 Permanent Building Mounted Signs
    208. A.
      Generally. The standards of this Section apply to permanent signs that are attached to buildings (wall signs, window signs, projecting signs, and roof signs) based on the form of the sign and the sign district in which it is located. These standards are applied in conjunction with all other applicable standards of this Division.
    209. B.
      Wall Signs.
      1. 1.
        Generally. Wall signs are allowed according to the standards in Table 18.04.08.10.A, Wall Signs.
      2. 2.
        Signable Wall. Wall signs may only be installed on a signable wall which adjoins that portion of the building occupied by the business or use with which the sign is associated except for a multitenant building or center.                         
      3. 3.
        Illumination in Relation to Residentially Zoned Property. Wall signs on elevations directly adjacent to and facing a property that is used for single family or duplex use shall be unlit or indirectly lit with lighting aimed and/or shielded to ensure that no direct light is seen upon the residential property.
      4. 4.
        Wall Sign Area Bonus. To encourage design excellence, the following bonuses are allowed. Sign area bonuses are not counted as part of a property’s sign area allowance and are cumulative.
        1. a.
          A 15 percent sign area bonus is allowed for wall signs that are comprised of individual channel letters; and
        2. b.
          A 15 percent sign area bonus is allowed for all wall signs, if all wall signs include at least 4 common visual design elements, such as letter style, colors, illumination type, sign type, sign shape or consistent or complementary location on a building. 
    210. C.
      Additional Standards for the Highway 34 Corridor. Illumination of wall signs that are located in the Transition, Central, Arrival, and Gateway Corridor Zones in the Highway 34 Corridor, as defined in Appendix F: U.S. 34 Corridor Plan and set out in Figure 18.04.08.08, U.S. 34 Corridor Zones, shall be from directional, external light sources, internally illuminated letters and logos, or reverse channel letters. The entire sign face of a cabinet sign may not be internally illuminated.
      211. TABLE 18.04.08.10.A.
      Wall Signs
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Wall Sign
      Maximum number of signsNot limitedNot limitedNonresidential1 or multifamily uses: 1 per building elevation; Business Use of the Home and all other uses not allowed
      Maximum sign area per sign10% of the first floor façade area or 32 sf. whichever is greater. For multistory buildings, only the first story shall be used to calculate the allowed sign area.Building elevations 100 lf. or less = 100 sf.;
      Building elevations between 101 lf. and 200 lf. = 150 sf.;
      Building elevations greater than 200 lf. = 200 sf.      		20 sf.
      Allowed sign typesPainted, applied, flush-mounted, and channel letteringPainted, applied, flush-mounted, channel lettering, and cabinetPainted, applied, flush-mounted, channel lettering
      LocationAbove awning or entryway, in sign band or transom panel (if glass is not feasible); or on side walls; not allowed to extend above roof line except as provided in Section 18.04.08.10.F.Not allowed to extend above roof except as provided in Section 18.04.08.10.F.Not allowed to extend above roof line
      Allowed illuminationExternal or backlit channel lettersExternal or internal; see Section 18.04.08.10.C for illumination in the Hwy. 34 CorridorNonresidential: External or backlit channel letters;
      Residential: non-illuminated
      Other standardsSigns shall be designed and integrated into the architecture of a building and street so as to enhance and preserve the historic character of the downtown areaNoneNone
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 For the purposes of this table, business uses of the home within the North Cleveland Overlay Zone are considered “nonresidential uses” with respect to the display of signage along North Cleveland Avenue. Other business uses of the home are not considered “residential uses.”
      TABLE 18.04.08.10.A.
      Wall Signs
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Wall Sign
      Maximum number of signsNot limitedNot limitedNonresidential1 or multifamily uses: 1 per building elevation; Business Use of the Home and all other uses not allowed
      Maximum sign area per sign10% of the first floor façade area or 32 sf. whichever is greater. For multistory buildings, only the first story shall be used to calculate the allowed sign area.Building elevations 100 lf. or less = 100 sf.;
      Building elevations between 101 lf. and 200 lf. = 150 sf.;
      Building elevations greater than 200 lf. = 200 sf.      		20 sf.
      Allowed sign typesPainted, applied, flush-mounted, and channel letteringPainted, applied, flush-mounted, channel lettering, and cabinetPainted, applied, flush-mounted, channel lettering
      LocationAbove awning or entryway, in sign band or transom panel (if glass is not feasible); or on side walls; not allowed to extend above roof line except as provided in Section 18.04.08.10.F.Not allowed to extend above roof except as provided in Section 18.04.08.10.F.Not allowed to extend above roof line
      Allowed illuminationExternal or backlit channel lettersExternal or internal; see Section 18.04.08.10.C for illumination in the Hwy. 34 CorridorNonresidential: External or backlit channel letters;
      Residential: non-illuminated
      Other standardsSigns shall be designed and integrated into the architecture of a building and street so as to enhance and preserve the historic character of the downtown areaNoneNone
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 For the purposes of this table, business uses of the home within the North Cleveland Overlay Zone are considered “nonresidential uses” with respect to the display of signage along North Cleveland Avenue. Other business uses of the home are not considered “residential uses.”
      TABLE 18.04.08.10.A.
      Wall Signs
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Wall Sign
      Maximum number of signsNot limitedNot limitedNonresidential1 or multifamily uses: 1 per building elevation; Business Use of the Home and all other uses not allowed
      Maximum sign area per sign10% of the first floor façade area or 32 sf. whichever is greater. For multistory buildings, only the first story shall be used to calculate the allowed sign area.Building elevations 100 lf. or less = 100 sf.;
      Building elevations between 101 lf. and 200 lf. = 150 sf.;
      Building elevations greater than 200 lf. = 200 sf.      		20 sf.
      Allowed sign typesPainted, applied, flush-mounted, and channel letteringPainted, applied, flush-mounted, channel lettering, and cabinetPainted, applied, flush-mounted, channel lettering
      LocationAbove awning or entryway, in sign band or transom panel (if glass is not feasible); or on side walls; not allowed to extend above roof line except as provided in Section 18.04.08.10.F.Not allowed to extend above roof except as provided in Section 18.04.08.10.F.Not allowed to extend above roof line
      Allowed illuminationExternal or backlit channel lettersExternal or internal; see Section 18.04.08.10.C for illumination in the Hwy. 34 CorridorNonresidential: External or backlit channel letters;
      Residential: non-illuminated
      Other standardsSigns shall be designed and integrated into the architecture of a building and street so as to enhance and preserve the historic character of the downtown areaNoneNone
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 For the purposes of this table, business uses of the home within the North Cleveland Overlay Zone are considered “nonresidential uses” with respect to the display of signage along North Cleveland Avenue. Other business uses of the home are not considered “residential uses.”
      TABLE 18.04.08.10.A.
      Wall Signs
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Wall Sign
      Maximum number of signsNot limitedNot limitedNonresidential1 or multifamily uses: 1 per building elevation; Business Use of the Home and all other uses not allowed
      Maximum sign area per sign10% of the first floor façade area or 32 sf. whichever is greater. For multistory buildings, only the first story shall be used to calculate the allowed sign area.Building elevations 100 lf. or less = 100 sf.;
      Building elevations between 101 lf. and 200 lf. = 150 sf.;
      Building elevations greater than 200 lf. = 200 sf.      		20 sf.
      Allowed sign typesPainted, applied, flush-mounted, and channel letteringPainted, applied, flush-mounted, channel lettering, and cabinetPainted, applied, flush-mounted, channel lettering
      LocationAbove awning or entryway, in sign band or transom panel (if glass is not feasible); or on side walls; not allowed to extend above roof line except as provided in Section 18.04.08.10.F.Not allowed to extend above roof except as provided in Section 18.04.08.10.F.Not allowed to extend above roof line
      Allowed illuminationExternal or backlit channel lettersExternal or internal; see Section 18.04.08.10.C for illumination in the Hwy. 34 CorridorNonresidential: External or backlit channel letters;
      Residential: non-illuminated
      Other standardsSigns shall be designed and integrated into the architecture of a building and street so as to enhance and preserve the historic character of the downtown areaNoneNone
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 For the purposes of this table, business uses of the home within the North Cleveland Overlay Zone are considered “nonresidential uses” with respect to the display of signage along North Cleveland Avenue. Other business uses of the home are not considered “residential uses.”
      1. D.
        Window Signs. Window signs are allowed according to the standards in Table 18.04.08.10.B, Window Signs.
      TABLE 18.04.08.10.B.
      Window Signs1
      StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Maximum number of signsNot limitedNot limited1 per window
      Maximum Sign Area25 percent of the area of an architecturally distinct window may be covered with signs50 percent of the area of an architecturally distinct window may be covered with signs6 sf.
      Allowed illuminationInternal or externalInternal or externalNone
      Other standardsPermanent window signs shall be installed in a professional manner (e.g., without wrinkles, bubbles, visible tape, etc.)Permanent window signs shall be installed in a professional manner (e.g., without wrinkles, bubbles, visible tape, etc.)None
      TABLE NOTE:
      1 Solar shades that do not include a sign(s) are exempt from this table.
      TABLE 18.04.08.10.B.
      Window Signs1
      StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Maximum number of signsNot limitedNot limited1 per window
      Maximum Sign Area25 percent of the area of an architecturally distinct window may be covered with signs50 percent of the area of an architecturally distinct window may be covered with signs6 sf.
      Allowed illuminationInternal or externalInternal or externalNone
      Other standardsPermanent window signs shall be installed in a professional manner (e.g., without wrinkles, bubbles, visible tape, etc.)Permanent window signs shall be installed in a professional manner (e.g., without wrinkles, bubbles, visible tape, etc.)None
      TABLE NOTE:
      1 Solar shades that do not include a sign(s) are exempt from this table.
      TABLE 18.04.08.10.B.
      Window Signs1
      StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Maximum number of signsNot limitedNot limited1 per window
      Maximum Sign Area25 percent of the area of an architecturally distinct window may be covered with signs50 percent of the area of an architecturally distinct window may be covered with signs6 sf.
      Allowed illuminationInternal or externalInternal or externalNone
      Other standardsPermanent window signs shall be installed in a professional manner (e.g., without wrinkles, bubbles, visible tape, etc.)Permanent window signs shall be installed in a professional manner (e.g., without wrinkles, bubbles, visible tape, etc.)None
      TABLE NOTE:
      1 Solar shades that do not include a sign(s) are exempt from this table.
      TABLE 18.04.08.10.B.
      Window Signs1
      StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Maximum number of signsNot limitedNot limited1 per window
      Maximum Sign Area25 percent of the area of an architecturally distinct window may be covered with signs50 percent of the area of an architecturally distinct window may be covered with signs6 sf.
      Allowed illuminationInternal or externalInternal or externalNone
      Other standardsPermanent window signs shall be installed in a professional manner (e.g., without wrinkles, bubbles, visible tape, etc.)Permanent window signs shall be installed in a professional manner (e.g., without wrinkles, bubbles, visible tape, etc.)None
      TABLE NOTE:
      1 Solar shades that do not include a sign(s) are exempt from this table.
      1. E.
        Projecting Signs. Projecting signs include blade signs, awning signs, marquee signs, and hanging signs. Projecting signs are allowed according to the standards in Table 18.04.08.10.C, Projecting Signs. Projecting signs shall not extend into the public right-of-way, except that the City may grant a revocable license to allow projecting signs to encroach into the right-of-way (see Section 2.24.060, Revocable Licenses and Permits).
      TABLE 18.04.08.10.C.
      Projecting Signs
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Blade Sign
      Maximum number of signs1 per principal building entrance1 per principal building entrance1 per nonresidential or multifamily building
      Maximum sign area10 sf.20 sf.10 sf.
      Minimum sign clearance8 ft.8 ft.8 ft.
      Allowed illuminationExternal or internal letters and graphics only; the entire face of the sign cannot be internally illuminatedInternal or externalExternal
      Other standardsNot allowed within 6 ft. of awning or canopyNot allowed within 15 ft. of cabinet wall signNot allowed within 10 ft. of wall sign

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of blade sign

      		image of blade sign
      Awning Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot limitedNot limitedNot allowed
      Maximum sign area (per sign)No more than 50% of the total area of the awningNo more than 50% of the total area of the awningN/A
      Minimum sign clearance8 ft. to awning; 7 ft. to valance8 ft. to awning; 7 ft. to valanceN/A
      Allowed illuminationExternal; backlighting of letters and graphics is allowed if background is completely opaqueExternal; backlighting of letters and graphics is allowed if background is completely opaqueN/A
      LocationNot allowed above first story; must be installed over window or building entranceNot allowed above first story; must be installed over window or building entrance 
      Other standardsAwnings must be made of flexible material (e.g., canvas); Awning sign shall not project above top of awning or beyond face of awningAwning sign shall not project above top of awning or beyond face of awningN/A

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of awning sign

      		image of restaurant awning sign
      Marquee Signs
      Maximum number of signs1 per building1 per building, provided that the width of the façade is at least 100 ft.Not allowed
      Maximum sign area1 sf. per linear ft. of building elevation upon which sign is mounted, not to exceed 200 sf. per sign face with a maximum of 3 sign faces per marquee sign1 sf. per linear ft. of building elevation upon which sign is mounted, not to exceed 200 sf. per sign face with a maximum of 3 sign faces per marquee signN/A
      Minimum sign clearance8 ft.8 ft.N/A
      Allowed illuminationInternal or externalInternal or externalN/A
      Other standardsMust be associated with a use designated in Table Section 18.02.03.04 Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Uses by Zone and; signs that incorporate an EMC display may have the entire sign face as an EMCNot allowed if a cabinet wall sign greater than 6 sf. or a blade sign is also present; sign shall not extend above roof line; sign shall not extend into vehicular use areas; must be associated with a use designated in Table Section 18.02.03.04 Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Uses by Zone; if no other sign on the building elevation incorporates a EMC display, the entire sign face may be an EMCN/A

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of marquee sign

      		image of theatre marquee sign
      TABLE 18.04.08.10.C.
      Projecting Signs
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Blade Sign
      Maximum number of signs1 per principal building entrance1 per principal building entrance1 per nonresidential or multifamily building
      Maximum sign area10 sf.20 sf.10 sf.
      Minimum sign clearance8 ft.8 ft.8 ft.
      Allowed illuminationExternal or internal letters and graphics only; the entire face of the sign cannot be internally illuminatedInternal or externalExternal
      Other standardsNot allowed within 6 ft. of awning or canopyNot allowed within 15 ft. of cabinet wall signNot allowed within 10 ft. of wall sign

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of blade sign

      		image of blade sign
      Awning Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot limitedNot limitedNot allowed
      Maximum sign area (per sign)No more than 50% of the total area of the awningNo more than 50% of the total area of the awningN/A
      Minimum sign clearance8 ft. to awning; 7 ft. to valance8 ft. to awning; 7 ft. to valanceN/A
      Allowed illuminationExternal; backlighting of letters and graphics is allowed if background is completely opaqueExternal; backlighting of letters and graphics is allowed if background is completely opaqueN/A
      LocationNot allowed above first story; must be installed over window or building entranceNot allowed above first story; must be installed over window or building entrance 
      Other standardsAwnings must be made of flexible material (e.g., canvas); Awning sign shall not project above top of awning or beyond face of awningAwning sign shall not project above top of awning or beyond face of awningN/A

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of awning sign

      		image of restaurant awning sign
      Marquee Signs
      Maximum number of signs1 per building1 per building, provided that the width of the façade is at least 100 ft.Not allowed
      Maximum sign area1 sf. per linear ft. of building elevation upon which sign is mounted, not to exceed 200 sf. per sign face with a maximum of 3 sign faces per marquee sign1 sf. per linear ft. of building elevation upon which sign is mounted, not to exceed 200 sf. per sign face with a maximum of 3 sign faces per marquee signN/A
      Minimum sign clearance8 ft.8 ft.N/A
      Allowed illuminationInternal or externalInternal or externalN/A
      Other standardsMust be associated with a use designated in Table Section 18.02.03.04 Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Uses by Zone and; signs that incorporate an EMC display may have the entire sign face as an EMCNot allowed if a cabinet wall sign greater than 6 sf. or a blade sign is also present; sign shall not extend above roof line; sign shall not extend into vehicular use areas; must be associated with a use designated in Table Section 18.02.03.04 Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Uses by Zone; if no other sign on the building elevation incorporates a EMC display, the entire sign face may be an EMCN/A

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of marquee sign

      		image of theatre marquee sign
      TABLE 18.04.08.10.C.
      Projecting Signs
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Blade Sign
      Maximum number of signs1 per principal building entrance1 per principal building entrance1 per nonresidential or multifamily building
      Maximum sign area10 sf.20 sf.10 sf.
      Minimum sign clearance8 ft.8 ft.8 ft.
      Allowed illuminationExternal or internal letters and graphics only; the entire face of the sign cannot be internally illuminatedInternal or externalExternal
      Other standardsNot allowed within 6 ft. of awning or canopyNot allowed within 15 ft. of cabinet wall signNot allowed within 10 ft. of wall sign

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of blade sign

      		image of blade sign
      Awning Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot limitedNot limitedNot allowed
      Maximum sign area (per sign)No more than 50% of the total area of the awningNo more than 50% of the total area of the awningN/A
      Minimum sign clearance8 ft. to awning; 7 ft. to valance8 ft. to awning; 7 ft. to valanceN/A
      Allowed illuminationExternal; backlighting of letters and graphics is allowed if background is completely opaqueExternal; backlighting of letters and graphics is allowed if background is completely opaqueN/A
      LocationNot allowed above first story; must be installed over window or building entranceNot allowed above first story; must be installed over window or building entrance 
      Other standardsAwnings must be made of flexible material (e.g., canvas); Awning sign shall not project above top of awning or beyond face of awningAwning sign shall not project above top of awning or beyond face of awningN/A

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of awning sign

      		image of restaurant awning sign
      Marquee Signs
      Maximum number of signs1 per building1 per building, provided that the width of the façade is at least 100 ft.Not allowed
      Maximum sign area1 sf. per linear ft. of building elevation upon which sign is mounted, not to exceed 200 sf. per sign face with a maximum of 3 sign faces per marquee sign1 sf. per linear ft. of building elevation upon which sign is mounted, not to exceed 200 sf. per sign face with a maximum of 3 sign faces per marquee signN/A
      Minimum sign clearance8 ft.8 ft.N/A
      Allowed illuminationInternal or externalInternal or externalN/A
      Other standardsMust be associated with a use designated in Table Section 18.02.03.04 Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Uses by Zone and; signs that incorporate an EMC display may have the entire sign face as an EMCNot allowed if a cabinet wall sign greater than 6 sf. or a blade sign is also present; sign shall not extend above roof line; sign shall not extend into vehicular use areas; must be associated with a use designated in Table Section 18.02.03.04 Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Uses by Zone; if no other sign on the building elevation incorporates a EMC display, the entire sign face may be an EMCN/A

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of marquee sign

      		image of theatre marquee sign
      TABLE 18.04.08.10.C.
      Projecting Signs
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Blade Sign
      Maximum number of signs1 per principal building entrance1 per principal building entrance1 per nonresidential or multifamily building
      Maximum sign area10 sf.20 sf.10 sf.
      Minimum sign clearance8 ft.8 ft.8 ft.
      Allowed illuminationExternal or internal letters and graphics only; the entire face of the sign cannot be internally illuminatedInternal or externalExternal
      Other standardsNot allowed within 6 ft. of awning or canopyNot allowed within 15 ft. of cabinet wall signNot allowed within 10 ft. of wall sign

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of blade sign

      		image of blade sign
      Awning Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot limitedNot limitedNot allowed
      Maximum sign area (per sign)No more than 50% of the total area of the awningNo more than 50% of the total area of the awningN/A
      Minimum sign clearance8 ft. to awning; 7 ft. to valance8 ft. to awning; 7 ft. to valanceN/A
      Allowed illuminationExternal; backlighting of letters and graphics is allowed if background is completely opaqueExternal; backlighting of letters and graphics is allowed if background is completely opaqueN/A
      LocationNot allowed above first story; must be installed over window or building entranceNot allowed above first story; must be installed over window or building entrance 
      Other standardsAwnings must be made of flexible material (e.g., canvas); Awning sign shall not project above top of awning or beyond face of awningAwning sign shall not project above top of awning or beyond face of awningN/A

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of awning sign

      		image of restaurant awning sign
      Marquee Signs
      Maximum number of signs1 per building1 per building, provided that the width of the façade is at least 100 ft.Not allowed
      Maximum sign area1 sf. per linear ft. of building elevation upon which sign is mounted, not to exceed 200 sf. per sign face with a maximum of 3 sign faces per marquee sign1 sf. per linear ft. of building elevation upon which sign is mounted, not to exceed 200 sf. per sign face with a maximum of 3 sign faces per marquee signN/A
      Minimum sign clearance8 ft.8 ft.N/A
      Allowed illuminationInternal or externalInternal or externalN/A
      Other standardsMust be associated with a use designated in Table Section 18.02.03.04 Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Uses by Zone and; signs that incorporate an EMC display may have the entire sign face as an EMCNot allowed if a cabinet wall sign greater than 6 sf. or a blade sign is also present; sign shall not extend above roof line; sign shall not extend into vehicular use areas; must be associated with a use designated in Table Section 18.02.03.04 Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Uses by Zone; if no other sign on the building elevation incorporates a EMC display, the entire sign face may be an EMCN/A

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of marquee sign

      		image of theatre marquee sign
      1. F.
        Roof Signs.
        1. 1.
          Non-illuminated, flush painted, horizontal roof signs (with messages facing the sky) are permitted on properties within the Airport Influence Area as shown in Appendix E, Exhibit E, Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone, if the property has access to a taxiway and the signage is approved by the Airport Manager. Not more than 75 percent of the roof may be used for signage. Roof signs under this provision that are not visible from the public right-of-way are exempt from the square footage provisions in Table 18.04.08.10.A and not included in the total sign allowance.
      2.  
        1. 2.
          In the event that a roof is the only practical location for a wall sign on a building elevation, the Director may approve the roof sign provided that it is not silhouetted against the sky as viewed five feet above grade at the property line. Roof signs under this provision are subject to the sign criteria for wall signs in Table 18.08.04.10A and included in the total sign allowance. 

      (Ord. 6753 §2, 02/08/2025) 

      Effective on: 2/18/2025

      18.04.08.11 Permanent Freestanding Signs
    211. A.
      Generally. The standards of this Section apply to signs that are not attached to buildings (primary, subdivision access, secondary access, canopy, and drive-thru lane signs) based on the form of the sign and the sign district in which it is located. These standards are applied in conjunction with all other applicable standards of this Division.
    212. B.
      Location and Illumination of Permanent Freestanding Signs, In General.
      1. 1.
        Setback from Adjacent Residential Property. Permanent freestanding signs shall be located at a point that is as far as practicable from an adjacent property if the adjacent property is both:
        1. a.
          Located in an ER, R1, R1e, R2, R3, R3e, PUD, MAC, or E zoning district; and
        2. b.
           Put to residential use or approved for residential use.
      2. 2.
        Location in Relation to Landscaping. All permanent freestanding signs shall be located to be compatible with required landscaping, including street trees at maturity, so that the public’s view of the sign will not be obstructed.
      3. 3.
        Illumination in Relation to Residentially Zoned Property. Permanent freestanding signs within or facing an abutting residential zone district with adjacent uses put to single family or duplex residential shall be oriented, shielded, or screened to prevent direct light or glare onto the residential uses or properties.
    213. C.
      Additional Standards for Primary Freestanding Signs
      1. 1.
        Generally.
        1. a.
          All primary freestanding signs shall include a monument base attached to the ground with no or minimal space between any sign cabinet and the monument base. Pole style signs are not allowed unless it is adequately demonstrated that the only functionally suitable location for the sign is within the sight triangle due to the location of existing buildings, entrances and parking, or shallowness of the lot.
        2. b.
          Monument style bases shall be finished with brick, stone, concrete, stucco, metal, or other high-quality material that is consistent and compatible with the exterior material and color of the principal building unless an alternative base design is approved by the Director that will provide an equal or more compatible design.
        3. c.
          Monument bases shall be at a minimum equal to 50 percent of the width and length of the sign cabinet, as applicable, unless an alternate design is approved by the Director that meets the intent of this provision and provides for a high-quality base design.
      2. 2.
        Primary Freestanding Sign Area Bonus. To encourage design excellence, a 25 percent sign area bonus is available for primary freestanding signs that have a horizontal aspect ratio. Sign area bonuses are not included in the sign area allowance for the site.
      3. 3.
        Primary Freestanding Sign Height. The Director may permit a freestanding sign up to a maximum height of 14 feet based on physical constraints on the site such as topography, location of utilities, and increased setback distances that necessitate additional height for visibility of the sign.
    214. D.
      Additional Standards for the Highway 34 Corridor

      In addition to the standards in Section 18.04.08.11, freestanding signs that are located in the Transition, Central, Arrival, and Gateway Corridor Zones in the Highway 34 Corridor, as defined in Appendix F: U.S. 34 Corridor Plan and set out in Figure 18.04.08.08, U.S. 34 Corridor Zones, shall comply with the following:

      1. 1.
        Signs shall have a horizontal aspect ratio.
      2. 2.
        Illumination for all signs shall be directional, external light sources, internally illuminated letters and logos, or reverse channel letters. The entire sign face of a cabinet sign may not be internally illuminated.
    215. E.
      Additional Standards in the I-25 Overlay Sign District
      1. 1.
        Modification of Existing Signs. The addition of new pole signs and the enlargement of existing pole signs are prohibited within the I-25 Overlay District.
      2. 2.
        Increases in Sign Area and Sign Height for a Reduction in Number of Signs. If the subject property shares a boundary with the I-25 right-of-way for more than 500 feet and is allowed more than 1 freestanding sign, the owner of the subject property may opt for a single sign along the I-25 frontage with increased sign area and sign height as follows:
        1. a.
          Sign Area. The maximum sign area shall be 340 square feet.
        2. b.
          Height. The maximum sign height shall be 30 feet, as measured to the top of the sign face. The height can be extended by a maximum of 11 feet for architectural features only, such as lanterns, columns or design features that integrate the sign into the context or theme of the development. The extended height for architectural features shall not count against the sign height ratio.
        3. c.
          Setback. The setback shall be a minimum of 60 feet from the edge of pavement on I-25.
        4. d.
          Aspect Ratio. Signs shall have a horizontal aspect ratio.
      3. 3.
        Upon exercise of the single sign option in this subsection, a second freestanding sign that is subject to Table 18.04.08.11 is not allowed unless all signs are brought into conformance with the requirements of this Division.
    216. F.
      Primary Freestanding Signs. Primary freestanding signs are allowed according to the standards in Table 18.04.08.11A Permanent Freestanding Signs.
      217. TABLE 18.04.08.11A
      Permanent Freestanding Signs
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign DistrictI-25 Overlay
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Primary Signs
      Maximum number of signsIf building is set back 15 ft. or less from the ultimate curb, monument signs are not allowed. If building is set back more than 15 ft. from the ultimate curb, CI sign district regulations apply to monument signs1 per street frontage;
      2 per street frontage for premises with over 500 linear feet of frontage, provided that signs are separated by 75 lf. and the sign orientations, setbacks, materials, and design are similar      		Nonresidential1 and multifamily uses: 1 per street frontage;
      Business Uses of the Home and other uses: not allowed      		1 per street frontage;
      2 per street frontage for premises with over 500 linear feet of frontage, provided that signs are separated by 175 lf. and the sign orientations, setbacks, materials, and design are similar
      Maximum sign area per signStreet setback to sign is 8 ft. or less2: 27 sf.;
      Street setback to sign is > 8 ft.: 3.3 sf. per ft. of setback, up to 75 sf., except if a canopy structure is present and is located less than 75 ft. from a street right-of-way: 32 sf.      		32 sf.180 sf.
      Maximum sign heightStreet setback to sign is 8 ft. or less: 8 ft.;
      Street setback to sign is > 8 ft.: 1 ft. of height per each ft. of setback, up to 12 ft., except if a canopy structure is present and is located less than 75 ft. from a street right-of-way: 8 ft.      		6 ft.20 ft.
      Illumination allowedInternal or externalExternal or reverse channel lettersExternal, internally illuminated letters and logos, or reverse channel letters. The entire sign face of a cabinet sign may not be internally illuminated
      Other RequirementsSee Section 18.04.08.11.C and D.See Section 18.04.08.11.C and D.See Section 18.04.08.11.C and E.
      Illustrative examples
      Ford dealership sign

       

      Entrance sign

       

      Gas station sign

      illustration of primary sign
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 For the purposes of this table, business uses of the home within the North Cleveland Overlay Zone are considered “nonresidential uses” with respect to the display of signage along North Cleveland Avenue. Other business uses of the home are not considered “residential uses.”
      2 In no event shall any component of a sign be set back less than two feet from a sidewalk.
      TABLE 18.04.08.11A
      Permanent Freestanding Signs
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign DistrictI-25 Overlay
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Primary Signs
      Maximum number of signsIf building is set back 15 ft. or less from the ultimate curb, monument signs are not allowed. If building is set back more than 15 ft. from the ultimate curb, CI sign district regulations apply to monument signs1 per street frontage;
      2 per street frontage for premises with over 500 linear feet of frontage, provided that signs are separated by 75 lf. and the sign orientations, setbacks, materials, and design are similar      		Nonresidential1 and multifamily uses: 1 per street frontage;
      Business Uses of the Home and other uses: not allowed      		1 per street frontage;
      2 per street frontage for premises with over 500 linear feet of frontage, provided that signs are separated by 175 lf. and the sign orientations, setbacks, materials, and design are similar
      Maximum sign area per signStreet setback to sign is 8 ft. or less2: 27 sf.;
      Street setback to sign is > 8 ft.: 3.3 sf. per ft. of setback, up to 75 sf., except if a canopy structure is present and is located less than 75 ft. from a street right-of-way: 32 sf.      		32 sf.180 sf.
      Maximum sign heightStreet setback to sign is 8 ft. or less: 8 ft.;
      Street setback to sign is > 8 ft.: 1 ft. of height per each ft. of setback, up to 12 ft., except if a canopy structure is present and is located less than 75 ft. from a street right-of-way: 8 ft.      		6 ft.20 ft.
      Illumination allowedInternal or externalExternal or reverse channel lettersExternal, internally illuminated letters and logos, or reverse channel letters. The entire sign face of a cabinet sign may not be internally illuminated
      Other RequirementsSee Section 18.04.08.11.C and D.See Section 18.04.08.11.C and D.See Section 18.04.08.11.C and E.
      Illustrative examples
      Ford dealership sign

       

      Entrance sign

       

      Gas station sign

      illustration of primary sign
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 For the purposes of this table, business uses of the home within the North Cleveland Overlay Zone are considered “nonresidential uses” with respect to the display of signage along North Cleveland Avenue. Other business uses of the home are not considered “residential uses.”
      2 In no event shall any component of a sign be set back less than two feet from a sidewalk.
      TABLE 18.04.08.11A
      Permanent Freestanding Signs
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign DistrictI-25 Overlay
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Primary Signs
      Maximum number of signsIf building is set back 15 ft. or less from the ultimate curb, monument signs are not allowed. If building is set back more than 15 ft. from the ultimate curb, CI sign district regulations apply to monument signs1 per street frontage;
      2 per street frontage for premises with over 500 linear feet of frontage, provided that signs are separated by 75 lf. and the sign orientations, setbacks, materials, and design are similar      		Nonresidential1 and multifamily uses: 1 per street frontage;
      Business Uses of the Home and other uses: not allowed      		1 per street frontage;
      2 per street frontage for premises with over 500 linear feet of frontage, provided that signs are separated by 175 lf. and the sign orientations, setbacks, materials, and design are similar
      Maximum sign area per signStreet setback to sign is 8 ft. or less2: 27 sf.;
      Street setback to sign is > 8 ft.: 3.3 sf. per ft. of setback, up to 75 sf., except if a canopy structure is present and is located less than 75 ft. from a street right-of-way: 32 sf.      		32 sf.180 sf.
      Maximum sign heightStreet setback to sign is 8 ft. or less: 8 ft.;
      Street setback to sign is > 8 ft.: 1 ft. of height per each ft. of setback, up to 12 ft., except if a canopy structure is present and is located less than 75 ft. from a street right-of-way: 8 ft.      		6 ft.20 ft.
      Illumination allowedInternal or externalExternal or reverse channel lettersExternal, internally illuminated letters and logos, or reverse channel letters. The entire sign face of a cabinet sign may not be internally illuminated
      Other RequirementsSee Section 18.04.08.11.C and D.See Section 18.04.08.11.C and D.See Section 18.04.08.11.C and E.
      Illustrative examples
      Ford dealership sign

       

      Entrance sign

       

      Gas station sign

      illustration of primary sign
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 For the purposes of this table, business uses of the home within the North Cleveland Overlay Zone are considered “nonresidential uses” with respect to the display of signage along North Cleveland Avenue. Other business uses of the home are not considered “residential uses.”
      2 In no event shall any component of a sign be set back less than two feet from a sidewalk.
      TABLE 18.04.08.11A
      Permanent Freestanding Signs
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign DistrictI-25 Overlay
      DTSCIRM/RS
      Primary Signs
      Maximum number of signsIf building is set back 15 ft. or less from the ultimate curb, monument signs are not allowed. If building is set back more than 15 ft. from the ultimate curb, CI sign district regulations apply to monument signs1 per street frontage;
      2 per street frontage for premises with over 500 linear feet of frontage, provided that signs are separated by 75 lf. and the sign orientations, setbacks, materials, and design are similar      		Nonresidential1 and multifamily uses: 1 per street frontage;
      Business Uses of the Home and other uses: not allowed      		1 per street frontage;
      2 per street frontage for premises with over 500 linear feet of frontage, provided that signs are separated by 175 lf. and the sign orientations, setbacks, materials, and design are similar
      Maximum sign area per signStreet setback to sign is 8 ft. or less2: 27 sf.;
      Street setback to sign is > 8 ft.: 3.3 sf. per ft. of setback, up to 75 sf., except if a canopy structure is present and is located less than 75 ft. from a street right-of-way: 32 sf.      		32 sf.180 sf.
      Maximum sign heightStreet setback to sign is 8 ft. or less: 8 ft.;
      Street setback to sign is > 8 ft.: 1 ft. of height per each ft. of setback, up to 12 ft., except if a canopy structure is present and is located less than 75 ft. from a street right-of-way: 8 ft.      		6 ft.20 ft.
      Illumination allowedInternal or externalExternal or reverse channel lettersExternal, internally illuminated letters and logos, or reverse channel letters. The entire sign face of a cabinet sign may not be internally illuminated
      Other RequirementsSee Section 18.04.08.11.C and D.See Section 18.04.08.11.C and D.See Section 18.04.08.11.C and E.
      Illustrative examples
      Ford dealership sign

       

      Entrance sign

       

      Gas station sign

      illustration of primary sign
      TABLE NOTES:
      1 For the purposes of this table, business uses of the home within the North Cleveland Overlay Zone are considered “nonresidential uses” with respect to the display of signage along North Cleveland Avenue. Other business uses of the home are not considered “residential uses.”
      2 In no event shall any component of a sign be set back less than two feet from a sidewalk.
      1. G.
        Additional Permanent Freestanding Signs. Additional freestanding signs (subdivision access, secondary access, canopy, and drive-thru) are allowed according to the standards in Table 18.04.08.11B Additional Permanent Freestanding Signs.
      TABLE 18.04.08.11B
      Additional Permanent Freestanding Signs
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRMRS
      Subdivision Access Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot allowed2 per point of vehicular ingress or egress from a collector or arterial street as defined in the City’s master street plan2 per point of vehicular ingress or egress from a collector or arterial street as defined in the City’s master street plan
      Maximum HeightN/A8 ft.6 ft.
      Maximum sign area per signN/A40 sf.40 sf.
      IlluminationN/AExternal or backlit channel lettersExternal or backlit channel letters
      Other RequirementsN/ASign must be situated within 40 feet of a street intersection that provides access into a subdivision; see Section 18.04.08.03.C.5 MeasurementsSign must be situated within 40 feet of a street intersection that provides access into a subdivision; see Section 18.04.08.03.C.5 Measurements
      Illustrative examples
      Subdivision Entry sign

       

      Subdivision entry sign
      illustration of subdivision access sign
      Secondary Access Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot allowedNot limitedNonresidential: 1 per point of vehicular ingress or egressNot allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/A6 sf.6 sf.N/A
      Maximum sign heightN/A3 ft.3 ft.N/A
      Illumination allowedN/AInternal or externalExternalN/A
      Other StandardsN/ANoneNoneN/A
      Illustrative examples
      illustration of secondary access sign

       

      Drive-thru sign
      Canopy Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot regulatedNot regulatedNot regulatedNot allowed
      Maximum total sign area per fascia12 sf.12 sf.12 sf.N/A
      Maximum Height75 percent of the vertical dimension of the canopy fascia75 percent of the vertical dimension of the canopy fascia75 percent of the vertical dimension of the canopy fasciaNA
      Illumination AllowedInternal or externalInternal or externalInternal or externalN/A
      Other requirementsSign may not extend above or below the fascia of the canopy; a price reader board is not permitted as a canopy sign if a price reader board is located on the primary freestanding signSign may not extend above or below the fascia of the canopy; a price reader board is not permitted as a canopy sign if a price reader board is located on the primary freestanding signSign may not extend above or below the fascia of the canopy; a price reader board is not permitted as a canopy sign if a price reader board is located on the primary freestanding signN/A
      Illustrative examples
      illustration of canopy sign      		image of Conoco gas station canopy signimage of Kum and Go gas station canopy sign
      Drive-Thru Lane Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot allowed2 per drive thru lane1 per drive thru laneN/A
      Maximum sign area per signN/A40 sf.30 sf.NA
      Maximum HeightN/A7 ft.7 ft.NA
      Illumination AllowedN/AInternal or externalInternal or externalN/A
      Other ProvisionsN/AMust be oriented to the drive-thru lane; if any part of the sign structure is visible from abutting property or right-of-way additional screening is required;
      A drive-thru EMC may be 100% of the sign area;
      1 freestanding drive-thru lane sign may be substituted for a wall mounted sign, in which case the sign face area shall not count towards the maximum allowable wall sign area.      		N/A

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of drive thru sign

      		image of McDonald's drive thru signDigital drive-thru menu board
      TABLE 18.04.08.11B
      Additional Permanent Freestanding Signs
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRMRS
      Subdivision Access Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot allowed2 per point of vehicular ingress or egress from a collector or arterial street as defined in the City’s master street plan2 per point of vehicular ingress or egress from a collector or arterial street as defined in the City’s master street plan
      Maximum HeightN/A8 ft.6 ft.
      Maximum sign area per signN/A40 sf.40 sf.
      IlluminationN/AExternal or backlit channel lettersExternal or backlit channel letters
      Other RequirementsN/ASign must be situated within 40 feet of a street intersection that provides access into a subdivision; see Section 18.04.08.03.C.5 MeasurementsSign must be situated within 40 feet of a street intersection that provides access into a subdivision; see Section 18.04.08.03.C.5 Measurements
      Illustrative examples
      Subdivision Entry sign

       

      Subdivision entry sign
      illustration of subdivision access sign
      Secondary Access Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot allowedNot limitedNonresidential: 1 per point of vehicular ingress or egressNot allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/A6 sf.6 sf.N/A
      Maximum sign heightN/A3 ft.3 ft.N/A
      Illumination allowedN/AInternal or externalExternalN/A
      Other StandardsN/ANoneNoneN/A
      Illustrative examples
      illustration of secondary access sign

       

      Drive-thru sign
      Canopy Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot regulatedNot regulatedNot regulatedNot allowed
      Maximum total sign area per fascia12 sf.12 sf.12 sf.N/A
      Maximum Height75 percent of the vertical dimension of the canopy fascia75 percent of the vertical dimension of the canopy fascia75 percent of the vertical dimension of the canopy fasciaNA
      Illumination AllowedInternal or externalInternal or externalInternal or externalN/A
      Other requirementsSign may not extend above or below the fascia of the canopy; a price reader board is not permitted as a canopy sign if a price reader board is located on the primary freestanding signSign may not extend above or below the fascia of the canopy; a price reader board is not permitted as a canopy sign if a price reader board is located on the primary freestanding signSign may not extend above or below the fascia of the canopy; a price reader board is not permitted as a canopy sign if a price reader board is located on the primary freestanding signN/A
      Illustrative examples
      illustration of canopy sign      		image of Conoco gas station canopy signimage of Kum and Go gas station canopy sign
      Drive-Thru Lane Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot allowed2 per drive thru lane1 per drive thru laneN/A
      Maximum sign area per signN/A40 sf.30 sf.NA
      Maximum HeightN/A7 ft.7 ft.NA
      Illumination AllowedN/AInternal or externalInternal or externalN/A
      Other ProvisionsN/AMust be oriented to the drive-thru lane; if any part of the sign structure is visible from abutting property or right-of-way additional screening is required;
      A drive-thru EMC may be 100% of the sign area;
      1 freestanding drive-thru lane sign may be substituted for a wall mounted sign, in which case the sign face area shall not count towards the maximum allowable wall sign area.      		N/A

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of drive thru sign

      		image of McDonald's drive thru signDigital drive-thru menu board
      TABLE 18.04.08.11B
      Additional Permanent Freestanding Signs
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRMRS
      Subdivision Access Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot allowed2 per point of vehicular ingress or egress from a collector or arterial street as defined in the City’s master street plan2 per point of vehicular ingress or egress from a collector or arterial street as defined in the City’s master street plan
      Maximum HeightN/A8 ft.6 ft.
      Maximum sign area per signN/A40 sf.40 sf.
      IlluminationN/AExternal or backlit channel lettersExternal or backlit channel letters
      Other RequirementsN/ASign must be situated within 40 feet of a street intersection that provides access into a subdivision; see Section 18.04.08.03.C.5 MeasurementsSign must be situated within 40 feet of a street intersection that provides access into a subdivision; see Section 18.04.08.03.C.5 Measurements
      Illustrative examples
      Subdivision Entry sign

       

      Subdivision entry sign
      illustration of subdivision access sign
      Secondary Access Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot allowedNot limitedNonresidential: 1 per point of vehicular ingress or egressNot allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/A6 sf.6 sf.N/A
      Maximum sign heightN/A3 ft.3 ft.N/A
      Illumination allowedN/AInternal or externalExternalN/A
      Other StandardsN/ANoneNoneN/A
      Illustrative examples
      illustration of secondary access sign

       

      Drive-thru sign
      Canopy Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot regulatedNot regulatedNot regulatedNot allowed
      Maximum total sign area per fascia12 sf.12 sf.12 sf.N/A
      Maximum Height75 percent of the vertical dimension of the canopy fascia75 percent of the vertical dimension of the canopy fascia75 percent of the vertical dimension of the canopy fasciaNA
      Illumination AllowedInternal or externalInternal or externalInternal or externalN/A
      Other requirementsSign may not extend above or below the fascia of the canopy; a price reader board is not permitted as a canopy sign if a price reader board is located on the primary freestanding signSign may not extend above or below the fascia of the canopy; a price reader board is not permitted as a canopy sign if a price reader board is located on the primary freestanding signSign may not extend above or below the fascia of the canopy; a price reader board is not permitted as a canopy sign if a price reader board is located on the primary freestanding signN/A
      Illustrative examples
      illustration of canopy sign      		image of Conoco gas station canopy signimage of Kum and Go gas station canopy sign
      Drive-Thru Lane Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot allowed2 per drive thru lane1 per drive thru laneN/A
      Maximum sign area per signN/A40 sf.30 sf.NA
      Maximum HeightN/A7 ft.7 ft.NA
      Illumination AllowedN/AInternal or externalInternal or externalN/A
      Other ProvisionsN/AMust be oriented to the drive-thru lane; if any part of the sign structure is visible from abutting property or right-of-way additional screening is required;
      A drive-thru EMC may be 100% of the sign area;
      1 freestanding drive-thru lane sign may be substituted for a wall mounted sign, in which case the sign face area shall not count towards the maximum allowable wall sign area.      		N/A

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of drive thru sign

      		image of McDonald's drive thru signDigital drive-thru menu board
      TABLE 18.04.08.11B
      Additional Permanent Freestanding Signs
      Type of Sign / StandardsSign District
      DTSCIRMRS
      Subdivision Access Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot allowed2 per point of vehicular ingress or egress from a collector or arterial street as defined in the City’s master street plan2 per point of vehicular ingress or egress from a collector or arterial street as defined in the City’s master street plan
      Maximum HeightN/A8 ft.6 ft.
      Maximum sign area per signN/A40 sf.40 sf.
      IlluminationN/AExternal or backlit channel lettersExternal or backlit channel letters
      Other RequirementsN/ASign must be situated within 40 feet of a street intersection that provides access into a subdivision; see Section 18.04.08.03.C.5 MeasurementsSign must be situated within 40 feet of a street intersection that provides access into a subdivision; see Section 18.04.08.03.C.5 Measurements
      Illustrative examples
      Subdivision Entry sign

       

      Subdivision entry sign
      illustration of subdivision access sign
      Secondary Access Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot allowedNot limitedNonresidential: 1 per point of vehicular ingress or egressNot allowed
      Maximum sign area per signN/A6 sf.6 sf.N/A
      Maximum sign heightN/A3 ft.3 ft.N/A
      Illumination allowedN/AInternal or externalExternalN/A
      Other StandardsN/ANoneNoneN/A
      Illustrative examples
      illustration of secondary access sign

       

      Drive-thru sign
      Canopy Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot regulatedNot regulatedNot regulatedNot allowed
      Maximum total sign area per fascia12 sf.12 sf.12 sf.N/A
      Maximum Height75 percent of the vertical dimension of the canopy fascia75 percent of the vertical dimension of the canopy fascia75 percent of the vertical dimension of the canopy fasciaNA
      Illumination AllowedInternal or externalInternal or externalInternal or externalN/A
      Other requirementsSign may not extend above or below the fascia of the canopy; a price reader board is not permitted as a canopy sign if a price reader board is located on the primary freestanding signSign may not extend above or below the fascia of the canopy; a price reader board is not permitted as a canopy sign if a price reader board is located on the primary freestanding signSign may not extend above or below the fascia of the canopy; a price reader board is not permitted as a canopy sign if a price reader board is located on the primary freestanding signN/A
      Illustrative examples
      illustration of canopy sign      		image of Conoco gas station canopy signimage of Kum and Go gas station canopy sign
      Drive-Thru Lane Signs
      Maximum number of signsNot allowed2 per drive thru lane1 per drive thru laneN/A
      Maximum sign area per signN/A40 sf.30 sf.NA
      Maximum HeightN/A7 ft.7 ft.NA
      Illumination AllowedN/AInternal or externalInternal or externalN/A
      Other ProvisionsN/AMust be oriented to the drive-thru lane; if any part of the sign structure is visible from abutting property or right-of-way additional screening is required;
      A drive-thru EMC may be 100% of the sign area;
      1 freestanding drive-thru lane sign may be substituted for a wall mounted sign, in which case the sign face area shall not count towards the maximum allowable wall sign area.      		N/A

      Illustrative examples

      illustration of drive thru sign

      		image of McDonald's drive thru signDigital drive-thru menu board

      (Ord. 6753 §2, 02/08/2025) 

      Effective on: 2/18/2025

      18.04.08.12 Sign Maintenance
    217. A.
       Generally. Signs and sign structures of all types (attached, detached, and temporary) shall be maintained as follows:
      1. 1.
        Paint and Finishes. Paint and other finishes shall be maintained in good condition. Peeling finishes shall be repaired. Signs with running colors shall be repainted, repaired, or removed if the running colors were not a part of the original design.
      2. 2.
        Mineral Deposits and Stains. Mineral deposits and stains shall be promptly removed.
      3. 3.
        Cracking, Yellowing, Weathering, Fading, and Deterioration. Signs that incorporate materials that tend to crack, yellow, weather, fade, or otherwise deteriorate shall be maintained to prevent or repair obvious deterioration.
      4. 4.
        Corrosion and Rust. Permanent signs and sign structures shall be finished and maintained to prevent corrosion and rust. A patina on copper elements (if any) is not considered rust.
      5. 5.
        Damage. Permanent signs that are damaged shall be repaired or removed within one year, unless the damage creates a material threat to public safety, in which case the Building Official may order prompt repair or removal. Temporary signs that are damaged (e.g., broken yard signs) shall be removed within 24 hours.
      6. 6.
        Upright, Level Position. Signs that are designed to be upright and level, whether temporary or permanent, shall be installed and maintained in an upright and level position.
      7. 7.
        Code Compliance. The sign must be maintained in compliance with all applicable building, electrical, and property maintenance codes (including any exceptions that may apply to existing sign structures).
    218. B.
      Quality of Repairs. Repairs to signs shall be equal to or better in quality of materials and design than the original sign.
    219. C.
      Altering or Moving Existing Signs.
      1. 1.
        Any alteration to an existing sign structure (except for alterations to changeable copy, replacement of a panel in a cabinet sign, replacement of a light source with a comparably bright light source, application of paint or stain) shall require a new permit prior to commencement of the alteration. Alterations requiring a new permit shall include, without limitation:
        1. a.
          Changes to the area of manual changeable copy center on a sign, including the installation of a new manual changeable copy center where one was not previously present;
        2. b.
          Changing the size of the sign;
        3. c.
          Changing the shape of the sign;
        4. d.
          Changing the material of which the sign is constructed;
        5. e.
          Changing or adding lighting to the sign (except as provided above);
        6. f.
          Changing the location of the sign; 
        7. g.
          Changing the height of the sign; or
        8. h.
          Changing the face of the sign
      2. 2.
        Except as provided in subsection C.,1., above, nonconforming signs are subject to the applicable provisions of Division 18.11.04, Nonconforming Signs.
      3. 3.
        No sign permit is required for removal of sign displays from supporting structures for maintenance, provided that they are replaced on the same support in the same configuration and the maintenance did not involve work that requires a permit.

      220. (Ord. 6753 §2, 02/08/2025) 

      Effective on: 2/18/2025

      18.04.08.13 Creative Sign Program Option
    220. A.
      Purpose. A Creative Sign Program is intended to provide opportunities for signage that, while not in strict conformance with the standards, requirements, and limitations of Division 18.04.08, Signs, provides compensating benefits without injury to the purpose and intent of the Division. Such benefits may include, but are not necessarily limited to, enhanced public safety, enhanced visual interest, improved aesthetics, or superior visual integration of sign structures and related buildings or environmental features. Creative Sign Programs are used to encourage creative, unusual, innovative, or unique design, architecture, construction, or materials, in contrast to conventional or formulaic signage. An approved Creative Sign Program establishes the standards by which subsequent sign permit applications are evaluated.
    221. B.
      Application. Creative Sign Programs shall be processed in accordance with the standards in Section 18.17.10.02, Creative Sign Program.

      222. (Ord. 6753 §2, 02/08/2025) 

      Effective on: 2/18/2025

      18.04.08.14 Effect on Existing Planning Sign Programs
      Property that is subject to an approved planned sign program that was submitted or approved prior to the effective date of this Division may receive sign permits in accordance with the approved planned sign program.

      (Ord. 6753 §2, 02/08/2025)

      Effective on: 2/18/2025

      18.04.08.15 Historic Signs
    222. A.
      Designation of a Historic Sign. Historic signs shall be considered conforming for the purposes of this Section. The Director may designate a sign as an historic sign if:
      1. 1.
        Documentation is provided that establishes that the sign has been at its present location for a minimum of fifty (50) years;
      2. 2.
        The sign is structurally safe or capable of being made structurally safe without substantially altering its historic character. The property owner is responsible for making all structural repairs and restoration of the sign to its original condition; and
      3. 3.
        The sign is representative of signs from the era in which it was constructed and provides evidence of the historic use of the building or premises.
    223. B.
      Initial Structural Repairs. If a freestanding sign is not structurally safe at the time of issuance of the historic sign permit, the sign shall be restored so that it is structurally safe within 60 days after issuance of the historic sign permit.
    224. C.
      Effect of Historic Sign Permit. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this UDC, an historic sign may be kept, used, maintained, repaired, restored, and displayed, provided that it is not altered in a manner that changes its historic appearance.

      225. (Ord. 6753 §2, 02/08/2025) 

      Effective on: 2/18/2025